Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Topics
Lecture
Homework
Virtural Campus
GIS Tutorial
Workbook
Course Syllabus
HW01
Google Earth - create and import shapefiles points, polygons, lines and image overlays
Google Earth - Toolbar, Export
PLSS Initial Points and Meridians
HW02
HW03
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 1
Topics
GTW01
HW04
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 2
Topics
GTW02
HW05
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 3
Topics
GTW03
Microsoft Office Live - Create a web page Building a Web Page - using Google Sites
Google Maps WebElements
Google My Maps
HW06
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 4
Topics
GTW04
HW07
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 5
Topics
GTW05
HW08
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 6
Topics
GTW06
Selection/Query Data - Select Features by Attribute, Select Features by Location, Select Features by
Graphics
Joins and Relates
Spatial Joins
HW09
10
HW10
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 7
Topics
GTW08
11
HW11
Learning ArcGIS
Desktop Module 8
Topics
GTW09
12
HW12
Map Projections
Module 1 Topics
GTW10
13
ModelBuilder
HW13
Map Projections
Module 2 Topics
GTW11
GTW07
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
2 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
14
HW14
Map Projections
Module 3 Topics
15
Network Analyst
Using Network Dataset in ArcMap to find the Shortest Path
Network Analyst Extension
Network Analyst Extension - Online
Network Analyst and Closest Facility
Find Optimal Order of Stops in a Route
Smith's Food and Drug Store Locations (shapefiles SmithsLocSPCS.zip)
HW15
Map Projections
Module 4 Topics
16
HW16
Map Projections
Module 5 Topics
17
HW17
Map Projections
Module 6 Topics
18
19
N
U
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
3 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
4 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
5 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Keyboard Shortcuts
ArcMap Editing Topologies
Map Topologies (Shapefiles and non-topology geodatabases)
Geodatabase Topologies (Geodatabase)
Creating Point Layer from x,y values in a table using ArcCatalog
Add x,y coordinate data to ArcMap
Create list of random X,Y,Z points in Excel
Data Downloads:
City of North Las Vegas benchmark spreadsheet - NVBenchmarks.xls
Assignments
Lecture Homework #8, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: Module 5 Topics, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework: none
Week 3
Class 9
Lecture Topics:
Data Downloads:
FEMA Floodzone data (FEMA_NFHL_v2.3.kmz and Stay_Dry_v2.0.kmz)
Assignments
Lecture Homework - Extra Credit, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: Module 6 Topics, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework 5
Week 3
Class 10
Lecture Topics:
Using AutoCAD data with ArcMap
CAD Transformations and Georeferencing Toolbar
ArcMap Georeference Raster Image using a World File
Google Earth - Import GeoTIFF Images
Raster Projection/Transformation
Data Downloads:
AeroTech - Jean Prison Topo, Control Points and Aerial Photo (JeanPrison.zip). Note the drawing Dtm008-014.dwg also includes a world file
(Dtm008-014.wld) to transform the drawing from local coordinates to stateplane coordinate system. It also includes the Jean aerial photo for Book 217,
Section 13 (S0721713.TIF and tfw).
Assignments
Lecture Homework: none, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: Module 7 Topics, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework: none
Week 3
Class 11
Lecture Topics:
Data Downloads:
Assignments
Lecture Homework: none, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: Module 8 Topics, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework 6
Week 3
Class 12
Lecture Topics:
Spatial Analyst
Create a surface from points
National Geodetic Survey (NGS) Datasheets
click the ARCHIVED ShapeFiles by STATE or download directly from UNLV, all monuments in Nevada (NV.ZIP)
Earth Gravitational Model (EGM) GIS Data
OUTPUT.DAT
ESRI ASCII raster format
24.000000000000 230.00000000000 0.1666666666667E-01 0.1666666666667E-01 1081 1141 1
Data Downloads:
Assignments
Lecture Homework #12, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: any module from any course, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework: none
Week 4
Class 13
Lecture Topics:
How to create a parcel hyperlink to the recorded Plat or Parcel Map
BLM Land Description Diagrams
landsecdiagr.pdf
Mt. Diablo Baseline and Meridian (M.D.B. & M.)
Background on COGO
Legal Descriptions
Traverse - Quadrant Bearing Measurements
Traverse Tool (ArcEditor and ArcInfo only)
Loading a Traverse From Text File
Traverse - Closure Report
Adding and Populating COGO Fields in a Feature Class
How to split features in COGO Lines
Label/Annotate COGO Lines
continue discussion on COGO
Adding COGO fields
COGO using Legal Descriptions
Reverse Curves
Cusp of a Curve
Legal Descriptions
Traverse - Quadrant Bearing Measurements
Traverse Tool (ArcEditor and ArcInfo only)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
6 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
7 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ZIP codes
Free Online Geocoding
Reverse Geocoding
Geocoding the Clark County Elections Data
Google Earth Geocoding
Google Earth - Import .csv files
Google Earth
Geocoding with Google Earth
Geocoding
Geocoding and Address Matching
Data Downloads:
Excel Spreadsheet of Engineering Companies (CompaniesEngineersDevelopersBonding.xls) and Surveyors (CompaniesSurveyor.xls)
Database of ZIP codes in Clark County, C:\gisdata\crscl\carto (not the carto folder), must use ArcMap to add
Street Centerline Shapefile, C:\gisdata\crscl\shapefil\sclmajor.shp
Assignments
Lecture Homework #12, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: any module from any course, GIS Tutorial Workbook: none
Week 5
Class 17
Lecture Topics:
3D Analyst Extension
Loading the 3D analyst extension
ArcScene basics
Creating a TIN from contours
Changing symbology of files in ArcScene
Draping feature to TIN
Extruding features
Creating a fly through scene and exporting to a video
ArcScene and 3D Analyst Extension
USGS Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
USGS National Elevation Dataset
Options To Clip Raster Images
Raster Projection - NAD83 datum to WGS84
Raster Image Processor (RIP)
Data Downloads:
USGS DEMs 10 meter, mosaicked for entire Clark County NV utmentire.zip Projection - UTM Zone 11, Units Meters, NAD83 Datum
USGS NED 10 meter DEMs for Clark County NV, downloaded from USDS NRCS data gateway elevation_NED10M_678794_01.zip
USGS Digital Raster Graphic (DRG) USGS-DRG-SEAMLESS-CC.zip
Jeff Jensen Color Ramp ( jjensen.style)
elevation_NED10M_678794_01.zip
C:\Program Files\ArcGIS\Reference Systems\usgs24q.shp (usgs24q.zip)
Assignments
Lecture Homework #13, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: any module from any course, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework 9
Week 5
Class 18
Lecture Topics:
Definition Queries
Buffers
Analyzing Spatial Data
Buffer - find all septic tanks within 400 ft of a public sewer
Geoprocessing in ArcGIS
Surfaces using ArcGIS 3D Analyst Extension
Transparency
Symbolizing features and rasters
How to Clip a Surface
Creating a surface from USGS DEMs
How to mosaic surfaces using ArcToolbox
Create surface hillshade
Contours
Background on Elevation Contours
Creating Contours
Symbolize Contours
Create a shaded relief
Sun Angle (altitude) is 45 degrees
Azimuth Angle is 225 degrees
3D Buildings and Building Footprints
USGS National Elevation Dataset (NED) - Digitial Elevation Model (DEM)
USGS Digital Raster Graphic (DRG)
Data Downloads:
USGS DEM for Clark County: L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\USGS\DEM\ccdemspcszft.zip
Assessor Parcels: c:\gisdata\crgeodb\source\parcel.mdb - parcel_p polygon feature class
Septic Tanks
Southern Nevada Health District - septic tank layer (TBE-B367 and A311 Labs, c:\gisdata\crgen\shapefil\septic_l.shp)
Clark County Water Reclamation District - sewer line layer (TBE-B367 and A311 Labs, C:\GISdata\crsand\shapefil\swsys_l.shp)
GC Wallace project with Clark County Air Quality on Septic Tank Conversion (ISDSWorkingReport-v3-GCWallace.pdf
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
8 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Assignments
Lecture Homework #14, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: any module from any course, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework 10
Week 5
Class 19
Lecture Topics:
Review homework grading
Digital Elevation Models (DEMs)
USGS National Map Seamless Server
USDS NRCS data gateway
Mosaic Images
How to Clip a Surface
Java Version 6 (download from www.java.com/getjava, sun.com or UNLV)
Data Downloads:
L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\USGS\NED\elevation
36115b2, 36115b1
36115a2, 36115a1
USGS NED 10m for Clark County- L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\USGS\NED\elevation_NED10M_678794_01.zip (all individual DEMs, about 1 GB for clark county,
obtained from NRCS Data Gateway)
Assignments
Lecture Homework: none, ESRI Virtual Campus Homework: none, GIS Tutorial Workbook Homework 11
Week 5
Class 20
Assignments
Final Exam
Section 1: Syllabus
Instructor Biography
Jeffery J. Jensen, PE
Homepage: http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen
email: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com
CEE 121 Teaching Assistant
Steven Youngberg, PLS, (Spring 2010, Summer 2010) email: slyoungberg@cox.net
Scott Hill, PLS, (Spring 2010) email: shill@trcsolutions.com, work: 702-248-6415
Dr. Mohammad Shahidul Islam, (Summer 2010) email: shahidul92@hotmail.com, voice: 702-406-0418
Sang In Choi, (Spring 2010, Summer 2010) email: choi_sangin@yahoo.com, voice: 702-556-1721
Lab Assistants and Graders
Humberto "Bert" Franco (Fall 2010, Summer 2011, Fall 2011, Spring 2012), email: Franco.Humberto@hotmail.com, mobile: 702-340-8177
Steven Preston (Spring 2012) email: prestons@unlv.nevada.edu
Blake Naccarato, (Fall 2010) email: blake.naccarato@gmail.com
CEE 301 Teaching Assistant
Humberto "Bert" Franco (Fall 2011), email: Franco.Humberto@hotmail.com, mobile: 702-340-8177
Ernie Mejia (Spring 2011), ernie_m@hotmail.com, mobile: 702-683-9854
Terri Bray (Fall 2010), bbterri728@hotmail.com, voice: 702-481-4206
Nesley Orochena (Fall 2010), email: orochena_nesley@yahoo.com, voice: 702-401-0022
Former Assistants
Sang In Choi, email: choi_sangin@yahoo.com, voice: 702-556-1721
Avinash Kaiparambil (CSN - Spring 2010) email: kv_avinash@yahoo.com, mobile: 702-882-8679
Brian Kalina, email: bkalina1@gmail.com or kalinab@unlv.nevada.edu, with Southwest Gas. Voice: 702-408-4917
Ferrin Affleck with Affleck Engineering, email: fpa@affleckengineering.com, voice: 702-431-4827
CEE 468/668 Teaching Assistant
Summer 2011 Graduate Assistants
Eneliko Mulokozi, email: mulokozi@unlv.nevada.edu, voice: 702-343-4758
Summer 2010 Graduate Assistants
Dr. Mohammed Shahid Islam, email: shahidul92@hotmail.com, voice: 702-406-0418
1. Creating a web page: Document how to create a website on Microsoft Office Live
2. Bing Maps and Aerial Photos
3. Internet Mapping
4. KML, Geodatabase, shapefile
5. Projections
Sang In Choi, email: choi_sangin@yahoo.com, voice: 702-556-1721
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
9 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Mission Statements
Civil and Environmental Engineering Mission Statement
It is the mission of the department to produce quality civil engineering graduates with technical and management skills that meet or exceed the expectations of industry,
government and graduate programs.
CEE 468 Course Relationship with UNLV College of Engineering Program Outcomes
Outcome 2
The graduates acquire problem solving experiences through independent study
CEE 468 Method:
The graduates acquire problem solving experiences through group study
Participate in a strong design experience throughout the curriculum
Construct problem statements
CEE 468 Method:
Document problem statements
CEE 468 Method:
Offer and evaluate alternative solutions to open-ended problems incorporating mult-disciplinary knowledge
Outcome 4
The graduates have the ability to effectively communicate in written form
CEE 468 Method:
The graduates can provide professional presentations appropriate to the situation and audience
CEE 468 Method:
Outcome 6
The graduates have the ability to use modern analysis and design tools in engineering practice
CEE 468 Method:
Outcome 11
The graduates recognize the need for life-long learning in the practice of the civil engineering profession
CEE 468 Method:
The graduates are aware of the need for further training to remain current in the field
CEE 468 Method:
Learning Objectives
CEE468 Course Learning Objectives
What the student wants
1. Obtain a civil engineering degree from an ABET accredited school and use this course to satisfy one of the necessary requirements
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
10 of 378
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Obtain skills in using ArcGIS, add to resume, satisfy job application requirements
How to use Google Earth for presentations
How to present GIS data on the Internet using Google Maps
How to create GIS maps (hardcopy and pdf)
How to build a web page
Become familiar with existing GIS data with various agencies, such as Clark County, State of Nevada and USA
How to query and join GIS data and tabular data
How to use aerial photos
How to use Bing Maps as a data layer in ArcMap
How to edit and create GIS data
How to create spatial point layer from excel spreadsheet with address data
How to determine optimal routing using Network Analyst
How to create TINs, contours and shaded reliefs using Spatial Analyst
Upon successfully completing this course, the student will be able to perform the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
11 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
CEE 121 Course Relationship with UNLV College of Engineering Measurable Program Outcomes
Outcome 4 (Introduction) - The ability to function on multidisciplinary teams
Students work on a traverse and level loop/circuit as a team of 3-5 people
Multidisciplinary - student's speciality area will range from 1) Water Resources and Environmental, 2) Structural, 3) Transportation, or 4) Geotechnical. Students
might also have a Construction Management speciality.
Outcome 11 (Introduction) - The ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice
Students are taught how to use modern surveying equipment (GPS and Total Stations) along with traditional survey equipment (automatic levels, theodolites, steel
tape/chain measurement, tripod setup, rotational levels)
Students are taught how to take their field measurements and import into Civil 3D, create a design, and finally stake out the design in the field.
Rationale for Survey Equipment Upgrade
Big Picture
Civil Design is based on 1) identify the existing conditions, 2) proposing a solution/design, 3) construction layout of the design, and 4) as-built the constructed
project for maintenance. Even the best designs can fail if the existing conditions are not properly captured or the construction layout isn't accurate. So, it is crucial
the Civil Engineer understands the whole process.
Future Employeer Expectations
Students know how to use modern survey equipment
Problem is existing UNLV survey equipment is dated. By having some Total Stations and GPS Units, UNLV students will be familiar with modern surveying
equipment.
The employeer doesn't expect the Civil Engineer to do the job of the Land Surveyor (e.g. identify boundary/property lines) but he does expect the engineer to
know how to do some basic field measurements. This might include how to fill in any gaps with the survey. For example, the Engineer has been given a topo
from the Surveyor but the elevation of a nearby building is missing or the invert elevation of culvert. Do you get in a discussion with the surveyor on what
the deliverables are, a discussion with the client you need additional funds or do you just easily go out and measure this using modern survey equipment like
a GPS unit.
Outcome 5 - identify, formulate and solve engineering problems
How can you formulate and solve an engineering problem if you don't have access to the existing condition data?
To get the existing condition data, in the case of land development, you need access to modern surveying equipment or a budget to hire a land surveyor.
Outcome 11 - Multidisciplinary Teams
Access to modern survey equipment creates a learning base for the students. Thus they can expand their knowledge into Senior Design where they work on a
design with a team.
When UNLV students do their senior design, they typically won't have a budget to send out a survey crew to collect a topo. So they either have to use some existing
data from another project or collect it themselves. By having access to modern surveying equipment the UNLV student now has more choices, that is freedom on
project selection.
Outcome 13 - design a system in more than one civil engineering context.
If the Civil Engineer has access to modern surveying tools, then they can expand their design into the surveying context, that is either the measurement of existing
conditions or the layout of a proposed design. In any case, this makes for a better design now that the civil engineering is thinking in another context, that is how
this design will fit with the exist topology.
CEE 301 Course Relationship with UNLV College of Engineering Measurable Program Outcomes
Outcome 3 (Application) - The ability to design a system...within realistic constraints
Students will design a real-world 9 lot residential subdivision
Outcome 11 (Introduction and Application) - The ability to use modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice
Students are taught the latest version of AutoCAD Civil 3D design software
Students obtain the skills necessary to design based on Standard Drawings from the local agencies.
CEE 468 Course Relationship with UNLV College of Engineering Measurable Program Outcomes
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
12 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Outcome 1 (Application) - ability to apply knowledge of mathematics through...an area of science and engineering
Outcome 3 (Application, Synthesis) - ability to design a system...or process...within realistic constraints
Students design a GIS process to determine the rainfall runoff for a design storm
Outcome 5 (Application) - ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
Outcome 7 (Application) - ability to communicate effectively
Students use maps and webpages to show the results of their analysis
Students use products like Google Earth, Google Maps and ArcGIS Online to display their spatial content to the world
Outcome 11 (Introduction, Application) - ability to use...modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice
Outcome 12 (Application) - ability to apply knowledge of four technical areas appropriate to civil engineering
Water Resources and Environmental - create watershed boundaries, using NOAA rainfall surfaces, USGS DEM, potable water and sewer line inventory, flood
control facilities and conveyance
Structural - inventory of building permits
Transportation - 1) vehicle routing - shortest path, quickest path, optimal service routes, 2) street inventory, 3) public transportation - bus route and stops inventory,
4) topographic maps and surveying
Geotechnical - create a geodatabase of the hydrologic soil groups from the Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) SSURGO datasets.
ABET Syllabus
ABET-CEE121-Syllabus.docx
ABET-CEE301-Syllabus.docx
ABET-CEE468-Syllabus.docx
Learning Objectives
CEE 121 Course Learning Objectives
1. Constraints/Restrictions
Only have about 45 hours of lecture and 45 hours of lab to cover the materials in a single semester, 3 credit class
Jeff, can you give me a thumbnail overview of 1. The big picture of what we would like to have and why 2. What we have purchased to date and what has the total cost
been? 3. Where do the items in these quotes fit into the bigger picture and what do we lose if we do not have them? What I need to do is figure out what per cent of the
lab fee account is going to surveying equipment and I need to know what per cent of the expenditures for the needs of the course we have met to date.
2. Goals
What is the big picture and what is needed to accomplish it?
Big Picture - womb to tomb approach. A civil engineer wants to civilize raw land, survey the existing ground, do a civil design, stake out the project design
for construction and finally create AS-BUILTS/Record Drawings of the final project to hand over to maintenance.
Problems - it is very expensive for a civil engineering firm to have its own surveying crew
Problems - civil engineer is working on a design and sees he needs a few points to make the topo complete. Does he pay the surveyor to do this or go out and
measure it himself?
Problems - AeroTech created a topo of UNLV campus. Problem is areas of dense trees, unable to obtain topo.
Problems - GPS has trouble with urban canyons and dense trees.
Problems - Senior Design team wants to do a design to solve some local drainage issues but needs some accurate topo.
Problems - UNLV Facilities Management wants to get an accurate inventory, that is building square footage.
Problems - UNLV would like to advertise it's campus to the world by creating 3D models of each building and uploading to Google Earth.
Students exposed to the profession of a land surveyor
Students have the knowledge to pass the surveying portion of the FE and California PE exams
3. Topics (ranked in order of importance)
4. Equipment Wishlist
Identify a problem and develop a design to solve it using modern tools (Autodesk Civil 3D). Provide a presentation with figures on the proposed solution.
Understand the basics of AutoCAD and Civil 3D - what it can and can't do
Read and interpret civil engineering plans
Calculate line work for a subdivision
Make roadway alignments and stationing
Build a 3D surface of the existing ground
Build a 3D surface of the proposed finished grade
Make a Plan and Profile plot of the existing ground
Make a Plan and Profile plot of the proposed finished grade
Draw 3D ploylines for pads
Run earthwork volumes and +/- grid tics
Mission Statements
Civil and Environmental Engineering Mission Statement
It is the mission of the department to produce quality civil engineering graduates with technical and management skills that meet or exceed the
expectations of industry, government and graduate programs.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
13 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Software
Software-Required
GIS - ArcInfo 10 by ESRI
Step 1. Activate your authorization number at http://www.esri.com/educationedition
login with your ESRI Global Account, for example username: jjensen password: normal
Need to activate the unique authorization number that is printed inside the DVD case. For example EVA962035263
Step 2. Install the ArcGIS Desktop 10 Education Edition DVD
Step 3. Register software using the activated authorization number
Request ArcEditor DVDs for students
ArcGIS Ideas
support KML elevation units, submitted on 16 July 2010
Dec 2009, Tory Whitlock is the Nevada Education Customer Service Representative, email: twhitlock@esri.com, voice: 888-377-4575x2235
Jan 2006, ESRI started a new program for Site License schools such as UNLV. ESRI will ship 1 Year Time out software to instructors at universities with ESRI Site
License free of charge for distribution to students. For more info see Jeff Jensen. Beth Manion, ESRI Customer Service 888-377-4575x1887, Fax 909-307-3083,
email: BManion@esri.com, see ESRI Software Promotion for GIS Students at Institutions with a Campus-Wide Site License
Request ArcGIS ArcEditor 60 day evaluation DVD
ESRI Tech Support - voice: 888-377-4575, UNLV Customer ID 917. Currently Matt Buk is registered.
Request ESRI software to be installed on UNLV computers
Darrell Lutey with OIT request page. Email: Darrell.Lutey@unlv.edu
ArcGIS 9.2 is NOT compatible with Microsoft Vista, see ESRI Article ID 31074 Does ArcGIS 9 support Microsoft's Windows Vista? and ESRI Article ID 34020
ESRI's ArcView 9 (180-day trial CD-ROM comes with book). If you don't have the book, can order a free 60-day evaluation copy of ArcView GIS 9 on CD-ROM
by filling out this form. Note, ArcView 9 will not run on Windows 98 or ME editions. For software support, recommend using the ESRI Online Support Center
Discussion Forums
Student version of ArcView 9 Single User is available $250 from Hema Morar (hmorar@esri.com), Telebusiness at ESRI. 800-447-9778x1194 or Cambria Happ
(chapp@esri.com) 800-447-9778x1588. This student version doesn't require hardware keys. Also it doesn't come with maintenance (free upgrades or tech support).
The software does come with manuals. Will have to use the online Discussion Forums and Knowledge Base for any questions regarding ArcView. Student must
pay full retail price for ArcEditor ($7,000) or ArcInfo ($14,000). The ArcGIS extensions can also be purchased separately for $250 each (note when ArcGIS
upgrades, so do the extensions, so I recommend waiting on this). For example the ArcGIS 3D Analyst 9 normally sells for $2,500 but as a student, can get if for
$250. This applies to ArcPress, Spatial Analyst, and Geostatistical Analyst. StreetMap is only $95. Students are able to purchase ArcGIS as long as they meet the
following criteria: for Grad and PhD students) must be enrolled in a class, for Undergrad students, must be enrolled in more than 6 units or taking a GIS class at the
time of purchase, for Universities) must provide a current course schedule. If you don't want to supply this info to ESRI, I can fax Cambria (Fax: 909-307-3049)
with your name on UNLV cover letter as proof of you being a student. Once Cambria has the list, you can call her directly and purchase the software with a credit
card.
TeleBusiness - contact when you want to upgrade a student license to a commercial license. If you paid $250 for the student version, then it can be applied as a
credit for the commercial license. This includes 1 year of technical support and maintenance.
ESRI User's Conference
User ID: UC39234 and Last Name: Jensen
2010 Registration ID: 13888
Questions call 909-793-2853 ext 1-1363
Google Earth
Google Earth Pro 5 (download from UNLV - GoogleEarthProSetup.exe)
If Google Earth Pro license is not working in TBE-B367, then need to uninstall it and reinstalled it using below license key.
Google Earth Pro download username: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com
AutoCAD Map3D
Database - Microsoft Access
Will be using Access 2002 in the lab
Can purchase educational version from Microsoft
ESRI ArcLogistics
Richard Pearlman, Business Development Manager, Logistics. Email: rpearlman@esri.com, voice: 909-793-2853 x4366, mobile: 909-362-3168. He is familiar with the
NAVTEQ data.
ESRI Development Centers (EDC) for Universites
Program details
Program Contact: Ann Johnson, email: ajohnson@esri.com, Higher Education Program Manager, ESRI, PO Box 189, 312 Hill Street, Beatty NV 89003. Voice:
775-553-9914, Fax: 909-793-2853 x1-1793, mobile: 909-583-3806, email: gisajohnson@delmark.edu
Ann Marie Masangcay, Education Team, email: amasangcay@esri.com, voice: 909-793-2853 x1-1901
Press Release
Invited Tom, Haroon, Sajjad, and Joe to participate, waiting for response by 11 April 2008
Software-Recommened
www.bentley.com/studentserver
Microsoft Office
Microsoft Home Use Program. Home Use Program Support: 877-237-3165 and Technical Support: 800-642-7676 and Microsoft Customer Service: 800-936-4900
Enter your unlv email address: Jeffery.Jensen@unlv.edu
Program Code: 92A1385A7A
Cost is $10 (order# CNL301652416). For additional $12 you can get the Office Enterprise 2007 DVD (order# 6438636414)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
14 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Adobe Acrobat
Adobe Acrobat Support
Support Homepage
Web Help
Acrobat Pro Extended help
Create PDF from TIFF
Create multiple PDFs from multiple files
Create PDF from TIFF using VeryPDF.com
Image2PDF Command Line download URL is http://www.verypdf.com/tif2pdf/image2pdf_cmd.zip
email: Xue Heng with Services Support Team support@verypdf.com
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
15 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
16 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
17 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
When creating a PDF from an image which already has metadata, Acrobat does NOT include any of these keywords in the Document Properties. So
will have to use ExifTool to copy the metadata data from the image into the PDF.
Parameters for Opening PDF Files
Windows Desktop Search (renamed to Windows Search with version 4)
Useful Links for Windows Desktop Search
What is included in the index
Windows Search 4 Administrator's Guide
Windows Search 4 Troubleshooting Guide
Download Windows Desktop Search 3.01 (already bundled with Windows Vista)
Windows Search supports PDF indexin when the latest version of Adobe Acrobat Reader is installed (see Windows Search FAQ)
IFilter - Add-in that enables WDS indexer to open, read and index the contents of new file types. Many software programs on the PC have IFilters
installed with their applications. For example, Microsoft Office Visio automatically installs the Visio IFilter add-ins on the PC. Windows Search
recognizes these IFilter add-ins and includes the contents of these file types when the index is built on the PC. (see Windows Search FAQ)
Foxit PDF IFilter
Foxit PDF IFilter forum
Foxit PDF IFilter User Manual
Desktop Search IFilters
Windows Desktop Search Development Forum
Windows Desktop Search Help Forum
Google Desktop Search (GDS)
Indexing Files and Programs: File types
GDS Plug-ins
IFilterShop - PDF+ IFilter and XMP IFilter
Google Base
Google Base is a free service that allows you to publish your information for inclusion in Google search results. see What's the difference between
Google Base and Google Product Search?
Where will my Google Base items appear?
What types of files can I attach to my items: includes TIF and Adobe PDF
Can link Google search results directly to my own website and How to send users to my site...
Can use private attributes - which only the item's creator can view and edit.
Can I restrict access to my items?
How to improve product rankings include metadata information such as title and description in the standard data feed attributes.
Example data feed item types. County Recorder documents, Civil Engineering Plans, Records of Survey, etc. closest popular item type is reference
articles or create a custom item type.
How to create a data feed - Tab-delimited, RSS 1.0, RSS 2.0, Atom 0.3 or Atom 1.0
GISMO XML metadata help
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
18 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
GeoTiff Tags
Unclear the best location to store Metadata and getting that data back out. For example, can store information such as the document:instrument#, plat book, map
file page, surveyor, and so on in the XMP-dc:subject ( Dublin Core schema tags), but the question is how I can then extract this information into various database
fields. I think I'll need to both create custom tags which will solve the problem of exporting the metadata into a database and then duplicate these tags in the
keywords to some what solve the problem of querying or search the metadata. I can see Adobe Bridge crashing trying to keep track of all these keywords.
Exiv2 - fast read and write access to Exif, IPTC, and XML metadata of an image via a C++ and command line utility.
Image Galleries available with Bluehost Web Hosting
4Images Gallery
showing IPTC and EXIF data of images
4Images Gallery Forum Support
Coppermine Photo Gallery
appears it can read some of the EXIF data and IPTC data. Namely File Title and File Description. It appears you need custom code to read the EXIF description and
Comment.
Gallery
EXIF Modules in Gallery2
Metadata - view, edit and create
Software
View
No
Notes
Adobe Bridge
IrfanView
ExifTool
Yes
exiftool -v input.pdf
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
19 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Acrobat Connect
Acrobat Connect for Individuals vs. Acrobat Connect Professional
Adobe Acrobat Connect
Acrobat Connect for Individuals - $39 a month
doesn't include VoIP, meeting recordings
recommend screen sharing resolution of 1024x768 or smaller
Acrobat ConnectNow
Adobe ConnectNow from Acrobat.com
Free web conferencing solution
Email the following steps for a client to use Adobe ConnectNow Screen Sharing
Please take the following steps before entering a meeting with GIS Engineering staff
Step 0: have an up to date web browser: (Internet Explorer 7 or later) or (Firefox 3 or later)
Step 1: Install the Adobe Flash Player (http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer/)
Step 2: visit the GIS Engineering ConnectNow meeting: https://connectnow.acrobat.com/gisengineering
Step 3: enter the meeting as a guest or with your Adobe ID
it appears you can only host a meeting with the Adobe ID
login email: connectnow@gisengineering.com
password: adobe.com
Step 4: install or run Google Talk (http://www.google.com/talk/) desktop application
requires a ConnectNew plug-in to be installed
customized URL that stays the same so it's easy for everyone to remember
only 3 people can attend
Adobe ConnectNow forum
Meeting room URL: https://connectnow.acrobat.com/gisengineering alternative is https://na2.connectnow.acrobat.com/gisengineering
login email: connectnow@gisengineering.com
password: adobe.com
Test if Adobe ConnectNow is available and working, visit http://health.acrobat.com/
ConnectNow support: connectnow_feedback@adobe.com
mcardina@adobe.com
Adobe Connect Pro
Deployed using a Flash Player
Provide Desktop Sharing
Host/Participant Control Sharing
VOIP
Quiz/Polling
Synched Recording
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
20 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Misc Software
Slickrun - free floating command line utility for Windows
Magnifixer - screen magnifier utility
Daemon Tools
used to mount .iso images to a hard drive
http://www.digital-digest.com/articles/mount_watch_iso_files_page1.html
Email
Email Forward
Godaddy gives email forwarding for free with a domain purchase
Godaddy Email - Adding Multiple Addresses to Email Forwarding
Can forward email to as many email addresses you can fit in 254 characters with email addresses seperated by commas.
Godaddy Email Troubleshooting - Why does my email account show that it is pending setup: validating MX records?
Godaddy Email Troubleshooting - Why does my email account show that it is pending setup: MX Error?
Godaddy Help - Creating A Records
Textbooks
CEE468/668 Required Textbooks
GIS Tutorial Basic Workbook 1, Fourth Edition by Wilpen L. Gorr and Kristen S. Kurland. Publisher ESRI Press. ISBN: 978-1-58948-259-3
GIS Fundamentals, 4th Edition by Paul Bolstad paulb@paulbolstad.net
Chapter 3: Geodesy, Datums, Map Projections, and Coordinate Systems
CEE468 Recommended Textbooks
UNLV Bookstore/Barnes and Noble
Amie Mellinger, Textbook Supervisor, UNLV Bookstore, Barnes & Noble #774 Tel. 702-895-4169, Fax. 702-895-1017, bookstore@unlv.edu
Evaluation/Exam/Desk Copies
CreateSpace
Book/Video/Music publisher on demand (print on demand)
It appears CreateSpace does NOT provide a professional editor to review the manuscript and this will have to be done author end.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Higher Education, Sybex and Microsoft Press
login email: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com password: NORMAL
Wiley Sales Representative - Mary Kay Yearin (myearin@wiley.com)
Jim Harper (jharper@wiley.com, voice: 201-748-6864) Wiley Editor for Paul Holley's Surveying & Layout DVD
www.wherefacultyconnect.com 866-432-2858 Amanda Miller, Vice President and Publisher
Danielle Giordano, dgiordano@wiley.com
Kathryn Bourgoine, Editor - Graphic Standards series
Why write a book? enhance academic or professional statue
Neil Edde with Sybex, nedde@wiley.com or Valerie
very careful in what is published, listen to Margaret
Criteria
potential audience (professional and academic) for the book
competitive landscape, look at Amazon
fit with our existing publishing program
marketability of the book's concepts, including author platform
peer reviews
Author as marketer - conferences and presentations, online presence, connections for support
Elements of book proposal (5-10 pages)
Rationale/Executive Summary (statistics to make a case for the book)
Outline/Extend TOC
Market Information (audience, what is the competition doing, where would we shelf the book at a bookstore, how does it fit in with Wiley offerings)
Author Writing Samples (CV and Author Platform)
Publishing Process
Proposal
Proposal review
proposal revision based on reviews
publisher internal review
publishing agreement
manuscript development
final manuscript development
copyediting
design and page layout
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
21 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
22 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Core PHP Programming, 3rd Edition by Atkinson and Suraski ISBN-13: 9780130463463 (requested 4 April 2008)
Access 2007 Guidebook by Maggie Trigg and Phyllis Dobson
Styling Web Pages with CSS: Visual QuickProject Guide by Tom Negrino and Dori Smith. ISBN-13: 978-0-321-55557-1 (obtained 22 May 2009)
Mastering Web Content: Structure and Presentation with XHTML and CSS, Online Video by Stephanie Sullivan. ISBN-13: 978-0-321-61782-8
CSS Artistry: A Web Design Master Class by Andy Clarke ISBN-13: 9780321584847 (obtained 22 May 2009)
McGraw Hill Higher Education
Sale Rep - Danny Leist, email: daniel_leist@mcgraw-hill.com, voice: 951-367-7156
McGraw Hill Higher Education Log in: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com and password is Normal1. For support see www.mhhe.com/support or call 1-800-338-3987 x3
M-F 8-6:30pm EST.
Land Development Handbook, 2nd Edition by The Dewberry Companies, Sidney Dewberry and Philip Champagne. 2002. ISBN-13 9780071375252. Requested
exam copy on 7/11/2007
Mastering ArcGIS with Video Clips CD-ROM by Maribeth H. Price. Publisher McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math, 3rd Edition Jan 22, 2007. ISBN
0073312800 / 9780073312804. Requested exam copy on 7/11/2007
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Files CD-ROM by Kang-tsung (Karl) Chang with the University of Idaho. ISBN-13 9780073312798.
Requested exam copy on 7/11/2007
Urban Stormwater Management Tools by Larry W. Mays, ISBN 0-07-142837-2 (own)
Handbook of Hydrology by David R. Maidment, ISBN 0-07-039732-5 (own)
Handbook of Hydraulics by Brater and King
Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications, 10th Edition by E. John Finnemore, ISBN-13: 9780072432022
Land Development Handbook, 2nd Edition by The Dewberry Companies ISBN-13: 9780071375252
Windows Server 2003 Pocket Administrator, 1st Edition by Nelson Ruest and Danielle Ruest. ISBN-13: 9780072229776 (requested 4 April 2008)
Android A Programmer's Guide by Jerome DiMarzio, 1st Edition, July 30, 2008, ISBN-13: 978-0071599887, Publisher: McGraw-Hill Osborne Media,
Goodheart-Willcox Publisher
AutoCAD and Its Applications: Comprehensive 2007 by Terence M. Shumaker, David A. Madsen, David P. Madsen, and Craig P. Black. ISBN 1-59070-760-5
is looking for Civil 3D Authors. Need to contact Paul B. Schreiner, Managing Editor of Technical/Trades/Technology, Voice: 800-323-0440 x1208 (or
708-687-5000), Fax: 708-687-5068, Address: 18604 West Creek Dr, Tinley Park IL 60477.
Thomson Engineering
Sales Rep: Voice: 866-349-2431x3316 Email: Joanne.Woods@thomson.com
John Fedor, Acquisition Editor with www.cengage.com
Thomson Delmar Learning Author's Guide
Cengage Learning
Login http://login.cengage.com/cb/login.htm?sISBN=9780538746335
username: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com password: normal
Customer Support Center 800-423-0563
http://cengage.com/support phone: 800-354-9706 option 5
Status of Exam Copy Requests
New Perspectives on Blended HTML, XHTML and CSS by Bojack, ISBN-13: 9780538746335 (requested on Oct 2010)
Professional Web Design: Techniques and Templates by Eccher ISBN-13: 9781435457157 (requested Oct 2010)
HTML, XHTML, and CSS: Comprehensive by Shelly/Woods/Dorin ISBN-13: 9781435457157 (requested Oct 2010)
Exploring Web Technologies for Designers by Bennett ISBN-13:9781418041847 (obtained Oct 2009)
Advanced Professional Web Design Techniques and Templates (CSS & XHTML) by Eccher ISBN-13: 9781-58450-494-8 (obtained Oct 2009)
ESRI Press
ESRI Press Desk Copy Request Form
Can request 3 books every 4 months. Contact Emily Tamanaha with ESRI Customer Service, email: etamanaha@esri.com, voice: 888-377-4575x5853 Deanna
Meelker with ESRI Customer Service, email: dmeelker@esri.com, voice: 888-377-4575x4978, fax: 909-307-3083
ArcGIS Survey Analyst Tutorial by Tim Hodson and Kristin Clark
Smart Land-Use Analysis, The LUCIS Model by Paul Zwick and Margaret Carr. ISBN 978-1-58948-174-9. Requested exam copy on 7/11/07
GIS Tutorial for Marketing (with teacher resource CD). By Dr. Fred L. Miller. ISBN: 978-158948-079-7. Requested exam copy on 7/11/07
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
23 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Apress, Inc
Academic Copy Request
Obtain companion eBook for only $10, visit www.apress.com/promo/tendollars/
2855 Telegraph Avenue, #600. Berkeley CA 94705.
Sales Rep - Lawrence Tam, voice: 510-549-5930x120, fax: 510-549-5939, email: lawrence.tam@apress.com
AutoCAD 2006 VBA
Pro Windows PowerShell, by Hristo Deshev, ISBN-10: 1590599403
Pro Web 2.0 Mashups Remixing Data and Web Services by Raymond Yee, ISBN10: 1-59059-858-X
Beginning Ajax with PHP by Lee Babin, ISBN10: 1-59059-667-6
Beginning Google Maps Applications with PHP and AJAX by Michael Purvis, ISBN10: 1-59059-807-9 (requested 31 May 2008 for CEE498X - Using Google
Maps and Earth in Civil Engineering)
Android Essentials by Chris Haseman, ISBN13: 978-1-4302-1064-1 (obtained 22 May 2009)
Pro Android: Developing Mobile Applications for G1 and Other Google Phones, by Sayed Y. Hashimi, ISBN13: 978-1-4302-1596-7 (requested 29 April 2009)
Beginning Joomla!, Second Edition by Dan Rahmel, ISBN13: 978-1-4302-1642-1 (requested 29 April 2009)
Beginning Spatial with SQL Server 2008 by Alastair Aitchison. January 2009. ISBN: 978-1-4302-1829-6
Ten Speed Press
Request Desk Copies by submitting requests on UNLV letterhead and mailing or faxing to Ten Speed Press
What Color is Your Parachute? 2009 - A Practical Manual for Job-Hunters and Career- Changers by Richard Nelson Bolles, ISBN 1580089313
What Color is Your Parachute? For Teens - Discovering Yourself, Defining Your Future by Richard Nelson Bolles and Carol Christen. ISBN 1580087132
Academic O'Reilly
HTML Utopia: Designing without Tables using CSS by Rachel Andrew and Dan Shafer ISBN: 978-0-975-24027-4. Requestd 5/31/2009
Sample Chapters: HTMLUtopiaUsingCSS2-sample.pdf or visit sitepoint directly
Android Application Development: Rough Cuts Version by Rick Rogers and John Lombardo. Requested 4/28/2009
Hello, Android by Ed Burnette. Requested 4/28/2009
Practical PostgreSQL by John C. Worsley and Joshua D. Drake. Requested 4/28/2009
Examination/Desk Copy Request Form or call 800-998-9938 or send email to adoption@oreilly.com
http://members.oreilly.com
login: jefferyjensen@gmail.com password: normal
Windows PowerShell Cookbook by Lee Holmes, 1st Edition October 2007
Desktop GIS by Gary E. Sherman, 1st Edition May 2008.
Google Maps Hacks by Rich Gibson and Schuyler Erle, 1st Edition January 2006.
CommonsWare
Login: jefferyjjensen, Password: normal login to http://wares.commonsware.com Android 1.5 updates should be available July 2009. Contact Mark Murphy at
wares@commonsware.com if questions.
The Busy Coder's Guide to Android Development
The Busy Coder's Guide to Advanced Android Development
Android Programming Tutorials
The Pragmatic Bookshelf
GIS for Web Developers: Adding Where to Your Web Applications by Scott Davis with davisworld.org. ISBN-13: 978-0-9745-1409-3.
Hello, Android: Introducing Google's Mobile Development Platform by Ed Burnette. ISBN-13: 978-1-93435-617-3 Received May 2009.
Elsevier
login: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com password: normal
Matlab: A Practical Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving
Essential Matlab for Engineers and Scientists
Springer
username: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com password: normal
Sales Representative - John.Woolsey@springer.com and jtwoolsey@gmail.com
request 60-day review of textbooks - orders-ny@springer.com
Global Positioning System - Theory and Practice, 5th Edition, 2001 by Hofmann-Wellenhof, B., Lichtenegger, H., and Collins, J.
Points Verlag
Working with Projections and Datum Transformations in ArcGIS by Dr. Werner Flacke and Birgit Kraus. ISBN: 3-9808463-5-0. Amazon listing.
SDC Publications
service@sdcpublications.com, 913-262-2664
login: jeffery.jensen@unlv.edu password: Normal
Lisa Schulteis is the sales rep
Self Publishing
BookBaby
How To Shoot, Edit, and Embed Video On Your Website or Ebook by Brian Felsen, President of CD Baby | BookBaby | HostBaby
Createspace
Cost Spreadsheet CreateSpaceCost.xlsx
CreateSpace login email: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com and password: normal
CreateSpace account number 802510
Set up your own personalized store front at Createspace for free to sell your books online. They will take a 20% commission on each sale.
Cannot package a DVD with the CreateSpace book
Create space has different shipping costs from Amazon
Book Shipping Rates
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
24 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Cover Design
Class Roster
2010 Summer Semester - Instructor Jeff Jensen
Student Name
Portfolio Link
Group Name
Preferred Email
Picture
.jpg
Affleck, Lynn
CEE668
AFFLECKL@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
25 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Balizan, Efraim
CEE468
BALIZANE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Bowman, Ross
CEE468
BOWMANR2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Damian, Tomasita
CEE468
DAMIANT@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
tdamian@lvcva.com
tomasitaleyba@hotmail.com
Dizon, Robert
CEE468
DIZONR@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
rdizon25@gmail.com
.jpg
.jpg
Glaser, Danney
CEE668
GLASERD3@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Glembin, Christine
CEE468
GLEMBINC@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
christine.glembin@gmail.com
GUERRE70@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Johnson, Dustin
CEE468
JOHNS551@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
prospector85@juno.com
Mitchell, James
CEE668
MITCH127@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Moradi, Borhan
CEE468
MORADIB@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
moradi.borhan@gmail.com
Osborne, Bryan
CEE668
OSBORN34@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
bosborne@cleanwaterteam.com
.jpg
Turkson, Richard
CEE468
TURKSONR@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Group Name
Preferred Email
Picture
.jpg
Agbleze, Godwin
CEE468
agblezeg@unlv.nevada.edu
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
26 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
.jpg
Cobb, Christine
CEE468
cobbc3@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Dennis, Regina
CEE668
dennisr4@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Espinoza-Levy, Stephanie CEE468
ESPINO19@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Hollis, Dominique
CEE468
hollisd@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Palmore, Shalonda
CEE468
palmores@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Reta, Tadesse
CEE668
retat@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Venkatesan, Arjun Krishna CEE668
venkate6@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Wirthlin, Adam
CEE468
wirthli9@unlv.nevada.edu
.jpg
Zografos, Laken
CEE468
zografos@unlv.nevada.edu
Group Name
Preferred Email
CEE668
omarafifeh@gmail.com or
ABUAFIFE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
CEE668
ARANIM@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Baca, Aaron O.
CEE468
BACAA3@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Bray, Theresa
CEE468
bbterri728@hotmail.com or
brayt2@unlv.nevada.edu
Picture
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
27 of 378
Castell, Michelle
CEE668
castellm@unlv.nevada.edu or
michellecastell@gmail.com
Garcia, Carlos
CEE468
car04g@yahoo.com or
garci383@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Gwerder, Joe
CEE468
GWERDER2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU or
jgwerder@hotmail.com
Jarquin, Tania
CEE468
jarquint@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
khanf7@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Koscien, Monika
CEE468
koscien@yahoo.com
Linn, Yan
CEE468
linny@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Mack, Clarisse
CEE468
clarisse.mack@gmail.com or
mackc2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Newell, Timothy
CEE468
newellt2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Phillips, Richard
CEE468
phill203@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Robinson, Sean
CEE468
robin165@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU or seanericrobinson@gmail.com
CEE468
gaby_t60@hotmail.com or
torres15@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
CEE468
tuno@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU or
okwynntun@gmail.com
CEE468
tuni762002@gmail.com
Zeleke, Haileab B
CEE668
haileabbelayzeleke@yahoo.com
zelekeh@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
28 of 378
Student Name
Group Name
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Preferred Email
ADANE THOMAS
CEE468
ADANET@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
ALHWAYEK JOHNNY
CEE468
ALHWAYE2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
BERTA BIRUKTAIT
CEE468
biruktaitk@hotmail.com
COTTE DANIELLE
CEE468
COTTED2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
ELKOUZ MARK
CEE468
markelkouz542@yahoo.com
FINO RICARDO
CEE468
FINO@NEVADA.EDU
FORD ADAM
CEE468
FORDA2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
fordy357@gmail.com
FULLER JAMES
CEE468
fullerjames2@gmail.com
GATTI JOSEPHINE
CEE668
josie.gatti@gmail.com
GREEN MICHAEL
CEE668
GREENM28@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
HE JING
CEE668
HEJ3@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
JAMES MAJROOH
CEE668
JAMESM22@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
cjk25_99@hotmail.com
MELAKU GETACHEW
gmelaku@gmail.com
CEE468
Picture
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
29 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
PEARCE JAMIE
CEE468
PEARCEJ4@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PERESSINI SOPHIA
CEE468
PERESSIN@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
RONG RONG
CEE668
rongrongxmu@gmail.com
SHRESTHA ELEEJA
CEE668
SHRESTH7@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
SUERDIECK DANA
CEE468
dsuerdieck85@yahoo.com
TENNER BRANDI
CEE468
TENNERB@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
TSO TIN
CEE668
tinctso@gmail.com
WILLIAMS DONN
CEE468
WILLIA97@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Group Name
Preferred Email
UNDERWO6@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
ERIN NELSON
CEE468
NELSONE5@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
JAIME REDDIC
CEE468
REDDIC@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
KEVIN BROSS
CEE468
KBROSS@NEVADA.EDU
NATHANIEL GEE
CEE468
GEEN@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Picture
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
30 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
KONCHAKO@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
SANGIN CHOI
CEE468
choi_sangin@yahoo.com
SUMIT PURI
CEE468
PURIS@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Group Name
Preferred Email
ALEMU ZELALEM
CEE468
ALEMUZ@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
AMATO JOHN
CEE468
AMATOJ@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
BARENG SARAH
CEE468
BARENGS@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
BOLTON CHRISTOPHER
CEE468
CBOLTON@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
CEE668
CHUNGB2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
COBB CHRIS
CEE468
COBBC4@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,cobblv@yahoo.com
COLE SARAH
CEE468
LANGELIE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,sarah_ann_cole@yahoo.com
FEICA DIANNA
CEE468
FEICAD@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
FREY GLENN
CEE468
FREYG3@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
GLORIANI ARLENE
CEE468
GLORIANI@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Picture
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
31 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
GONZALEZ EDUARDO
CEE468
GONZA132@NEVADA.EDU
GORDON NICHOLAS
CEE468
GORDONN3@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
HARRIS DEREK
CEE468
HARRISD6@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
KALSI NITIN
CEE668
KALSIN@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
LIAO ELYSON
CEE668
LIAOE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
MANGAOANG FRANCIS
CEE468
MANGAOAN@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU, edwardthurman@aol.com
MEJIA ERNESTO
CEE468
MEJIAE2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
MORGAN RYAN
CEE468
MORGANR@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
MORRIS ALVIN
CEE468
MORRIS47@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU, almo_4@yahoo.com
NIKAIDO CHAD
CEE468
NIKAIDO@NEVADA.EDU
NORCOTT HESTON
CEE468
HNORCOTT@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,hestongrr@gmail.com
OLDS ROBERT
CEE468
OLDSR@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PETRIE JOHN
CEE468
JPETRIE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,johnnypetrie@yahoo.com
PIPARO, TIMOTHY
CEE468
PIPARO@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
32 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
RAJABDEEN, MOHAMED
CEE468
RAJABDEE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
ROSS, TREVOR
CEE468
TROSS@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU or tcrctr@gmail.com
RUANGJUM@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,chanon13@hotmail.com
SEHDEV VIKAS
CEE468
SEHDEVV@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,beemsang@hotmail.com
THUNG MICHELLE
CEE468
THUNGM@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
THURMAN EDWARD
CEE468
THURMANE@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU,edwardthurman@aol.com
VERON WARREN
CEE468
VADA.EDU,warren2k_99@yahoo.com
Class
BARAJAS IVANA
BARBER KAYLI
CEE468 BARBERK2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
BOULTON SHAUN
CEE468 BOULTON@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
BRADDELL SCOTT
CEE468 BRADDEL2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
CETRULO JOSEPH-PETER
CEE468 CETRULO@NEVADA.EDU
CIRRINICIONE THOMAS
CEE468 CIRRINIC@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
CROFT DUSTIN
CEE468 DCROFT@NEVADA.EDU
CUNNINGHAM MICHAEL
CEE468 CUNNIN62@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
GLENN BRYAN
CEE468 GLENNB2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
GRAVES KEVIN
CEE468 GRAVESK4@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
HANSEN ROBERT
CEE468 RHANSEN@NEVADA.EDU
KALAWE ALEXANDER
CEE468 KALAWEA@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
KOBAYASHI LYNDEN
CEE468 LKOBAYAS@NEVADA.EDU
LOWE KIMBERLY
CEE468 LOWEK@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
MAXFIELD DONALD
CEE468 MAXFIEL2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
NELSON TY
CEE468 NELSON45@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PARKER CHRISTOPHER
CEE468 PARKERC2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PIPARO TIMOTHY
CEE468 PIPARO@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
ROBINSON RICHARD
CEE468 ROBINSOR@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
SUAREZ LUIS
CEE468 SUAREZL@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PARKER CHRISTOPHER
CEE468 PARKERC2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
WATSON CASSANDRA
CEE468 WATSONC3@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
WILSON KELLY
CEE468 WILSONK2@NEVADA.EDU
WOODS SUNSHINE
CEE468 WOODSS@NEVADA.EDU
ZENHARI TAHMINEH
CEE468 SINGLET2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
FRAME JAMES
CEE668 FRAMEJ2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
HOLUR-VENKATESH NANDA
CEE668 HOLURVE2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Picture
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
33 of 378
KAIPARAMBIL ANCILA
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
CEE668 KAIPARA2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
KAIPARAMBIL AVINASH
CEE668 KAIPARA4@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
KOUHPAENEJAD AHMAD
CEE668 KOUHPAEN@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
KUMARESAN VIDHYA
CEE668 KUMARESA@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
LI XIN
CEE668 LIX11@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PAN FENG
CEE668 PANF@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
PULI ANIL
CEE668 PULIA@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
RESCOBER JOHN
CEE668 RESCOBER@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
CEE668 VEERAMIS@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
VIRUPAKSHA VINAY
CEE668 VINAYV@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
XU
CEE668 XUX2@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU
Class
Picture
ALEMAYEHU BISRAT
ASTARITA CHRISTIANA
CHEUNG PAK HO
CHOI MADALENA
FERGUSON SCOTT
GARDNER TODD
KALINA BRIAN
LETUS KEITH
MCAVOY JOHN
MCNAUGHT HOLLY
NUESCA JENNIFER
PARKE JARAH
RICE JACELYN
SEELEY JONATHAN
TERRILL DOUGLAS
VALDEZ RAUL
WASSERMAN BRIAN
ZENHARI TAHMINEH
CHEN YANJIE
GROTH DARREN
JIN XIAOHUI
NYAGAH PERIS
SUTTANURUK JAKKRIT
TECLE MEDHANIE
VISHNAN GOPALAN
XIE GANG
Class
BACKLUND OLIVIA
CARTER WADE
COSTELLO JENNER
CREEL JULIA
CREW JEREMY
DAVIES ROBERT
FENTON JUSTIN
HILLS ZACHARY
LUONG KELLIN
Picture
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
34 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
PENDERGRAFT DEREK
VEST LARI
WELCH CHARITI
BETLEY DAVID
CRUZ RAUL
KWIGIZILE VALERIAN
LIANG XIAOJUN
MCBRIDE JEFFERY
RODRIGUES GEISA
SU QIUHONG
XI PING
YOUNG RAYMOND
GEISENDORFER, CODY A
CEG468
KAGIMOTO, MICAH K
CEG468
MALOY, VERNAL E
CEG468
ROTH, MAGDALEN
CEG468
SCELSA, NICOLE M
CEG468
YAZZIE, ERICA J
CEG468
DONG, WEIQUAN
CEG668
HANSEN, SCOTT P
CEG668
LU, QINGGUANG
CEG668
MUDIGONDA, ANIL P
CEG668
PARIMI, VENU
CEG668
RANDALL, MARC H
CEG668
RAWHOUSER, HANS N
CEG668
WIESNER, DANIEL A
CEG668
BRADFORD, MICHAEL B
CEG468
BURY, PHILLIP T
CEG468
CEG468
LIAO, LIH-NAN
CEG468
MENDENHALL, RYAN M
CEG468
PULGARIN, JOHAN M
CEG468
RYAN, PETER A
CEG468
CEG468
BITTLE,DONALD C
CEG668
DANGETI,MUKUNDA R
CEG668
DUNNING, MICHAEL R
CEG668
EDWARDS,SHERRIE L
CEG668
GARCIA, MARIA-ELENA
CEG668
KHATER, MAJED A
CEG668
RYAN,ROSLYN
CEG668
VASUDEVAN,VINOD
CEG668
ZAGUSTIN, ELENA
CEG668
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
35 of 378
DINEEN, JASON B
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
CEG468
CEG468
LI, ZHENG
CEG468
LUDWIG, MICHAEL J
CEG468
VIZCARRA, CARMEN G
CEG468
WALKER, PHILIP M
CEG468
WEAVER, ANDREW C
CEG468
BURKA, SEIFEDIN M
CEG668
LUK, SIMON Y
CEG668
PHOMNINH, KONGKEO D
CEG668
WOYTON, JEAN-PAUL
CEG668
BRICE, TRAYCE L
CEG468
CHO,CHRIS H
CEG468
CROTCHETT, TREASEA
CEG468
FALCON, RAYMOND A
CEG668
HUDSON, REDGE R
CEG668
LICON, ANA L
CEG668
MASON, QUINCY A
CEG668
NYTKO, BILLY J
CEG668
CEG668
BECKER, JON R
CEG668
LONG, ANNEMARIE K
CEG668
TUNE, ERIC J
CEG668
CEG468
PATRY, MICHAEL J
CEG468
DARQUEA, CHRIS J
CEG668
HOOSHMAND, RAY F
CEG668
BORREGO, ABEL
CEG468
CORTEZ, ROSA A
CEG468
DEASON, JEFFREY D
CEG468
DEASON, SARA
CEG468
NARDONI,RALPH F JR
CEG468
OAKLEY,JESSE III
CEG468
PRESCIA,EMILEE B D
CEG468
WALLACE, GEORGE I
CEG468
ORENDAIN, LEO E
CEG668
PECKHAM, DAVID B
CEG668
ROE,JOHN K
CEG668
ROWE, CURTIS D
CEG668
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
36 of 378
BAKHSHI, ASSIA
CEG468
CARR, MARY A
CEG468
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
CEG468
KAJKOWSKI, JOANNA
CEG468
KOLBER, MITCHELL S
CEG468
MILLER, THOMAS D
CEG468
NEYRINCK, KIM F
CEG468
STRUBE, GREGORY M
CEG468
WHITTAKER, ANDREW E
CEG468
CUI, ZHENZHONG
CEG668
DUNFORD, LORRAINE L
CEG668
MARKEL, RALPH W
CEG668
MENON, RANJIT
CEG668
CEG668
PARK, MONTE L
CEG668
VIGGATO, JASON C
CEG668
WALKER, JODY A
CEG668
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
37 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
38 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Email Mohammad Saadeh, m.mechat@yahoo.com, mobile 629-9074 if your going to attend class on Friday from 4-7pm. Mohammad is the mechanical engineering
instructor in the previous class.
Software Install Requests to Matt Buk
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
39 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
40 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Tutoring
UNLV Tutoring
Free to students
Tutoring@unlv.edu or call 702-774-4623
Tutor earns $10-$13 an hour depending upon experience. As of Spring 2010 all tutors only earn $10 an hour.
I only give a recommendation for 1) those students which have previously taken my course and earned an A, 2) those students which volunteer as a teaching lab
assistant, and 3) those students demonstrating a willing to serve others
Rimi Marwah, Tutoring Director, email: rimi.marwah@unlv.edu, voice: 702-895-3177, Office: Academic Success Center (SSC-103)
Does the Tutoring lab have access to computers? If yes, can software be installed?
Nesley Orochena (mobile 702-401-0022, direct work: 702-652-3035 main work: 702-652-1110) Tutoring Hours
Sunday 4:00-8:00pm 2nd floor of the Library
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday 6:00-8:00pm also on the 2nd floor of the Library
no computer lab in the Dining Commons, need to bring your own laptop or Nesley will use his own.
Subjects: AutoCAD and Civil3D (CEE301 and CEE110L), GIS (CEE468), Surveying (CEE121) and Waste Water (CEE450)
Sang In Choi Tutoring Hours
still to be determined
Reading Tips
Some Tips for Effective Reading by Dr. Chad Berry with Berea College
Identify any questions you have about the reading (make notes in the textbook with a pencil)
Identify key terms and concepts
Seek to identify the author's main points. Answer the question, "So what is the author trying to say?"
Apply what you reading
Evaluate. Did it work?
Divide up large chunks of reading and set daily goals to cover the material
Pay attention to introductions and conclusions
Constantly ask yourself questions? "What does this have to do with me?" "What was the main point of that section?"
One on One Tutoring with GIS Engineering
Acrobat Connect is no longer available as of 15 June 2010
Adobe ConnectNow
https://connectnow.acrobat.com/gisengineering Adobe ID: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com password: normal
http://connectnow.acrobat.com/jefferyjjensen password: normal, free with 2 participants
Work Study
Student Interns
1. Bert Franco (franco.humberto@hotmail.com) Fall 2011/Spring 2012 for CEE121 and 301
2. Robert Kazarin (robert_kazarin@yahoo.com) Fall 2011
3. Travis Horlacher (tshorlacher@gmail.com) Fall 2012 for CEE301
4. Matt Godinho (GODINHOM@UNLV.NEVADA.EDU) Fall 2012 for CEE121
5. John Gonzales (johnmogonzales@gmail.com)
Procedure
1. Fill out FAFSA Financial Aid application as soon as possible. Work Study funds are limited and run out, not like Pell Grants. Also the FAFSA is need based, so if
your income is at the poverty level, then likely will qualify for work study.
Need to apply for the PIN, take 2-3 days in the mail
Forbes - The Financial Aid Game
2. Graduate - Be admitted in Graduate Program. Must be degree seeking student to qualify. Also have a minimum GPA, think 3.0 to be admitted in Graduate college.
3. College of Engineering, not the individual departments like Civil Engineering has to approve the work study since 25% of the work study payroll is done by the
College.
4. Kathryn "Kathy" Levasseur administers the Work Study for the Civil Engineering Department.
Brandon Hernandez, Work Study Program. UNLV Financial Aid and Scholarships. voice: 702-895-3939, fax: 702-895-1353, email: brandon.hernandez@unlv.edu
Fall 9/1/2011 to 12/31/2011 Earnings code FW1
Spring 1/1/2012 to 5/30/2012 Earnings code FW2
Summer 6/1/2012 to 8/31/2011 Earnings code FW3 (need to apply separately for this)
UNLV Off Campus Work Study Contract
Earn anywhere from $8.25 per hour to $12.75 per hour, see UNLV Financial Aid and Scholarships - Regular Student Employment
Off Campus Work Study Program
August 2011. "At this time our institution is not accepting applications for Off Campus employers. To date the administration has not set a definitive date when we
will begin accepting Off Campus applications again." (email from Brandon Hernandez on 19 Aug 2011)
UNLV Career Services - Find an intern. Paul Carpino, Employer Outreach and Internship Coordinator, email: paul.carpino@unlv.edu, voice: 702-895-0612
Info for potential off-campus employers
Agency must be a public nonprofit organization, or
local, state, or federal agency
Need to check into nonprofit organizations, didn't know they can be public or private.
UNLV Academic Credit Internships
America Reads/America Counts Program
Earn anywhere from $13 per hour to $15 per hour - the federal government pays 100 percent of your salary
College of Engineering Work Study
Dean's Office: Maura S. Erickson, Administrative Assistant IV, voice: 702-895-3699, FAX: 702-895-4059, email: maura.erickson@unlv.edu. She said the
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
41 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Department's pay the taxes and 25% of hourly wage for the work study student.
Kathryn "Kathy" Levasseur, email: kathryn.levasseur@unlv.edu, voice: 702-895-1461 is the replacement for Levia.
OIT Work Study
Apply for OIT Student Jobs
Students are paid minimum wage ($8.25/hr) then if students did an outstanding job, will get $0.25/hr raise the following semester
Contact Matt Buk (email: matthew.buk@unlv.edu)
UNLV Library Work Study Opportunities
Federal Work Study is required to be hired by the library
Students are paid minimum wage ($8.25/hr)
UNLV Payroll
Carrie.Martin@unlv.edu is the payroll supervisor. I emailed her the following questions:
Employer does not pay any Federal Income Tax (FIT), this is only paid by the employee.
Work study students are exempt from FICA (6.2% social security, 1.45% medicare)
If non-work study student (rare case) the the employer has to pay the FICA
UNLV has an exempt status from FUTA (Federal Unemployment Tax)
non-work study students, employer has to pay 0.80% State Unemployment Tax (SUTA) rate
Workers' Compensation Insurance rate is 1.5% for all student workers
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
42 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
43 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Google Sites
Free and easy way to create and share webpages
Intro: How can you promote yourself to an employer and stand out from the crowd? One way is to show your work on a website of your own! Not only is it easier to
show others, but utlizing the internet is almost a must in todays world! There are many ways this can be done.
A webhost is needed to host a website
UNLV provides one for free for all students (https://complabs.nevada.edu/~YOURLOGIN/SOMETHING.html) but the major downside is that, some while after
graduation, it will no longer be accessible and everything will need to be transfered to another webhost.
Google sites also has a free webhosting service and it does not get removed unless it is removed by the user. This will be used in class and how to create one will be
explained further on.
If you don't like free stuff, then you can always pay for a webhost and webdomain per month. The advantage to that is that there are less restrictions and it will
seem more professional. There are also other free webhosting services out there, but they may require that an advertisement be placed on the page.
How to create a google sites account and what to do with it
1. First, if you do not have a google account, you will need to make one (https://www.google.com/accounts/NewAccount) and verify it by email.
2. Once you have made an account, go to (sites.google.com) and sign in.
3. After you sign in, hit the "Create site" button.
4. Put a site name-something similar to your account name, or a combination of your first and last name so that it is unique but also easily remembered.
5. Type in the verification code and hist "create site" once more.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
44 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
6. If all went well, then you will have a website to host and show your work to others.
7. If you hit edit page near the top right corner, you can edit the page to put some html code.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
45 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Help
Download Office Live Update 1.5
40%
20
20
20%
20
10
400
200
11
20
220
Final Exam
18%
180
Total
100%
180
1000
100%-93%
930
A-
92%-89%
890
B+
88%-86%
860
85%-82%
820
B-
81%-79%
790
C+
78-74%
740
73%-69%
690
C-
68%-65%
650
64%-60%
600
59%-0%
<600
Lecture Homework
Email Rules when submitting answers to homework assignments
Email answers to class email address
Email subject Line must contain class number, type of homework (HW05, VC02, or GTW01) and your name. Example Class 05, HW05, John Doe
Typically must attach a JPEG image or PDF of the homework assignment. Each email must include all the .jpg images for assignments of that week. For example if your
Week 3 home is to do a lecture assignment, virtual campus course and GIS Workbook, then I want one email with 3 attachments instead of 3 emails with one attachment
each.
Homework Attachments
Virtual Campus Certificate - Typically save a jpeg image
GIS Tutorial Workbook - must attach a PDF
Lecture Home - typcially create a pdf for this homework assignment
Always use the same email account when submitting homework. Don't send email assignment from UNLV email account one week, next from a work email account, and
then another time using a personal email account. Use one account only when corresponding with the Instructor.
UNLV College of Engineering Mail Server blocks various attachments. For example Microsoft Word Documents cannot be accepted. Workaround, zip the .doc or convert
to PDF.
Item to email will identified below with the heading Email
Assignments
Lecture Homework 01 for Class #1
Obtain student version of ArcGIS DVD from the instructor
Obtain Google Earth Pro Download and License (open Google Earth Help About Google Earth. You will need the User and License Key values.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
46 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
47 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
48 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
49 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
50 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
See class notes for the procedure: Example Spatial Join: Distance to Nearest Sewer Line
Lecture Homework 10 for Class #10
Upload a PDF map to WebCampus/Blackboard with the following
Create a map showing the major streets in North Las Vegas, the points showing the NLV Elevation Benchmarks, a north arrow, logo (company or custom created with
Microsoft Paint), scale bar and scaled text. Also include a vicinity map (note the extent rectangles appears to have a bug so the red box might be missing).
Elevation Benchmarks should have label features on, show the elevation of each point. Modify the text symbol to show a halo mask effect.
See class notes on Create x,y,z features in ArcCatalog
Upload a screen shot of the North Las Vegas benchmarks in Google Earth. It should look similar to this
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
51 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Course Review
1.
2.
3.
4.
Google Earth
ArcMap - adding base maps (e.g. Bing Maps)
Labeling Features and Annotation
Download GIS Data
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
52 of 378
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Street Centerlines
Aerial Photos
Water lines
Sewer lines
PLSS (Survey data, initial points, Meridians and Base Lines)
Joins and Spatial Joins
Prints and Plotting - Creating Layouts and Export Maps to PDF
Overview/Vicinity Maps
Query Features and Select Attributes
Symbology and Thematic Maps
Projections (StatePlane Coordinates, UTM, Lat/Long)
Create 2D and 3D Features (points, lines and polygons)
GIS File Formats (shapefiles, geodatabases, KML)
Publish GIS layers on Google Maps
Geocoding
Network Analyst
3D Analyst
Spatial Analyst
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
53 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
12. Using Google My Maps, create a map of the Fire Stations in Clark County using the c:\gisdata\CrGeoDb\Source\EmergencyResponse.mdb geodatabase or download
from Clark County GIS. Symbolize the map using the JURIS field. Need to create a KML/KMZ file. Provide the URL to your My Maps page webpage. Your Google My
Map should look similar to this.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
54 of 378
a.
b.
c.
d.
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Template
Map area
Layout
Data frame
Complete the form and click Create ESRI My Global Account to become a memeber
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
55 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
56 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: GO TO CLASS
In your course listing, click on the course title to begin. A list of the course modules is displayed along with other course information.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
57 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 4: How to print the module ribbon of completion some time after its been completed
Click the icon shown below to display the list of the modules of the course you completed.
Go to the module that you completed and click the "completed" icon next to the module's name.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
58 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
For the course certificate of completion, go to "My Course Status", click the icon on the top left "Cetificate of Completion" and print the certificate from there.
OR
Go to "My Training History" and then click "Print Certficate" in front of your completed course.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
59 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
60 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
61 of 378
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Portfolio
Webpage(s) showing a selection of the student's work
Term Project
Class Term Project: Demonstrate knowledge in apply ArcView 9 to solve problems in civil engineering. Deliverables are a 15 minute presentation and handouts (e.g. maps,
background information, slides, notes, etc.). Project can be done as a group or individually.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
62 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
63 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Regional Flood Control District - manage the Topo, watershed basins, USGS DEMs
Large Property Owners
Developers
Title Companies - expand service of the Title Report, determine all easements on the land
Engineers - create a PDF map similar to Assessor, include a grid symbol which provides a link to the application number for the Land Use Application,
Record of Survey, Off Site Improvement Plan, Drainage Study, and Traffic Study
Streams of Income
3 Variables
1. Quality - improve accuracy and thoroughness of research of survey records
2. Time - improve turn around time to perform the work, currently only large firms will have staff that isn't rusty, we will do the samething every time so
efficient. Also will spend time on the system, make it easier the nex time around
3. Price/Cost - worst case breakeven, best case is lower cost for the Engineering Firm or Developer, where this duty of a staff member can be offloaded
and allow them to focus/ specialize on another task.
Paid to Create GIS layers
Resell GIS layers, package with other products
Paid to Train Clients how to use data
Paid to Consult - provide engineering services - conceptual drainage studies
Deliverables
Excel Spreadsheet
Adobe PDF
AutoCAD DWG - Civil 3D Digital Terrain Models (DTM)
Internet Mapping
ESRI geodatabase, Survey Analyst
3. Geotechnical
Conversion of NRCS Soils Data (SSURGO) into ArcGIS Geodatabase
4. ESRI Niche
Get paid several ways doing the same thing: 1) get a project to build a model, 2) incorporate that model into the software and resale, 3) provide training how to use
the model, and 4) use the findings from the project with another entity/agency/company and get paid to do the same thing.
Drainage Niche - 1) get paid doing drainage review for Nye, Lincoln and Clark Counties, 2) do drainage studies for private developers, 3) develop programs such
as DDMS or the Chris Stone method for RFCD or other agencies, 4) provide training how to use the programs/software, 5) build GIS layer of the facilities being
designed in the drainage studies for RFCD or other agencies, 6) provide a call before you dig program, 7) be the permitting process expert for the County - paid by
other consultants to share how to do things faster, and 8) be an expert witness for drainage law.
5. Land Development
Bond Exoneration - relieve the Developer and/or Contractor of the responsibility for improvements in the Public Right of Way.
Unify Land Use codes for Southern Nevada
Convert Bond Estaments into MasterFormat
Call Before You Dig Internet Mapping Application
Identify Vacant Parcels and Future BLM Parcels to be Auctioned. (Scott, Scott, Joe, and Joe)
3D Map UNLV building footprints, Research Surveying Documents of Finish Floor Elevations
Identify Ideal Properties for Investment
Ideal Properties have the following characteristics
Low Purchase Price
Methodolgy
Need to compare with other properties, need a rule of thumb such as price per square foot, need to know the asking/selling price
Query loan amounts, find actual selling price, not the same as recorded by the Assessor.
Low cost to Improve or civilize
Utilities in close proxmity, Conforming Zone Change, In a flood zone or wash?
Any future Public Works projects (build roads, flood control)
High Resale Value, Marketability, Satisfy a Need/Demand
Adequate Parcel Size
Methodology - query parcel size, also identify all adjacent vacant properties - merge several smaller parcels into one large one thus increasing
the options to develop. Economy of Scale - 1 acre parcel might not pencil out but a 10 acre parcel will, high the quantity lower the unit cost.
Case Study - what worked, what did
what is the competition doing? Does another successful company like KB Homes do the same thing?
Pioneer, new idea?
What is the target? What are the investors looking for? Seems if you focus on the money, that is will buy any property which will be easy to resell for more
money, its like gambling, or putting the cart before the horse, purchase on speculation. Instead, of focusing on the niche or business.
Becker Realty Corp
50 S. Jones Blvd, Suite 101, Las Vegas NV 89107, Fax: 702-870-1228
Barry Becker, Jr. Email: barrybeckerjr@beckerrealty.net, Voice: 702-870-0212 x6552, Mobile: 702-497-9532
Randy Becker, Email: rbecker@beckerrealty.net, Voice: 702-870-0212 x6522, Mobile: 702-497-3040
Kevin McKinley, Email: kevinmckinley@beckerrealty.net, Voice: 702-870-1227 x6539, Mobile: 702-528-4363
Title Companies: LandAmerica Land Title of Nevada and First American Title Company (FATCO) of Nevada- Google Maps or Internet Mapping
Products - 1) Title Insurance, 2) Escrow
Target Customers - 1) Realtors (both Commercial and Residential, note its the Buyers choice on which Title Company, i.e. Escrow agent, to use). 2) Lenders
Focus - greater return for clients
Funding
Directly from individual Title Company (e.g. Land Title, FATCO, Chicago Title, ...)
Clark County Title Services - will benefit all Title Companies
UNLV/TRC joint funding with Kazem and Mukund
Annual or Monthly Subscription to the service
Usage based, pay as you go
Reports
charge fees for service or provide free for preferred clients (generate more sales)
Services to Realtors (Internet Mapping Website, Generate Listing Packets, and Property Profiles)
Quality maps and graphics
Link to MLS
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
64 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
65 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
66 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
67 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
1. How do you change marker symbols for a point feature? (see p. 91, 111-114)
2. Using the RTC.mdb geodatabase, PostSpeedLimits line feature class, symbolize the map using all values in the MaxSpeedLimit field, in other words speed limit of
75 mph is assigned one color, speed limit of 65 mph is assigned another color, and so on. Each speed limit should have a unique symbol assigned to it.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
68 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Tutorial 1 Topics
Map Documents
Map Layers and ArcMap Table of Contents
Navigation using Zoom and Pan
Magnifier Window
Overview Window
Spatial Bookmarks
Measure Distances
Identify Features
Select Features
Finding Features
Attribute Tables
Label Features
Map Documents and Relative Paths
Tutorial 1 - Introduction
Hints - things to avoid
1. You can export only the selected features to a new dataset to better manipulate the selected features.
2. You can open a *.dbf file with MS Excel.
3. For the data document in Exercise 1-1, round values to the nearest integer.
4. Be sure perform the statistics on only the 5 states with the highest vacant units.
5. Don't forget you can add to a selection or unselect by holding the SHIFT button and clicking the feature or dragging a box to select multiple features.
6. While the address field in Mid911 is messy, you are not required to clean up the Address field for Exercise 1-2, simply copy and paste into the data
document.
Example Solution Map (click image for full size view)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
69 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
70 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
and white.
Exercise 3-2
1. You are not required to create a layout paper size of 8.5" X 14". The template you created in class would be sufficient. However, you may find that you have
more freedom on a larger map to place elements and data layer or frames.
2. The data frame at the scale of 1:14,000 showing all the historic districts can be made into a vincinity map. However, because the overall historic districts is
also a focus item on the map, you may think about making the mapdata frame bigger in order to display the data prominently.
Example Solution Map (click image for full size view)
Tutorial 4 Topics
Geodatabase
Primary Key
Add Fields
Join Tables
Spatial Joins
Export data
ArcCatalog
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
71 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Tutorial 4 - Geodatabases
Hints and issues
Exercise 4-1
1. You will again have three data frames for this exercise, similar to the Tutorial 3-1 Exercise. Use your judgement to place them in the map document. For
example, if the legends for the data frames are using the same categories of revenue, you might be able to save some space for your design layout by placing
the dataframes next to each other and have them share a common legend.
2. You can also have three legends and three data frames next to each other. There is no requirement for asthetics, but you should start thinking about how you
are able to create better presentation maps.
3. No labels are required, using a color scheme that shows the highest revenue generating municipality would be sufficient.
Exercise 4-2
1. Remember that you are not required to make the geodatabase and importing the exercise files into it because you will not be turning in the geodatabase.
2. For this map, you will be using label and choropleth mapping in order to give the map more information.
3. Be sure to add in the PghTracts dataset so that you will have a complete outline (hollow scheme) of even tracts with no schools. Obviously for those schools,
you will have no labeling for them.
Example Solution Map (click image for full size view)
Tutorial 5 Topics
Sources of Map Data - WMS Servers, Geography Network (retired early 2010)
Census Data
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
72 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
73 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Digitizing a polygon
Digitize a point layer
Digitize a line layer
Advanced Edit Tools
Moving Features using ArcMap
Copy and Paste Features
Editor Toolbar - Tasks
Move, Add and Delete Vertices
Edit Feature Attribute Data
Snapping Environment
Spatially Adjust Features
ArcGIS Desktop Tutorials - Using the Spatial Adjustment Tool
Tutorial 6 - Digitizing hints and issues
Exercise 6-1
1. You can manually select the features per the beat guideline for Exercise 6-1. By sorting the "name" field in ascending order will allow you to select each
street section easier.
2. Alternatively, you can select all streets that the police beat encompasses. However, this will select the extra street arcs beyond the contained beat area. You
can then either unselect or reselect the streets by holding down the shift key to get just the police beat area. You should be able to easily distinguish the police
beat area from the intersection of the selected streets.
3. You can then export the selected features to a new dataset in order to create different colors. Using the alternative way, you do not need to create beat1.shp
and beat2.shp before starting the exercise.
Exercise 6-2
1. If you prefer to work in AutoCAD, you can insert the orthographics into AutoCAD via the map menu. From there, you can move and manipulate the building
outlines to match the orthographic.
2. Then export the modified building outlines as a shapefile within AutoCAD and simply bring it into ArcMap for display.
3. This procedure can be done for the parking lot and bustop if you wish to as well. However, make sure you select the correct output type under "mapexport"
(polyline, point, etc).
Example Solution Map (click image for full size view)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
74 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
75 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Tutorial 10 - 3D Analyst
Tutorial 10 Topics
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
76 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3D avi video
How to load the 3D Analyst Extension
Creating 3D scenes
Introduction to ArcScene program
Creating TIN from contour data
Triangulated irregular networks
Configuring soft edges
Drape features onto the TIN
Creating 3D buildings
Setting observer and target locations
Flying through a scene
Creating animations
Loading the animation toolbar
Record, play and save the animation
Using 3D symbols
Performing line-of-sight analysis
Explore ArcGlobe
Hints - things to avoid
1.
Example Solution Map (click image for full size view)
Assignment10-1.pdf
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
77 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Assignment10-2.pdf
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
78 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
79 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Conferences
Nevada Geographic Information Society (NGIS)
Proposal ideas
GPS with Darcy at Trimble and Monsen Engineering
UNLV GPS control with Scott Hill at TRC
Moving GPS data to AutoCAD Map3D and ESRI ArcMap
Conference on 23-25 June 2010
Conference Theme - "GIS goes platinum in the Silver State - Celebrating 20 Years of Collaboration"
Call for Papers Deadline, 1 May 2010, submit abstracts to tommie.weckesser@cityofhenderson.com
ESRI User Conference
email papers@esri.com
Autodesk University
submit proposals no later than 14 May 2010
Civil Infrastructure Track - Local road and highway design
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
80 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
To use this Web page interactively, you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01 Service Pack 2 (SP2) or later and the Microsoft Office
2003 Web Components.
Guest Speakers
Jason Schwartz, Principal GIS Analyst Southern Nevada Water Authority - Engineering, Voice: 702-691-5395, email: jason.schwartz@lvvwd.com
Call Before You Dig by Underground Service Alert (USA North)
Don Heyer, Operations and Public Relations Manager
Address: 4090 Nelson Avenue Suite A, Concord CA 94520-1232.
Voice: 925-798-9504 x4. Mobile: 702-595-7919. Fax: 925-798-1683. Email: dheyer@usan.org
Member of the Common Ground Alliance
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
81 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
GIS Concept
The GIS 4 Step Solution Process
GIS Tabular Data
GIS Data Types/Features
ArcGIS Desktop consists of ArcView, ArcEditor, and ArcInfo
Exploring ArcMap
Exploring ArcMap
Map Legend/Table Of Contents (TOC)
Tools Toolbar
Window Menu
Map Tips
Tools Menu
Data Frames
ArcMap Layers/Themes and Layer Files
ArcMap Layer Files (.lyr)
How do I use my ArcMap Symbology in AutoCAD Map3D, MapGuide and Google Earth KML?
ArcMap Definition Queries
ArcMap Output Options
Export to Adobe Acrobat pdf
Animation
Using ArcMap with Relative Path Names
Review transferring data files from UNLV to home/work
Exploring ArcCatalog
ArcCatalog
Need to Know
Nice to Know
Adding data to ArcMap
Searching for Map Data
Importing files into geodatabase tables using ArcCatalog
Making Maps Quickly
Templates
How to Create an ArcMap Plotter independent map template
Layout Toolbar
Logos and Pictures
Map Legends
Making Maps for Presentation
Basic Map Elements to include on Maps
Scale Bar Map Elements
Comparison of Data Frame/Viewports in layouts between CAD & GIS
Size and Position of Data Frames
Title Map Element
Text Map Element
Reference Systems - Grids and Graticules
Printing
Geodatabases and Tables
Geodatabase
Geodatabase Geometry Types
Geodatabase Field Types
Geodatabase X/Y Domain
Tables
Add Fields to an existing table
Field Calculator
ArcMap Editing using Field Calculator
Calculating Attribute Values
Attribute Indexes
ArcGIS supported spatial files
Coverages
Import ArcInfo Interchange files (.e00)
Shapefiles
Querying Data
7 ways to query features
1. Identifying Features
2. Selecting Features Interactively
3. Selecting Features by Attributes
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
82 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
SQL Comparison
4. Selecting Features by Location
Spatial Relationships
5. Selecting Features by Graphics
6. Finding Features
7. Map Tips
Selectable Layers
How to Query Graphics
How to query Raster Surfaces
How to query TIN Surfaces
Query Layers - How to view Spatial SQL Server
ArcMap Graphics: Points, Lines, Circles, Polygons, Rectangles
Labeling Features and Annotation
ArcGIS Options working with Text
Dynamic Labeling
Dynamic Labeling: Placing Labels
Dynamic Labeling: ArcMap Formatting tags
Dynamic Labeling: Stacked Labels and more
Dynamic Labeling: Label Methods
Dynamic Labeling: Label Priorities
Dynamic Labeling: Draw Toolbar Label Options
Map Document Annotation: Layout View
Map Document Annotation: Data View
Map Document Annotation: Data View - Creating New
GeoDatabase Annotation: Standard Annotation
GeoDatabase Annotation: Feature Linked
ArcInfo Coverage Annotation
Reference Scale for Data Frames
Fonts
Symbolizing features and rasters
Symbols and Styles
Creating Marker Symbols
Symbols by Attributes
Creating Line Symbols
Using Interstate Shields
Classifying features and rasters
Classifying features and rasters
Quantitative Scaled Symbology
Classification methods
Symbology Charts
Understanding Classification Histogram
Joining and relating tables
Database Relationships
Relate Tables
Join Tables
Spatial Joins
Example Spatial Join: Assign closest bus stop to each parcel
Overview Data Frame
Create Overview Data Frame (a.k.a. index, vicinity, location, or key map)
How to create an exact copy of an Overview Window in a data frame
Creating Features
Creating Point Features
Using Excel with ArcGIS
How to create random x,y,z coordinates using Excel
Create Random Point Features
Add x,y coordinate data to ArcMap
Creating Point Layer from x,y values in a table using ArcCatalog
Create x,y,z features in ArcCatalog
Event Tables
Excel Notes
Converting Graphics to Features (Shapefile)
Convert Features to Graphics
ArcMap Edit Session
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
83 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap Editing
Deleting Features
Moving Features
Improve Speed of Editing
Snapping Environment
Snapping Properties Table
Snap to Midpoint of a Feature
Snap to Intersection of two Features
Offset Feature Lines
Creating Features from other Features
Creating Features using ArcMap
ArcMap Editing Topologies
Map Topologies (Shapefiles and non-topology geodatabases)
Geodatabase Topologies (Geodatabase)
Background on COGO
Legal Descriptions
Glossary of Deed Terms
Definition of Curves
Aliquot Descriptions
Legal Descriptions and Figures
Common COGO Workflows
Create Easement Layer from legal descriptions on a Parcel Layer
Traverse
Traverse - Quadrant Bearing Measurements
Traverse Tool (ArcEditor and ArcInfo only)
To Load a traverse from a text file
Traverse - Closure Report
Adding and Populating COGO Fields in a Feature Class
How to split features in COGO Lines
How to Label COGO Line Features
Attribute Domains
Subtypes
Creating Point
Create a Point at the Intersection of two Features
Preparing data for analysis
Dissolving Features
Geoprocessing Wizard
Creating Graphs
Exporting Data
Analyzing Spatial Data
Buffer
Buffer Tools
Buffer Applications
Vignette
Geoprocessing Wizard
Merge Adjacent Layers
Clipping Layers
Overlays
Spatial Analyst
Using Spatial Analyst in ArcMap to create an elevation relief
Transparency
Elevation Contours
Creating Contours
Symbolize Contours
Triangulated Irregular Network (TIN) Surface
TIN Attributes
Create a TIN from sample point feature/mass points/survey shots
Creating TIN surfaces from vector data
Edit a TIN
Cut/Fill Analysis using a TIN
Compare TIN surface to GRID surface
Cut-and-Fill Analysis
Raster Calculator and Map Algebra
Hydrology and Spatial Analyst
3D Analyst Extension
ArcScene and 3D Analyst Extension
USGS Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
USGS National Elevation Dataset
Options To Clip Raster Images
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
84 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
85 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Population Density
Paper Size
Survey
Microsoft Access Database Review
Simple Access Database Queries Using Filters
Access Tables and Fields
Miscellaneous Topics
Creating Point Features from Polygon Centroid Features
Creating Reports
Review - Reports and Joins
Compare Aerial Photo Images
ArcMap Images
Overview of GIS
GIS Concept
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
"Geographic information system" means a collection of computer hardware, software and data that is used for the collection, management, manipulation, analysis and
display of information that includes a positional component.' (Nevada Administrative Code, NAC 625.795 4a)
Basically just a database linked to a map that allows one to perform spatial queries/analysis. For example, in databases such as Microsoft Access, a form is used to input
and display data. The query connects the form to the database. The data isn't stored in the form. So in ArcGIS, the form would be ArcMap and the database is Microsoft
Access (known as the GeoDataBase, GDB). In Autodesk Land Development, the database is the points file, alignment, etc. and the form is AutoCAD.
"Any geographic information system should be capable of six fundamental operations in order to useful for finding solutions to real-world problems. A GIS should be
able to Capture data, Store data, Query data, Analyze data, Display data, and Output data" (ESRI Virtual Campus-Basics of ArcGIS, Lesson 1: Introducing a GIS, What
can a GIS do?)
The GIS 4 Step Solution Process
Step 1: Identify Problem
Step 2: Create or Acquire Data
Step 3: Perform Analysis
Step 4: Present Results
GIS Tabular Data
1. Flat files
Simple ASCII text files, whether columnar, tab (.tab) or comma delimited (.csv)
2. Relational Database Management Systems (RDMS)
Use of a relate item (known as a primary key) to link separate tables together
Objective is to limit duplicate field entries by using an ID and lookup table (a.k.a. switchboard)
Use the write once principal - data is stored in one record, then linked into other tables.
3. Object Database
Basically any data that is embedded in the file, example is AutoCAD drawings-attributes stored within file.
GIS Data Types/Features
1. Points
Represents a single place on a map, such as a fire hydrant
A single coordinate pair is used to identify the location.
Point features have clear boundaries or distinction between other features
Use point features if your data is countable
2. Lines/Arcs/Polyline
Represents a linear feature, such as a street centerline.
3. Polypolylines/Routes
A single feature that includes two or more polylines, such as a bus route
Just a convenient way to group related polylines into one map feature so that they can be selected or linked to a database as a single entity
Known as Dynamic Segmentation in ArcInfo
4. Polygons
A feature that encloses an area, a boundary, such as the State of Nevada.
3D Polygon Features - stores Z values in a shapefile or geodatabase
5. Polypolygons/Multipart Features
Map feature consisting of two or more polygons that is treated as a single map feature (multiple noncontiguous areas), such as the State of Hawai'i which consists
of several islands. Known as Multipart Features in ArcGIS, Polypolygons in Autodesk MapGuide, MPolygons in AutoCAD Map.
6. Regions
Composite polygons (hybrid of polygons and layers)
Implemented in ArcInfo, similar to polypolygons (supports noncontiguous areas) but more powerful
Allows for overlapping polygons (e.g. spatial index of construction projects or showing the boundary of a country over time)
Nested features are supported, that is polygons within polygons, for example counties within a state.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
86 of 378
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
See ESRI Article Number 23404 How to Create a region or boundary map with no internal boundaries in ArcMap.
See ESRI Article Number 21381 How to Create donut polygons from existing features in ArcMap
Text/Annotation
Labels that appear on maps
Tend not to have any attributes or location associated with it directly
Annotation is typically text but can also be any graphic element that annotates your map (e.g. lines, circles, and polygons).
Dynamic Text/Labels- labels generated from a database. Autodesk LDD and Map and AutoCAD block attributes do this.
Static Text- labels places by hand. Called annotation by ESRI. AutoCAD TEXT command.
Feature-Linked Annotation- have the control of static text, but also if the feature (e.g. fire hydrant) is deleted, label is also deleted (e.g. fire hydrant number). Used
by ESRI
Raster Images
Matrix/Grid of pixels, identify by rows and columns
Opposite of vector drawings
A pixel/cell contains a single value
Example, aerial photos
Use if data varies continuously across an area, not countable. Example temperature, rainfall, elevation.
Map Elements (a.k.a. map objects, map components)
Used in map layouts/paperspace for final presentation, instead of analysis like data view/modelspace.
Title of Map - should be easy to see and reflect the map's purpose
North Arrow - used to orient the map to the world. Size of north arrow should not be so large that it diverts attention from the map body. Known Bug: The north
arrow and other graphic elements shift positions in the layout, see ESRI Article ID 25845
Legend - used to help the reader interpret the map body
Scale bar - used to relate the size of objects on the map to the real world. Typically located on the bottom of the map and can be represented as a verbal scale
(1"=40') or a representative fraction (1:480)
Borders and neatlines - borders are used around the data frame and neatlines highlight the map elements.
Inset Maps - also known as Overview/Index/Vicinity/Key maps and are used to identify the location of the map body (data frame) a larger portion of the world.
Marginalia (mar'gi'na'lia)- any supporting elements on a map that help the reader interpret the map
Paperspace/Layouts vs. Modelspace/Data Views
Modelspace- scale of objects are 1:1, drawn at actually size. Can think of the modelspace like the body of a document. "Data View is the all-purpose viewing
option for exploring, displaying, querying, editing, and analyzing data." [ESRI Virtual Campus - Presenting Data in ArcGIS Lesson 1: Making maps in ArcMap]
Layouts- virtual page upon which you place and arrange data frames/viewports and map elements. The objects are scaled to fit on paper. Engineers typically use
scale of 1"=40'. Can think of the Layout as the header/footer section in a document, watermarks, page numbers, etc. "The Layout View lets you produce
cartographic quality digital and hardcopy maps using the information contained in your data frames, reports, and graphs." [ibid]
ArcPlot is similar to Layouts
ArcEdit is similar to Modelspace
Viewports/Data Frames link the modelspace to the layout
Layouts usually contain graphic and map elements
Coordinates
X-Y coordinates locate a point in 2D space
two types of coordinates systems: geographic (lat/long) and projected (stateplane)
Origin is lower lefthand corner of graph, typically begins with 0,0
False Origin- used to keep coordinates positive, e.g. Mount Diablo Meridian (MDM) (near San Francisco, CA) is the true origin for State Plane Coordinates but the
origin is shifted 8,000,000 meters down (Northing) and 200,000 meters to the right (Easting).
Table Attributes
One or more records (rows) with one or more fields (columns)
stores the tabular information in a GIS
Cell- the intersection of a record/row with a field/column
Exploring ArcMap
ArcMap Standard Toolbar
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
87 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
List By Source
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
88 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Drawing Toolbar
Tools Toolbar
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
89 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Continous Zoom/Pan (ArcMap): Tools -> Customize: Commands Tab: Pan/Zoom, in Commands Window drag and drop the "Continuous Zoom and Pan" button
onto the Tools toolbar.
Continous Zoom/Pan (ArcCatalog): Tools -> Customize: Commands Tab: Geography Category, in Commands Window drag and drop the "Continuous Zoom and
Pan" button onto the Tools toolbar.
Continous Zoom/Pan: hold right mouse button down and move mouse to zoom in/out
Continous Zoom/Pan: hold left mouse button down and move mouse to pan
Wheel Mouse Scroll - just rotate the wheel mouse to scroll up/down in ArcMap
Wheel Mouse Zoom - hold down Ctrl key while scrolling with mouse to zoom in/out
Wheel Mouse Switch between Data View & Layout View - hold down Shift key while rotating wheel mouse to switch views
Navigation Shortcut Keys
"Hold down the following keys to temporarily turn the tool you are currently using into a navigation tool."
Z = Zoom In
X = Zoom Out
C = Pan
B = Continuous Zoom/Pan (drag with mouse button zooms in/out, drag with right mouse button pans)
2. Selection Buttons (9-11)
Select Features
white arrow with a square map in the upper right corner
Used to select feature in a data frame or in Data View
[Ormsby 00, p. 201]
Clear Selected Features - deselects all of the currently selected features in the active data frame
Select Elements
icon that has a black arrow
Used mainly in Layout View to select map elements (e.g. north arrow, legend, and so on)
3. Query Buttons (12 and 16)
Identify Tool
use the mouse to perform a spatial query feature attributes
Another method to query data
Icon found on the Tools toolbar
features in all visible layers under the pointer will be identified. Solves issue of overlapping features.
Displays all fields with it's values/attributes of the identified feature. Not like Map Tips which only display attributes of one field.
Can "flash" the feature in the map display by clicking the name of the feature on the left pane in the Identify Results window.
See [Ormsby 00, p. 26-27, 197-200]
Use the Identify Tool to obtain the location of the cursor in different formats (e.g. Degrees Minutes Seconds)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
90 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Field-based hyperlinks- in Layer Properties -> Display tab, check the Support Hyperlinks check box. The link is just an attribute value in the table. Of course
the hyperlink field must be defined as a text. Specify fieldname in the box.
Hyperlink Base: File -> Map Properties. "This makes it easier to manage hyperlinks because if the location of the targets changes can simply edit this
one setting instead of having to edit each value of the field providing the hyperlink targets." [ArcMap online help] Basically allows relative web pages.
Doesn't work if field contacts photos/images, i.e. the field is defined as OLE Object/BLOB instead of text, the ArcMap hyperlink will not recognize the
photos/images embedded in the record.
Dynamic hyperlinks
stores the names of the targets with the layer in the map
Hyperlink Base setting has no effect on dynamic hyperlinks
use Identify tool, then right mouse click on the feature and choose Add Hyperlink. Use same method to edit, manage, or delete links.
Layer must be visible in TOC
Benefits, associate metadata and/or company website with data
ArcMap doesn't recognize hyperlink field type from an Access Database, so the hyperlink tool won't work. In other words, a hyperlink created in ArcMap will not
work in Access and vice versa, a hyperlink created in Access will not work in ArcMap. To check the status of this bug, see Tracking ID CQ00237011
When exporting a map to pdf, the hyperlinks are NOT supported (as of ArcGIS 9.2)
5. HTML Pop-up Button (14)
similar to an Identify query but returns results in HTML format
To activate button, must turn on from the layer properties in the Table of Contents
"HTML pop-ups are often used for map layers published with ArcGIS Server and for preparing map layers for delivery using Web formats such as Keyhole
Markup Language (KML). Because these map layers are served on the Web, users can access HTML content at Web sites by clicking features in the map." ArcGIS
Desktop 9.3 Help - Setting HTML pop-up properties for feature layers
Similar to Google Earth Balloon Descriptor
6. Measure Button (15)
must select Measure Tool icon on Tools toolbar to activiate the command
looks like a ruler with a question mark (?) above it
Results of measure in map display are displayed in the status bar
"ArcMap uses one method to calculate distance in a projected coordinate system (flat surface) and a different method to calculate distance in a geographic
coordinate system (curved surface). However, when your map is in a projected coordinate system, ArcMap allows you to measure distance using either method.
Hold down the Shift key and use the Measure Line tool." (see ESRI Virtual Campus - Learning ArcGIS Desktop - Module 3: Referencing Data to Real Locations)
Similar to Google Earth - Ruler Tool
7. Find Route (17)
8. Go To XY (18)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
91 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Example: Clark County Assessor, AOEXTRACT table, using the CONSTYR field which starts at 1901 (many records have 0 or null value for this field)
Using the Time Slider window
Setting the time properties on data
10. Create Viewer Window Button (20)
same command as Viewer Window (ArcMap Menu: Window -> Viewer)
Overview Window
creates a separate window that is linked to the map display
Shows zoom extent of map display on the full zoom extend in the overview window
Used to pan and zoom the map display
Must be in Data View mode in ArcMap, else the Window -> Overview... is grayed/dimmed out
Not able to print the overview window in a layout, see Article #20204 To create an overview window in a layout, see the online help ArcGIS Desktop Help ->
Contents tab -> ArcMap -> Laying out and printing maps -> Adding data frames -> Using on data frame to show the location of another. Will be cover in later
sessions of class.
Similar to DsViewer command in AutoCAD 14 and later.
Similar to Google Earth Overview Map
Magnification Window
handy feature that allows a closer view of a particular area without changing the data frame's scale
From menu toolbar, click Window -> Magnifer...
Only works in View -> Data View mode. Option is dimmed/grayed out when in View -> Layout View mode
Similar to the Windows XP C:\Windows\System32\magnify.exe command (Start -> All Programs -> Accessories -> Accessibility -> Magnifier)
Viewer Window
Independent view onto the map
Use if you want to zoom or pan to a different part of the map but don't want to change the data frame window
Can use to Identify, Select Features, Perform Edits and so on
Only works in View -> Data View mode. Option is dimmed/grayed out when in View -> Layout View mode
Right-click on the window to get useful shortcuts
Handy feature if you have dual monitors
Table of Contents
ArcToolbox
Command Line
Built-in Commands
COMMANDS - lists all available commands
USAGE - type usage followed by the name of a command to return the usage for the command. Note, I find it easier to just type the command name and
press enter, then the usage will display in the message section of the command line window.
ENVIRONMENTS - lists all environment settings
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - An overview of the Command Line window
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
92 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Layers can be any of the following datasets: vectors, raster, tabular and surfaces (Triangulated Irregular Network (TIN)).
ArcMap Layers are similiar to AutoCAD External References (x-refs). The data is just linked to ArcMap/AutoCAD.
"...collections of geographic objects that are alike" [Ormsby 01, p. 2].
ArcMap Layer Files (.lyr)
Layer files (.lyr) "...are not spatial data sets, but rather instructions for displaying spatial data sets with certain colors, symbol markers, line widths, and so on." [Obrmsby
01, p. 46]. Similiar to a map document, a layer stores the path to the source data and other layer properties, including symbology (see the layer properties through the
Layer Properties dialog).
Layer files work for both vector and raster datasets
Layer files can use relative paths to source data
"The layer file that is created will reference its data source using the Data Source Options setting that are specified for the map document. By default, this setting
specifies that data sources will be referenced with their full paths. Set this property before you save your layer." (ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 Using full
paths, relative paths, or UNC paths in the layer's data reference)
Layer files (.lyr) are similar to ER Mapper algorithm files (.alg).
ArcMap 8.1: use the source tab in the Table of Contents of ArcMap to view the data sources for the layers. "When the Display tab is active, you can reorder layers but
you won't see certain objects, such as stand-alone tables. When the Source tab is active, you can't reorder the layers but stand-alone tables are listed." [ESRI Virtual
Campus, Learning ArcGIS II, Module 1, Lesson 1, Displaying Layers]
The layer references source data stored on the computer, it is not the source data itself.
ESRI Article ID 21486 What information is stored in a layer (.lyr) file? Symbology, symbology classification, labeling properties, scale dependency and definition.
ESRI Article ID 31236 Can I use a layer (.lyr) file to create annotation? No, layer (.lyr) cannot be used to create map annotation or feature class annotation.
ESRI Article ID 24261 What are dynamic labels? Text created on-the-fly in ArcMap by a labeling expression that is stored in the layer being labeled. The layer can be
saved as part of the .mxd or separately as a .lyr file.
ESRI Article ID 22484 Error: The import geometry type does not match destination geometry type
Clark County - ArcMap Layer Files
Street Centerline (Street Centerline Group.lyr or Street Centerline GroupUNLV.lyr)
Zipcode Boundaries (GISMO.GISMO.SCLZIP_P Feature Class)
Book Layout (GISMO.GISMO.CLARKBK_P Feature Class) saved in gisdata\crgeodb\source\indexgrids.mdb in the clarkbk_p feature class or gisdata\crgen
\shapefil\clarkbk_p.shp
Section Layout (GISMO.GISMO.CLARKTRS_P Feature Class) saved in gisdata\crgeodb\source\indexgrids.mdb in the clarktrs_p feature class or gisdata\crgen
\shapefil\clarktrs_p.shp
Street Centerline - Major Streets (GISMO.GISMO.SCL_L Feature Class) saved in gisdata\crgeodb\source\streetcenterline.mdb in the streets_l feature class
Street Centerline - All streets (GISMO.GISMO.SCL_L Feature Class) saved in gisdata\crgeodb\source\streetcenterline.mdb in the streets_l feature class
Jurisdictions (GISMO.GISMO.SCLCITY_P Feature Class) saved in gisdata\crgeodb\source\streetcenterline.mdb in the sclcity_p feature class
Colorado River (GISMO.GISMO.COLRIVER_P Feature Class) saved in crgen\shapefil not in a Geodatabase but download as crgen-shp.zip
Spring Valley Planned Landuse
(\\ccgis1\gisdata\crcomp\source\spvplu) saved in gisdata\crgeodb\source\Landuse.mdb in the CC_SPVPLU_p feature class
Parcel
GISMO.GISMO.PLNOTES_A
GISMO.GISMO.PLPCLDIMS_A
GISMO.GISMO.PLROADNAME_A
GISMO.GISMO.PLSMALLPCL_A
GISMO.GISMO.PLSUBDSEQ_A
GISMO.GISMO.LLHISTDIMS_A
GISMO.GISMO.LLLOTBLK_A
GISMO.GISMO.LLRDVACNUM_A
GISMO.GISMO.LLSUBDNAME_A
GISMO.GISMO.LLTAXCODE_A
GISMO.GISMO.LOTLINE_L
GISMO.GISMO.PARCEL_P
GISMO.GISMO.ROADEASE_L
GISMO.GISMO.ASSREASE_L
GISMO.GISMO.CONDO_P
How do I use my ArcMap Symbology in AutoCAD Map3D, MapGuide and Google Earth KML?
Problem: A GIS staff member has spend a great amount of time creating the symbology for a polygon zoning layer. How do I preserve or recreate this coloring
scheme/thematic map into other applications?
ESRI Solution: Well its not really a solution. ArcGIS has the ability to save a layer file (.lyr) which preserves the symbology (not the data, such as a shapefile) but
unforunately this is a binary file that can only be used with ArcMap.
Autodesk Map3D Solution: using the Display Manager from the Map Workspace, can also export your theme/stylization into a .layer file. Nice thing is this .layer file is
XML text document which can be edited outside of Map3D using any text editor (I recommend using a XML text editor like XML Notepad from Microsoft). For more
help on Map3D layer files, see Map3D User' Guide - Saving and Loading Styled Feature Layers
MapGuide Solution: unknown how to load the .layer file from Map3D into MapGuide Studio.
see Google Earth Style Templates
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
93 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
94 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
[STRCLASS] LIKE 'INTERSTATE' OR [STRCLASS] LIKE 'STATE HIGHWAY' OR [STRCLASS] LIKE 'US HIGHWAY'
ArcGIS Desktop 10 Help - Displaying a subset of features in a layer
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Displaying a subset of features in a layer
ArcMap Problem: Definition queries and definition selection sets are ignored by joins in ArcMap
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
95 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Format Tab
Destination Colorspace "RGB is the default and is appropriate for on-screen viewing and printing to inkjet or laser printers. CMYK mode is intended for
commercial print production, when your output will be sent to a print shop." (ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 Help Exporting to PDF)
Pages Tab
Advanced Tab
Layers and Attributes: None
Layers and Attributes: Export PDF Layers Only
Layers and Attributes: Export Map Georeference Information
"The visibility of fields in the feature's attribute table determines what fields will be exported in the resulting PDF. To turn these fields on and off, go to
the Fields tab of the Layer Properties dialog box. The check boxes determine the visibility of the given field. Check or uncheck the check boxes to
expose more or fewer attributes in the resultant PDF." (ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 Help Exporting to PDF)
People using your PDF can access these attributes in Adobe Acrobat and Adobe Reader using the Object Data tool (see Tools > Object Data, or enable
the Model Tree view in either of those programs).
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
96 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
To view the Lat/Long values in the exported PDF, check the Export Map Georeference Information checkbox on the ArcMap Export Map dialog box/window.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
97 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcReader isn't as widely distributed as the free Adobe Acrobat Reader. Also need to learn another software application just for distribution of ArcMap output.
We could use an Internet Mapping application such as Autodesk MapGuide. This option is mainly used to publish data layers, not maps/plots
We could export the map as a graphic, such as TIFF or JPEG file. This is great if publishing on the internet or adding as a figure in Microsoft Word document. Editing is a
problem since the image is flattened, vectors and fonts are converted to pixels.
Animation
Animating data through time
1.
How do we export a map/plot from ArcMap?
ArcMap to PDF issues
Problem - none of the hyperlinks in the map document are converted into PDF hyperlinks
Problem - ArcMap export to PDF doesn't support layering directly, need to use Adobe Illustrator. Open either the ArcMap exported .ai or .pdf file in Adobe
Illustrator and save as .pdf with the include layer option on. (Resolved in version ArcGIS 9)
ArcMap 9.1 only supports PDF version 1.2 specification. Need PDF version 1.4 specification for support of layers and transparency See ESRI Article ID
22070.
ArcMap 9.1 only supports Adobe Illustrator (.ai) version 6 specification. Need .ai version 9 to support exporting layers to PDF and transparency.
Workaround for transparency. For exported maps, transparency can be re-applied to the desired elements in an external editing application such as Adobe
Illustrator 9 (see ESRI Article ID 17332)
Layers are preserved in the pdf file, cannot be seen in Adobe Acrobat, need to use Adobe Illustrator. All the layers are embedded under Layer 1 layer with the
name <Group> . (Resolved in ArcGIS 9.2)
ArcMap to Adobe Illustrator (.ai)
"AI files are an excellent format for post-processing in Adobe Illustrator as well as an interchange format for publishing. The ArcMap AI format preserves
most layers from the ArcMap table of contents:
"Graphics" layer: annotation, labels, and data frame graphic text exported to this layer name within the .ai file
"Extras" layer: map surround elements and graphic text elements are exported to this layer name
"Extras" layer: raster data is exported to another layer called extras
Table of Contents Layer name: all other data layers retain the same layer name as shown in the ArcMap table of contents.
See ArcMap help, Layout out and printing maps, Exporting a map
ArcMap to Windows Enhanced Metafile (EMF)
Issues exporting to EMF with raster images and opening in Adobe Illustrator (AI). To confirm the problem is AI, insert the EMF into a blank ArcMap
document in Layout View (Insert > Picture). See ESRI Article ID 17783
Flash Video - How to use ArcMap Export Map to create a PDF with layers. ExportMap2PDF-flash.html
Flash Video - How to download student version of Autodesk Civil 3D 2007 software DownloadCivil3D.html
trash Video - 980x600 trash.html
ArcGIS Desktop 9.1 and 9.2: A Selection of Time-Saving Tips and Shortcuts
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
98 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Animation
Animation Toolbar
To Open the Animation Toolbar, just right click on an existing ArcMap Toolbar and choose Animation
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
99 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
De-interlace
ArcGIS Animation References
Videos of Animation in ArcMap Tutorial
Animation in ArcMap Tutorial - ESRI Animation_in_ArcMap_Tutorial.pdf (download Animation_in_ArcMap_Tutorial.pdf from UNLV)
Exploring ArcCatalog
ArcCatalog
Need to Know
Similar to Windows Explorer but for spatial data
Catalog Tree- used to browse data sources
Recommend viewing file extensions in ArcCatalog, sometimes have problems when downloading files and Windows adding a txt extension on the file. To
view file extensions, Tools -> Options -> General tab, uncheck 'Hide file extensions'.
Different icons for the file types, e.g. square bumpy icon represents an image.
Double-clicking a map document (.mxd) will open in ArcMap.
Illustrates the spatial data hierarchy in which its organized.
File -> Connect to Folder... (add \\ccgis1\gisdata location to ArcCatalog). Then next time ArcCatalog is open, the connection to \\ccgis1\gisdata will already
be done.
Add Database Connection to SDE. Database Connections -> Add Spatial Database Connection. Server: ccgis2, Service: port:5151, Database: gismo, User
Name: public1, and Password: public1 (inital one-time setup)
Contents Tab: items selected in the Catalog Tree will be displayed in the Contents tab. For example, selecting a map document (.mxd) in the Catalog tree will show
a thumbnail in the Contents tab.
Preview Tab: used to view data in two formats, spatial-Geography View (shows spatial extend of feature) or tabular-Table View (shows feature attributes). If
viewing an .mxd file, will see the map layout.
Metadata Tab: documentation about the data. Some of the properties of the data are automatically generated and can be viewed in this tab.
Used to create a new personal geodatabase. File -> New -> Personal Geodatabase. (Note must have a directory selected in the Catalog Tree as well as have write
permissions in that directory).
Drag-n-Drop files from ArcCatalog to ArcMap. Another method to add data to ArcMap.
Creating new Data (i.e. Table) in ArcCatalog
ArcCatalog has the ability to create tables. It doesn't have the ability to edit or input records on these newly created tables (use Microsoft Access or ArcMap)
ArcCatalog can only create tables in a GeoDataBase (GDB), both personal and SDE
Step 1: from the ArcCatalog tree, right-click the GDB and click New -> Table
Step 2: Enter table name
Step 3: Add a field to the table: enter field name and data type. Repeat this for all fields
Step 4: Add data using Microsoft Access or ArcMap
All simple tables in the geodatabase require an ObjectID type field
Can use another table as a template, get everything but the data records
ArcMap doesn't like Access table names that have a dash "-"
Reference: ArcGIS Desktop Help - Contents tab -> Geodatabases -> Creating new items in geodatabases -> Creating tables
Add a field in ArcCatalog
How to calculate the values of one field to another field in Desktop ArcInfo 8 Article Number 10014
Nice to Know
Simple query using Identify available in ArcCatalog Preview-Geography Window
To find spatial data use the Search Button (magnifying glass on top of a file cabinet) on the Standard toolbar.
Location toolbar- can type the path to an item in this text box. Note, this path is added to the location list for quick reference.
"When you copy, rename, or delete data sources with ArcCatalog, auxilary files and other data sources that are linked to the datasets are also copied, renamed, or
deleted." (see ArcGIS Desktop Help: ArcCatalog -> Managing the Catalog's contents -> Organizing your data -> About organizing your data with ArcCatalog).
Deleting a database connection or shortcut doesn't delete the database or the target.
View -> Toolbars -> Geography
Only available the Preview tab is selected in the Catalog Display window of ArcCatalog
Zoom In, Zoom Out, Pan, and Full Extent - work the same as ArcMap
Identify
Create Thumbnail - zoom into feature, then click the Create Thumbnail button. Now the contents tab shows a sketch of the feature. A thumbnail for a map
(.mxd) is stored with the map document. A thumbnail for a layer or data source is store within its metadata.
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcCatalog -> Exploring an item's geography -> Creating thumbnails
See [Hutchinson 04, p. 26] for additional info on ArcCatalog.
View file extension in Windows Explorer. Tools -> Folder Options... View tab, uncheck Hide extensions for known file types. Now when browsing folders, full
filename is displayed, e.g. junk.txt
Universal Naming Convention (UNC), Mapped Network Folders vs. Add Network Places
Windows Command Prompt and UNC. Basically CMD doesn't support UNC path. Workaround, pushd \\ccgis1\gisdata (see Article 26901 by John Savill)
How to add a Network Place in Windows Explorer, see Microsoft Knowledge Base Article 308416
Mapped Network Folders assigns an "... alias-the assigned drive letter-that provides an alternative means of access. In general, drive mapping is obsolete,
having been supplanted by improvements in and greater reliance on My Network Places." (see Microsoft Windows XP Inside Out, ISBN: 0735613826, p.
971)
Issues sharing ArcMap documents (.mxd) if layer data sources use different alias, i.e. mapped network folders. For example, Admin maps \\ccgis1\gisdata to
the O: drive and Design maps it to the M: drive. UNC will solve this problem. Won't solve problem if you just give the .mxd file to another agency.
Catalog Metadata tab- provides information about the data set, such as coordinate system, attribute descriptions, etc. ArcCatalog creates a XML document of the
metadata. XML focus on content, HTML focus on display. XML documents can be searched. Example metadata site in Clark County. ESRI has a whitepaper on
metadata, "ESRI Profile of the Content Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata". Another reference by the Federal Geographic Data Committee, Content
Standard for Digital Geospatial Metadata Workbook". Typical definition given for metadata is "data about data."
Creating a Custom Metadata Synchronizer
Can only print Metadata from ArcCatalog, use ArcMap instead to print Preview of data
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
100 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Can perform dual field sort by highlighting fields, right mouse click primary sort field and select Ascending/Descending Sort. Secondary sort is automatically
performed
Don't have to save changes in ArcCatalog like you do in ArcMap [Ormsby 01, p. 57]
Adding data to ArcMap
Drag and drop feature from ArcCatalog to ArcMap TOC or drop on the Data Frame in the Map display.
Drag and drop layers onto the data frame will order the layers by feature class. See ESRI Article Number 17519.
Remember you can reorder layers in the TOC, just can't reorder data frames.
Can copy and paste layers between data frames
Searching for Map Data
Edit -> Search from Menu toolbar or Magnifying glass and file cabinet button on the standard toolbar
Results of search, right mouse click on feature of interest, select 'Go To Target' to open the spatial dataset in ArcCatalog Catalog Tree.
Can also drap and drop results of search into ArcMap.
Importing files into geodatabase tables using ArcCatalog
How to Create a point feature
Can use a Tab Delimited ASCII files, have extension .tab
Can use a Comma Delimited ASCII files, have extension .csv
ArcCatalog Context Menu, right mouse click on .tab or .csv files, Create Feature Class -> From XY Table...
Import dBase III/IV tables and INFO tables in Geodatabase
Import -> Table to Geodatabase...
Import Access tables into Geodatabase
Need to register the table with the Geodatabase: within ArcCatalog, right mouse click on table and select Register with Geodatabase. This will create an ObjectID
field in the table.
Making Maps
Templates
Provides a standardized layout when creating a series of maps.
Similar to Microsoft Word, where every Word document (.doc) is based on a template. A template determines the basic structure for a document and contains document
settings such as fonts, macros, page layouts, special formatting, and styles.
AutoCAD also uses templates. These store standard settings such has:
unit type and precision
title blocks, borders, and logos
layer names
snap, grid, and orthos settings
drawing (grid) limits
dimension styles
text styles
linetypes
Biggest problem with AutoCAD templates is they are based on the plotter settings. So one cannot create a universal template layout that will work with all
printers/plotters.
ArcMap template features
Custom User interface information is stored in the template, for example whether or not the Table of Contents is docked or free-floating, which toolbars are
displayed, etc. Note user interface changes are stored in the normal template unless you save in another map or template.
Store Data Layers
Create a new template from an old one.
Map documents have extension (.mxd), Map templates use (.mxt) extension.
Stores a predefined layout which can include map elements such as north arrows, scale bars, and logos.
Can store special symbols and styles
Can reference a style or group of styles. Note a style is a suite of symbols and map elements that provide information about the symbol properties, label
specifications, color schemes, legend and scale bar characteristics, and coordinate reference systems.
Store VBA macros/modules
Default location of Normal.mxt (c:\documents and settings\jjensen\Application Data\ESRI\ArcMap\Templates\Normal.mxt)
Default .mxt file location C:\Program Files\ArcGIS\Bin\Templates (if the Normal.mxt template is missing from your Windows Profile, ArcMap will search in this
directory). If a Normal.mxt file is not found in your profiles location or in the C:\Program Files\ArcGIS\Bin\Templates folder, then a new default Normal.mxt file is
created and placed in your profiles location (see Saving Your Customizations
How to Create an ArcMap Plotter independent map template
Benefits: create a template once which can be used on all printers/plotters
within ArcMap: File -> Page and Print Setup (uncheck Use Printer Page Settings and uncheck Scale map elements...)
Layout View, create the marginalia and data frames needed for the template
File -> Save As... then change 'Save as type' to ArcMap Templates (*.mxt)
User then adds data/features to the data frames, saves as Map document (*.mxd) and gets ready to print
This is the key: File -> Page and Print Setup (check Use Printer Page Settings)
You now have a universal map template without any shifting
Discussion: if you check the 'Use Printer Paper Settings' option on Page Setup creates a virtual Print Preview. If you uncheck 'Use Printer Paper Settings' then ArcMap
will place the origin (0,0) for the entire map inside the maximum printable area of the printer paper size selected, which causes the marginalia to shift on plot.
See Problem: ArcMap clips map when printed, ESRI Article 17300
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
101 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Layout Toolbar
Only works in Layout View
View -> Toolbars -> Layout to turn on/off the toolbar
Zoom Whole Page- similar to zoom Full Extent in the Data View, but this only applies to Layouts
Zoom In, Zoom Out, Pan
Within ArcMap Edit Session, hit the Z key to start a zoom in process.
Zoom Control 100% drop down box is the same as Zoom to 100% button
When using Layout Toolbar to zoom in/out at different percentages, the actual scale of the map (either inherited from the scale set in Data View or as set in Layout View)
remains the same. [ESRI Virtual Campus, Learning ArcGIS I, Presenting Data in ArcGIS, Lesson 1]
Remember that the data frame zoom tools only work in data frames. To zoom or pan the page layout, use the layout tools (View -> Toolbars -> Layout). AutoCAD uses
one pan/zoom tool, works in both Modelspace and Layouts.
Logos and Pictures
ArcGIS Desktop Help 9.3 - Working with graphic elements, pictures and neatlines
ArcMap does NOT support transparent GIF and PNG images, only supported EMF
see ESRI Article ID 34286 Problem: Transparent GIF and PNG inserted images do not display and/or do not export or print as transparent
Using Adobe Illustrator, converted the UNLV Logo in EPS format to EMF (UNLVredlogo.emf)
see ESRI Article ID 29225 HowTo: convert original logo artwork or a bitmap logo into EMF for inserting into an ArcMap layout
Windows Enhanced Metafile (.emf) is the best format for inserting images as pictures in ArcMap
Have the option to embed graphics in the .mxd, this makes it file size larger but increase the portability. Just right on the graphic and select Properties. Check the box to
save the picture as part of the document.
Use any graphics software package that supports export to Windows bitmaps or Windows enhanced metafiles.
Use products like Adobe Illustrator to create EMF graphics. Use products like Autodesk AutoCAD to create WMF graphics
Can use the Metafile Companion shareware to create and edit WMF/EMF files.
Windows Metafile (.wmf) is a 16-bit metafile used by Microsoft Windows to display a picture. An enhanced metafile (.emf) is a 32-bit metafile that is a superset of the
.wmf. See Windows Metafile FAQ.
Note PostScript images are not support, only JPEG, GIF, TIF, EMF, BMP, and PNG and JPEG 2000 (see ESRI Article Number 17274) even though ArcMap can create a
PostScript plot file.
Note ArcMap markers can be a .bmp (raster format) or .emf (vector format). EMF format has better clarity and scaling abilities. The pictures used in the styles that come
with ArcMap are stored in \bin\styles\pictures folder where ArcGIS is installed. See ArcMap online help, Creating marker symbols.
EMF or BMP image files can be used as a north arrow. See ESRI Article #20538.
Can use Microsoft Paint to create a bmp logo. Use Image -> Attributes to set size of logo, e.g. 1"x1". Then draw anything and do a save as .bmp.
Limitations of Metafile Formats (EMF, WMF) When Printing PostScript, seeEMF and PostScript
WitzImg from Witzend Software. Free EMF/WMF view can be downloaded from www.download.com. From the developer: "The WitzImg program lets you quickly
browse through your graphics files, and displays a faithful thumbnail view of each file as it's selected. If you've ever wanted a convenient way to quickly peruse clipart,
photos, drawings -- all your graphics files -- download the free WitzImg utility and see how easy it is. Designed to showcase our Witzend Thumbnail Image Viewer (tm)
ActiveX control, the WitzImg utility recognizes all common graphics formats, including JPEG, GIF, TIFF, bitmap (BMP), cursor (CUR), icon (ICO), and metafiles
(WMF and EMF). You can view an image in any of three sizing modes: (1) stretched-to-fit; (2) stretched-to-fit with aspect ratio maintained; and (3) normal size. Under
Windows NT/2000/XP, the WitzImg program can even rotate the selected image."
Map Legends
Provides the meaning of the map symbols used to represent features on the map
Layer symbols can be made transparent from the Data Frame Properties -> General tab or the individual Layer Properties -> Symbology tab -> Advanced button ->
Transparency...
It appears ArcMap 9.3 will NOT lighten the Map Legend symbols when transparency is set from the individual Layer Properties
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Transparency in Legends
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
102 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Date of publication
Aerial Photos
A graph, table or report based on the data in the map
Additional help, see ESRI Virtual Campus - Learning ArcGIS Desktop - Module 8 - Designing Maps with ArcGIS - Working with map layouts - Elements of a map
ArcMap Layout - Rulers and Guides
Guides
lines used to align map elements (e.g. data frame window, text, north arrow, logo, etc) on a layout page
used for map layout and positioning map elements
To set a guide, must be in Layout View and then click the ruler. A guide (straight line) will then be added at that location on the ruler.
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Using rulers, guides, and grids
Scale Bar Map Elements
Visual indication of the size of features and distances between features on the map
A line or bar divided into parts and labeled with its ground length, usually in multiples of map units
scale is based on the active data frame
can manually resize and move the scale bar
preserves the ratio/scale if the physical map is enlarged or reduced.
ArcMap: Insert -> Scale bar
right mouse click on the scale bar to modify the properties
Scale Bar window has 3 tabs: "Scale and Units", "Numbers and Marks", and "Format"
Must set the data frame units before adding a scale bar.
Bug - cannot rotate a scale bar. Workaround is to convert the scale bar to graphics and then rotate. Problem is if you change the scale of your may, the scale bar will not
dynamically update.
Comparison of Data Frame/Viewports in layouts between CAD & GIS
ArcMap 8.2- Data Frames
Locking a data frame keeps it from accidentally being deleted. See ESRI Article #18060. Data Frame is locked when surrounded by short lines at a 45 degree angle.
Panning/Zooming in Data View changes the map extents in the Data Frame shown in Layout View. This has its drawbacks.
ArcMap has option to use fixed scale and fixed extents which restricts the user from being able to pan/zoom in the data view or the data frame in the layout. Would
prefer if this restriction only applied to the data frame in the layout. See ESRI Article #17376.
Possible workarounds is to create a separate data view that is outside the layout. Will have duplicated layers but will allow one to pan/zoom without changing the
final plot.
Don't confuse with Tools -> Customize... -> Options tab -> Lock Customization... button. This locks the customization done on a document or template using a
password.
Can have several Data Frames per Map Document (.mxd)
Can reorder data frames in the ArcMap Table of Contents by using 'Change Layout'.
Only one layout allowed, see ESRI Article Number 17577. Big disadvantage. Workaround to Change Map template in Layout View, see ESRI Article #17222 this
only works well if changing the layout size. Right mouse select Change Layout... Not a good solution if doing several plots all with the same template (.mxt).
Can create non-rectangular viewports in ArcMap. From the Data Frame Properties: Data Frame tab: Check the Enable Clip to Shape box, click the Specify Shape
button then finally click on Outline of Selected Data Graphics. ArcUser January-March 2003, p. 25 The polygon outline used to create the non-rectangular data
frame must be either a graphic drawn in data view or a polygon feature. See ESRI Article ID: 22887 you previously created
AutoCAD 2002- Viewports
Concept of locking a viewport keeps the user from being able to pan/zoom or delete a viewport.
Applies only to layouts, that is changes in the map extent in modelspace doesn't alter the viewports in the layout(s).
using the PROPERTIES command in AutoCAD, select the viewport and then select Display Locked and toggle to Yes.
Only one Modelspace (MS) per drawing (.dwg). Workaround, insert all spatial data into MS, then use VPLAYER command to freeze/thaw desired layers. Hassle to
work with if data is in different projections. Issues when creating Overview/Index/Vicinity/Key maps.
Can have several layout pages. Advantageous when developing a set of plans for construction.
Size and Position of Data Frames
Editing a Data Frame. In Layout View, right mouse click inside the Data Frame and select Properties. Within the Data Frame Properties, select the Size and Position tab.
For exact control of data frame, uncheck the As Percentage and Preserve Aspect Ratio boxes.
Can use Guides to snap a data frame to an exact location. Turn on/off guides by View -> Guides. To create a guide just click anyware on the ruler. To delete a guide, put
mouse over guide in the ruler section, will get a double black arrow, right mouse click and select "Clear Guide". Options context sensitive menu is same as doing a right
mouse click on the data frame and selecting options.
Cannot use guides to move a data frame, only snap to it.
Cannot nudge a guide. When moving, smallest division unit is set under Data Frame Options, Layout View tab, Rulers section.
Using Guides
Straight lines used in layout view to align map elements
Guides can be used to position any map element or data frame.
Guides don't appear on the printed map
To turn on snap to Guides, right mouse click on the virtual page in Layout View and select Guides -> Snap to Guides.
To change snapping tolerance of guide, right mouse click on page and select Options. Then type in the number of units for snapping tolerance.
"The data frames are stacked on the virtual page according to their order in the table of contents." [Ormsby 01, p. 494]
Title Map Element
To add use Insert -> Title from the Menu toolbar
Double click or right mouse click Properties to edit text value.
Can be snapped to guides.
Use Text Properties, Change Symbol... button to add a text mask. AutoCAD has similar command called TEXTMASK.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
103 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Graticules
"Intersecting lines that show location using geographic coordinates (degrees of latitude and longitude)"
"Grids or graticules created through the Data Frame Properties dialog box are drawn on top of a data frame in layout view. They don't appear in data view. If you
are interested in creating grid or graticule features that draw in data view, you might want to look into using grid and graticule layers." (ArcGIS Desktop 10 - A
quick tour of data frame grids and the Grids and Graticules Wizard)
"A graphic representation on a map of the network of parallels and meridians (latitude and longitude) that subdvide the earth's surface" (ESRI Virtual CampusBasics of ArcGIS, Lesson 1: Introducing a GIS)
To add a graticule to an ArcMap layout, see ESRI Article Number 14165
To create a non-rectangular graticule border, see Article Number 22887
From ArcMap: View menu -> Data Frame Properties -> Grids tab - New Grid button
USGS Digital Elevation Models (DEM) data is 1:24,000 scale, every 7.5-minute. Setup a graticule every 0 degrees 7 minutes 30 seconds to assist in referencing
Federal data.
To place a grid or graticule below the data layers in a map, convert it to a graphic. See ESRI Article Number 17370
To change the font style of a graticule, see ESRI Article Number 22097
Must define a coordinate system for the data frame in ArcMap before applying a graticule. See ESRI Article Number 22515
Can change the X and Y origin of the Graticules. From the Data Frame Properties, Grids tab, select the graticule, and click Properties -> Intervals tab. Use this
procedure if having incorrect label values on the graticule. See ESRI Article Number 20370
Measured Grids
"Intersecting lines that show location using projected (x,y) coordinates."
Use a Measured Grid to place UTM grids and State Plane grids.
Can use a different coordinate system for the grid reference system than the data frame projection.
Reference Grid is often used has a map index. Have uniform size for all cells in the grid. In Las Vegas, typically use the Township-Range-Section lines as map
index even though the size of each section isn't uniform. This would be known as a custom overlay reference grid. "Custom overlay reference grids use the
geometry of a polygon data source to define the grid lines and an attribute column in this same layer to specify the labels." (ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap ->
Laying out and printing maps -> Adding grids and graticules (reference systems))
Reference Grids
"A grid of lines that divides a map into a specified number of rows and columns; the row and column labels often identify locations listed in a map index."
References - ESRI Virtual Campus - Learning ArcGIS Desktop - Module 8: Designing Maps with ArcGIS - Creating a presentation map - Making maps more readable
Printing
Good idea to do a print preview on maps to verify correctness
Before printing, always do a full zoom extent in layout view. There are some issues with scale text elements and doing this fixes the problems. See ESRI Article Number
19076.
ArcMap converts a layout to EMF format which is then used by the printer driver for printing. To debug printing issues, need to identify if problem with conversion to
EMF or problem with the printer. See ESRI Article Number 17783.
Page Setup window can be opened by right mouse clicking the virtual page in layout view and selecting Page Setup... This doesn't work if right mouse click in the data
frame.
Best to set page size before creating a map, but can be done later. If map elements already added, within the Page Setup window, check "Scale map elements
proportionally to changes in page size"
To make plotter independent maps, within the Page Setup window, uncheck "Same as Printer" and specify paper size in the Width and Height boxes.
"Show printer margins on Layout" checkbox is dimmed if creating a plotter independent page. If "Same as Printer" is checked, then this option will be available.
Knowing printer margins helps when placing map element on the virtual page, nothing will print outside these margins.
Page Setup: output image quality of best means no resampling of the output image. Downside is a larger file that the printer might not be able to process. Workaround is
to use ArcPress Extension.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
104 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
"The page setup is important because it affects the size of the features, symbols, labels , and other text, as well as other map elements." (ArcGIS Desktop Help, Setting up
the page)
Virtual page size, by default, is same size as the system printer's default page size.
"Is it possible to create a user-defined printer margin for an ArcMap Layout? No. Unlike the ArcView GIS application, ArcMap will only display printer-defined margins.
This functionality was excluded from ArcMap in an effort to avoid common problems caused by user-defined margins not matching the actual printer margins, which can
cause 'clipping' when printed." See ESRI Article Number 22443
Recommend exporting Map Document to PDF if doing more than one plot over a period of time. Benefit is Adobe Acrobat Reader is free, whereas you must tie up an
ArcMap license if all you want to do is print. ArcMap: File -> Export
Types of Geodatabases
File geodatabases (.gdb) - recommended data format for ArcGIs, storage capacity is virtually unlimited, requires less disk space than other file formats (see ESRI
Virtual Campus, Learning ArcGIS Desktop, Module 4: Organizing Geographic Data)
File geodatabases and Windows Explorer
Personal geodatabases (.mdb)
Scalable geodatabases
Organize spatial data into feature classes
Similar to Microsoft Access .mdb (one database .mdb - many tables). ESRI's geodatabase (.mdb) can have many feature classes.
A feature class can only store one type. Can have a point feature class. Cannot have a single feature class that stores points and lines.
Feature Dataset- use when two separate feature classes are related (spatially dependent on one another, have a topological association, share the same spatial coincidence
and have a common spatial reference). For example water valves (points) are connected to water lines (arcs). Only store spatial components in a dataset, so no reason to
store a non-spatial table or attribute table.
Feature Dataset can store feature classes with different feature types.
Cannot store a Feature Dataset within another Feature Dataset.
Feature Datasets have only two properties - name and spatial reference. Cannot store any attributes. Attributes are a property of the feature class which is contained in the
feature dataset.
Feature class is a group of points, lines, and/or polygons representing similar geographic objects
Feature classes cannot belong to more than one feature dataset.
What is the difference between a table and a feature class? The feature class will have a shape field.
Shapefile consists of a single feature class. Geodatabases, ArcInfo coverages, and AutoCAD DWGs may contain several feature classes.
Can store point, line, and polygon feature classes in a single geodatabase (Microsoft Access database file, .mdb)
Create geodatabases in ArcCatalog: in the ArcCatalog tree, navigate to folder where you want to store the geodatabase, then right mouse click on the folder and click
New -> Personal Geodatabase.
To add a feature classes to the geodatabase, import them.
Personal Geodatabase Locks - only one person can edit a personal geodatabase at a time. To remove this lock either have the other person exit ArcMap or use Task
Manager to delete the applockmgr.exe process then physically delete the geodatabase lock file (.ldb).
Can batch import shapefiles, coverages, etc. into a geodatabase
In the Geodatabase, Feature Classes store spatial objects
In the Geodatabase, Tables store
"File management operations, including data imports, are applied on execution and thus there is nothing to save" [Ormsby 01, p. 362]
Geodatabase Required Fields [Ormsby 01, p. 366]
ObjectID- stores a unique ID number for every feature in the class
SHAPE- stores each feature's shape and its location in the coordinate system. The Field will reture a value such as "Polygon" instead of reporting the shape
geometry coordinates (this is physically stored in a hidden geodatabase table within the Geodatabase).
SHAPE_Length- measurement field for line and polygon feature classes. For polygons, it is the perimeter. These fields are automatically calculated.
SHAPE_Area- measurement field for polygon feature classes. Automatically calculated by the Geodatabase.
Table with no spatial component - still requires the OBJECTID field (might need to register the table with the geodatabase using ArcCatalog, this will add the
OBJECTID field)
Point Shape PreDefined GDB Fields
OBJECTID: Data Type is Object ID
SHAPE: Data Type is Geometry
MultiPoint Shape PreDefined GDB Fields
OBJECTID: Data Type is Object ID
SHAPE: Data Type is Geometry
Line Shape PreDefined GDB Fields
OBJECTID: Data Type is Object ID
SHAPE: Data Type is Geometry
SHAPE_Length: Data Type is Double
Multipoint feature consists of more than one point but only references one set of attributes in the database. Similar to a multipart feature.
Polygon Shape PreDefined GDB Fields (default geometry type when creating new feature class)
OBJECTID: Data Type is Object ID
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
105 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Additional resources
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 - Feature Class Basics
Geodatabase Diagrammer for 10x use Visio to create the database schema and classes. Use to make a data model poster.
Geodatabase Feature Types
Point Feature
Absolute X, Y: allows one to type in the coordinates of the X,Y point. Must be in an ArcMap edit session. Press F6 or right-click anywhere on the map and click
Absolute X, Y.
Ctrl-Z will delete last point entered, handy feature.
Multipoint Feature
Add a multipoint feature to ArcMap then Start an ArcMap edit session
Current Task dropdown arrow -> Create New Feature
Target Layer dropdown arrow -> select the multipoint feature class previously created in ArcCatalog
Tool palette dropdown arrow -> click the Sketch tool
Click on map to create parts of the multipoint feature. When you have created the last point of the multipoint feature, right-click anywhere on the map and click
Finish Sketch (could also double click last point or hit F2).
Now, when you click one part of the multipoint feature to select it, all points are automatically selected because they all belong to one multipoint feature.
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Editing in ArcMap -> Creating new features -> Creating point features and vertices -> Creating a multipoint feature
Polygon Feature
Click the Current Task dropdown arrow and click Create New Feature
Click the Target Layer dropdown arrow and click a line or polygon layer
Click the tool palette dropdown arrow and click the Sketch tool
Click on the map to digitize the feature's vertices
When finished, right-click anywhere on the map and click Finish Sketch. Could also double-click on the last vertex of the feature or press F2.
Line Feature
Same procedure as adding a Polygon Feature
Multipart Line and Multipart Polygon (not a separate feature type)
Create a line or polygon feature class in ArcCatalog
When finished creating first part of the feature, right-click anywhere on the map and click Finish Part. Can also Hold down the Shift key and double-click last
vertex to finish part.
Create the next part of the feature
When you have finished the last part of the feature, right-click anywhere on the map and click Finish Sketch. Can also Double-click the last vertex to finish the
Sketch.
Now, when you click one part of the feature to select it, all parts are automatically selected because they all belong to one multipart feature.
Can copy the shape of a feature from another layer into the current edit session feature. "You can add the shape of a line or polygon feature to the sketch by rightclicking over the feature with the Sketch tool and clicking Replace sketch. The sketch will contain the shape of the feature you clicked over."
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Editing in ArcMap -> Creating new features -> Creating lines and polygons -> Creating a multipart line or a multipart
polygon
A multipart feature can only share vertices, not edges.
Annotation
Dimensions
Multipatches
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
106 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Tables
Use Tools -> Add X,Y to view the spatial events in ArcMap.
Can directly create an output shapefile or feature class of this table by using ArcCatalog. Right on the table name -> Create Feature Class -> From XY Table...
Cannot add or delete a field in ArcMap during an edit session. To delete a field, open the table then right mouse click field name and select Delete Field. To add a field,
open the table attributes and select the Options button on the lower right corner of the window and select Add Field... (see ESRI Article Number 17596)
Cannot Rename Field in ArcMap or ArcCatalog (see Setting field properties. Workaround is to add a new field with the name you want, populate the field with the
values, then delete the old field which you could not rename.
ArcUSER January-March 2002 article Working with Tables in ArcMap is a good article showing how to perform common tasks with tables.
Attribute Table
The attribute table is composed of records/rows and fields/columns. Values/attributes are stored in cells
How to Open the Attribute Table: within ArcMap, Right mouse click on the layer name in the TOC to open the context menu, select Open Attribute Table
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
107 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Selecting a record in the table view also selects the map feature is the map display window [Ormsby 01, p. 41]
Selecting a map feature in the map display will also select the record in the table view.
Can rearrange the order of the fields for display purposes by highlighting the column and dragging. Note this doesn't change the order of fields in the database.
To sort the records, right-click on the field name in the attribute table and click Sort Descending or Sort Ascending
Field Statistics: right-click on the field name and click Statistics
Resize display of field widths by moving over the field heading until the two-headed arrow is displayed.
Map features linked to attribute table. Select a record in the table will highlight feature in the map display.
Clear Selection
Sort Records
Statistics of Fields
References
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Overview of tables and attribute information
Attribute Table - Summarize
To summarize data, just open the attribute table of the feature, then right click on the field you want to summarize and select Summarize
ArcMap creates a new table providing summary statistics such as count, average, minimum and maximum
The count field (named with a cnt_prefix) will find the number of values included in statistical calculations. This counts each value except null values. To determine the
number of null values in a field, use the count statistic on the field in question and a count statistic on a different field, which does not contain nulls (for example, the OID
if present), then subtract the two values.(see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - summarizing data in a table)
How to add a field to an existing table
Can add or removes fields only if you have write access to the data, currently the data is not in an edit session and no other applications such as ArcCatalog or ArcMap is
accessing the data
Field Properties for Text
Alias
Allow NULL Values
Default Value
Length
Shapefiles - Range is 1-255 characters
Field Properties for Numbers
Precision and Scale Properties
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
108 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Note, when doing a tabular/attribute join, ArcMap will allow you to create an index at that time, instead of having to use ArcCatalog
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
109 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Querying Data
7 ways to query features
1. Identifying Features
2. Selecting Features Interactively
3. Selecting Features by Attributes
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
110 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
SQL Comparison
4. Selecting Features by Location
Spatial Relationships
5. Selecting Features by Graphics
6. Finding Features
7. Map Tips
Selectable Layers
How to Query Graphics
How to query Raster Surfaces
How to query TIN Surfaces
Definition Query
1. Identify
use the mouse to query feature attributes
will identify features in non-active data frames
will not identify features on layers that have been turned off
Not useful in comparing multiple features
Icon found on the Tools toolbar
features in all visible layers under the pointer will be identified. Solves issue of overlapping features.
Displays all fields with it's values/attributes of the identified feature. Not like Map Tips which only display attributes of one field.
Identify Results Window
Layers Drop-Down List: lets you pick the layer whose features you are identifying. All layers option results in multiple features identified
Left Box: shows identified layers. Select layer's feature value to flash location in map.
Right Scrolling Box: attribute values of the identified layers
Can "flash" the feature in the map display by clicking the name of the feature on the left pane in the Identify Results window
Use Selection Options to specify pixel tolerance
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
111 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Field Type
Geodatabase
Shapefile
Coverage
Notes
Field names
all
LIKE
Text
"STRNAME" LIKE
'MARYLAND'
"STRNAME" LIKE
'MARYLAND'
Equal, =
Text
[STRNAME] = 'maryland'
"STRNAME" =
'MARYLAND'
"STRNAME" =
'MARYLAND'
Equal, =
Numeric
[SCLQA] = 25
"SCLQA" = 25
"SCLQA" = 25
multiple Wildcard,
Text
* or %
"STRNAME" like
'MARYL%'
"STRNAME" like
'MARYL%'
Single Wildcard, ?
Text
or _
"STRNAME" like
'MARYLAN_'
"STRNAME" like
'MARY_AND'
Range of values, -
Text
Text
Text
"STRNAME" LIKE
'MARYLAND'
"STRNAME" LIKE
'MARYLAND'
Between
Numeric
not available
not available
IN
Text
not available
not available
NULL
Text and
Numeric
NOT NULL
Text and
Numeric
Date
Date
[Datefield] = #mm-dd-yyyy#
Select by Location
Used to select features based on their location relative to other features. [See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Selecting features according to their location]
Can select point, line, or polygon features in one layer that are near or overlap features in another layer
I want to
Select features from
Add to the currently selected features in
Remove from the currently selected features in
Select from the currently selected features in
that (Selection Methods)
Intersect
selects any features bordered by the reference features. Will select features alongside it.
"...selects any features bordered by the reference features. For example, selecting wilderness areas intersected by roads will select any wilderness area with a
road running within its boundaries or alongside it." (see reference below)
Are within a distance of
selects features near or adjacent to features in the same layer or in a different layer. Use this method for the homework assignment. With the roadcasing
parcel selected, to get info about the adjacent parcels, would select within a zero distance.
"This method selects features near or adjacent to features in the same layer or in a different layer. For example, if you have a layer of clean and polluted
wells, you can find all the clean wells within 500 meters of the polluted ones. Or you could find the reservoirs and farms in other layers that are within 500
meters of the polluted wells. You can also use this option to find features adjacent to other features. For example, you may have already selected land parcels
that your company might purchase, and now you want to get information about adjacent parcels. In this case, you would select the parcels within zero
distance of the ones you've already selected." (ibid)
Completely contain
reverse of the previous.
"You can select polygons in one layer that completely contain the features in another layer. For example, select forested areas that have lakes completely
within them. To select polygons that completely contain features a certain distance within them, specify a buffer distance. For example, you can select
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
112 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
forested areas with lakes at least 500 meters within them." (ibid)
Are completely within
select features in one layer that fall completely inside the polygons of another. Can add a buffer distance to select features that are within another and a
certain distance from the boundary.
"This method selects features in one layer that fall completely inside the polygons of another. For example, you can select lakes completely within a forested
area. To select features that are a distance form the edges of the polygon they fall inside, specify a buffer distance. For example, you can select lakes that are
at least 500 meters within a forested area."
Have their center in
selects the polygon features in one layer that have their centroid in the polygon features of another layer.
"This method selects the polygon features in one layer that have the centroid in the polygon features of another layer." (ibid)
Share a line segment with
selects line and polygon features that share line segments with other features. Cannot be used to select point features.
"this method selects line and polygon features that share line segments with other features. You can't use this method to select point features." (ibid)
Touch the boundary of
selects lines and polygons that share line segments, vertices or end-points with the lines in the layer. Lines and polygons will not be selected if they cross the
lines in the layer.
"If you are selecting features using a lyaer containing lines, this method selects lines and polygons that share line segments, vertices or end-points (nodes)
with the lines in the layer. The lines and polygons will not be selected if they cross the lines in the layer. If you are selecting features using a layer containing
polygons, this method selects lines and polygons that share line segments or vertices with the polygon boundaries. The lines and polygons will not be
selected if they cross the polygon boundaries. You can't use this method to select point features." (ibid)
Are identical to
selects any feature having the same geometry as a feature of another layer
"This method selects any feature having the same geometry as a feature of another layer. The feature types must be the same-for example, you use polygons
to select polygons, lines to select lines, and points to select points." (ibid)
Are crossed by the outline of
selects features that are overlapped by features of another layer.
"This method selects the features that are overlapped by the features of another layer. For example, selecting wilderness areas crossed by the outline of roads
will select any wilderness area with a road inside its boundaries." (ibid)
Contain
similar to Completely contain but allows borders to touch.
"This method selects features in one layer that contain the features of another. This method differs from the Completely contain method in that the boundaries
of the features can touch. For example, with the Contain method, a forest will contain a lake-and thus be selected-even if the border of the lake touches the
border of the forest. The forest would not be selected using Completely contain because the borders touch." (ibid)
contained by
reverse of contain.
"This method selects features in one layer that are contained by the features in another. For example, you can select those cities that are contained by a
county. This method differs from Are completely within in that the edges of the features can touch." (ibid)
From menu toolbar: Selection -> Select by Location
Note, sample pictures for the 'Completely contain' and 'Are Completely within' methods are switched. See Article Number 20037.
Use Selected Features checkbox: allows you to query on a subset of features.
Apply a buffer to the features: combines two steps into one, buffer the feature then perform select by location.
Reference: ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Using Select By Location
Spatial Relationships
Distance
features of one dataset are within a specified distance of the features of another dataset
Containment
centers of features in one dataset fall inside the features of another dataset
features of one dataset fall within the selected features of another dataset
features of one dataset completely contain the selected features of another dataset
Intersection
features of one dataset cross features of another dataset
shared features
Adjacency
features of one dataset share either a point or a line with the selected features of another dataset
6. Finding Features
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
113 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
7. Map Tips
Map Tips
allows one to query a single field in a layer by moving the mouse over the feature in the map display.
To view map tips, right mouse click on layer name in TOC, select Properties, then Display tab and check 'Show MapTips (uses primary display field)'
Set the primary display field from Layer Properties -> Fields tab, then select the display field from the drop down box.
Map Tips option is disable for shapefiles with the spatial index file is missing (.shx) see ESRI Article ID 20898
Some issues on speed when trying to zoom and display map tips at the same time. Basically, ensure your the only one accessing the data.
To change the appearance of the map tips, must edit the Windows 2000/XP Tooltip defaults (Control Panel -> Display -> Appearance tab) See ESRI Article ID for details.
Join Fields will display in Map Tips While Relate Fields will NOT.
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Displaying MapTips
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
114 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Selectable Layers
use Selection -> Set Selectable Layers... to turn on/off layers that can be selected
use Table of Contents, Selection Tab. Benefits can turn on/off layers to select but also provides a count of features selected in the layer
Selection Options (Selection -> Options...)
use to change how objects are manually selected when dragging a box, that is passthru or within. Last option is to select polygons that enclose the box
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
115 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Enter the connection string information from your SQL Server. In this example, using a windows shared hosting account on Godaddy.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
116 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
117 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Can now using ArcMap tools like Select by attributes and Symbolize features like you would with a local shapefile. Benefit is the GIS feature is stored on a web
server and just accessing it over the Internet.
Reference
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10: Creating a query layer
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10: Adding and working with query layers
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
118 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Dynamic Labeling
Based on values from a feature class
Pros: quickly label features, can be customized using classes of features
Cons: limited control on label placement, may not label all the features due to overlap, cannot move an individual label (workaround is to convert to geodatabase
annotation)
Labeling- tend to come from values in an attribute table.
Turn on/off from Layer properties in the Table of Contents or selecting 'Label Features' from the context sensitive menu
"Broadly speaking, a label is any text that names or describes a feature on a map" [Ormsby 01, p. 169]
"In ArcMap, labels specifically represent values in a layer attribute table." [Ormsby 01, p. 169]
Labels describe features
"Cannot be selected or individually modified" [Ormsby 01, p. 168]
ArcMap will adjust the label placement to avoid overlaps.
To edit the text style: in TOC, open the Layer Properties -> Labels tab: Symbol... button
To edit which attribute field will be used by ArcMap to create the dynamic label: in TOC, open the Layer Properties -> Labels tab: Label Field drop down box.
If the attribute value requires additional information, for example a unit of measurement: in TOC, open the Layer Properties -> Labels tab: Expression... button
Can use JavaScript or VBScript Parser
JavaScript: [AREA] + " ft<SUP>2</SUP>"
VBScript: [AREA] & " ft<SUP>2</SUP>"
Can have a single label for multiple features which is helpful for Hawaii islands. Layer Properties -> Labels tab: Label Placement Options..., "Place one label per feature"
Bug in software, labels will not recognize text symbols that are rotated. Currently being worked on by ESRI, reference CQ00096554. Work around for labeling points.
Bug in software, Labels do not rotate when data frame is rotate. See ESRI Article ID 24811 for workaround.
Can set to display at a certain scale in addition to layer setting. Layer Properties -> Labels tab: Scale Range... button
Label a subset of features - using the Layer Properties dialog, can create a class representing a subset of the features, then create a SQL expression to select the features
you want to be in the class. [See ESRI Virtual Campus -> Learning ArcGIS II -> Working with Labels and Annotation -> Lesson 1]
On the Data Frame properties, choose Set Reference Scale to lock the size of labels by assigning fixed dimensions instead of units based on the map scale.
Label Layers
Labels features based on their attributes
Labels dynamically adjust depending on map scale to fit the available space
Turn on/off labels from the Layer properties -> Labels tab: "Label Features in this layer" checkbox or right mouse click on layer in TOC, select "Label Features"
Data Frame Reference Scale
References - see ESRI Article ID 24261 What are dynamic labels also ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Working with text -> About labeling
Dynamic Labeling: Placing Labels
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
119 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
120 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
121 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Split Function will parse the [Delta] field value of 90-0-43 by the dash. So MyArray(0) = 90, MyArray(1) = 0 and MyArray(2) = 43
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
122 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Because label priority setting affects multiple layers, it's a property of the data frame, not an individual layer
Data Frame Properties -> Labels tab
Annotation
Annotation Toolbar
Must be in an edit session (using the Editor Toolbar) to activate the toolbar
Toolbar Buttons and their Functions
New Text
New Splined Text
Label - labels annotation based on the field value. To assign a field to table (Layer Properties -> Labels tab -> Label Field)
Callout
New Polygon Text - formats the text like a paragraph that flows to fill a polygon shape. Properties will show the area of the polygon which is helpful when determining
watersheds.
New Rectangle Text - formats the text like a paragraph that flows to fill a rectangle shape.
New Circle Text - formats the text like a paragraph that flows to fill a circle shape.
Map Document Annotation: Layout View
Text added to the layout view in ArcMap
Not assigned to an annotation group so CANNOT be turned on/off
Layout text so it doesn't move, scale when panning/zooming the data frame
Very limited feature, tends to just be used in Marginalia (e.g. Title of Map)
Also known as Graphic Annotation
Use 'Select Elements' tool to edit/move Map Document Annotation. Can also use Edit -> Select All
Stored on the Layout View in the Map Document (.mxd)
Use the Drawing Toolbar to add Text to the Layout
Text cannot be shared with other maps like geodatabase annotation
Map Document Annotation: Data View
Map Annotation/Annotation Group- set of text graphics that is stored in data frame of the map document (.mxd)
Also known as Map Annotation
Associated to an annotation group so it CAN be turned on/off
Use 'Select Elements' tool to edit/move Map Document Annotation
What is difference between map annotation or graphic annotation? See ESRI Article ID 24262
Annotation Groups - create different containers to store data frame annotation
Two ways to create annotation groups: 1) Data Frame Properties -> Annotation Groups -> New Group... button, or 2) Drawing -> New Annotation Target...
"Text and graphics you draw on top of your data using the tools in the Draw toolbar are collectively known as annotation. This includes text that you draw by typing it
with the Text button, Splined Text, Callout Text, or by clicking a feature with the Label Features tool;" [ArcGIS Desktop Help: ArcMap -> Labeling maps with text and
graphics -> Organizing annotation into groups]
"Annotation refers either to the process of automating text placement, or to the text itself." [ArcGIS Desktop Help: Working with geodatabases -> Managing annotation
-> About managing annotation]
Data Frame Properties -> Annotation tab
All annotation is added to the Default Group Name. Can change the Active Annotation Target from the Drawing menu in the Draw Toolbar. Select New Annotation
Target... or Active Annotation Target
Can associate an annotation group with a layer, if the layer is turned off, so is the annotation group
Stored in the map document (.mxd)
Annotation groups that already exist can't be associated with a layer.
Can turn on/off data frame annotation. Will also turn on/off any graphics drawn on that annotation group.
Cannot turn on/off layout annotation
Text associated with a map feature should be added to the data frame.
Map Document Annotation: Data View - Creating New
Use the default annotation group or create a new one (e.g. Drawing -> New Annotation Target...)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
123 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Method 2 - Convert Labels To Annotation to create an annotation feature class from a layer's labels
Note: will not work on shapefiles or coverages, command requires a geodatabase
Will use the current data frame map scale as the text reference scale
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
124 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Method 3 - Import Annotation from other programs, e.g. older coverage annotation or AutoCAD text
How to Edit Geodatabase Annotation
Step 1: start an edit session on the Editor Toolbar (then the Annotation Toolbar will activate)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
125 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Note, cannot update annotation using the ArcToolbox - Update Annotation Feature Class if it has annotation subtypes (i.e. annotation classes)
ESRI Article ID 27844 How to change the size and reference scale for existing annotation
GeoDatabase Annotation: Standard Annotation
Used to store large amounts of text
Ability to share text between maps
Reference scale is independent of data frame reference scale
Reference scale is not editable after an annotation feature class is created
Use ArcMap to edit Geodatabase annotation, Edit Annotation tool from the Advanced Editing toolbar
Stored in a BLOB field (Binary Large OBject)
Also known as NonFeature-linked Annotation
To create, edit, or delete geodatabase annotation you must first start an edit session
Use Sketch tool (from Editor Toolbar) and Construction dropdown (from the Annotation Toolbar) to create annotation. Also can use the shortcuts on Annotation Toolbar.
Need to upgrade ArcGIS 8 annotation to ArcGIS 9 using ArcToolbox (Update Annotation Feature Class tool)
Nonfeature-linked Annotation: geographically placed text strings that are not associated with features in the geodatabase. For example text on a map for a mountain
range.
Annotation Feature Class- set of text graphics that is stored in a geodatabase
Use the ArcMap editing tools to create GeoDatabase Annotation instead of the Drawing Toolbar which is used to create Map Document Annotation
Geodatabase Annotation is always stored in an annotation feature class
ESRI Article ID 22993 How does ArcMap convert labels to annotation dialog box work when creating geodatabase annotation?
GeoDatabase Annotation: Feature Linked
special type of geodatabase annotation
Objective - link the feature to the label, for example using a point feature of cities and a geodatabase annotation layer of city names, feature-linked annotation has the
ability to delete the annotation at the same time the point feature of the city is deleted. Ideally this will easy the maintenance of geodatabase
Cons - more steps required to setup and slower performance than standard geodatabase annotation
To create, edit, or delete geodatabase annotation you must first start an edit session
ArcEditor or ArcInfo license is needed to create feature-linked annotation
Feature-linked Annotation: associated with a specific feature in another feature class (origin class) in the geodatabase. The Text (destination) reflects the value of a field
in another feature. So, moving the origin will also move the destination feature-linked annotation.
Use the ArcMap editing tools to create GeoDatabase Annotation instead of the Drawing Toolbar which is used to create Map Document Annotation
Annotation Feature Class- set of text graphics that is stored in a geodatabase
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
126 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcGIS 8 "An annotation feature class stored in a geodatabase is actually a polygon feature class that describes a path for a text string to be displayed along. Annotation
feature classes have attributes that define how the text is to be displayed." [ESRI Virtual Campus -> Learning ArcGIS II -> Lesson 2 -> Storing annotation as a feature
class]
"A fast way to create textual annotation is to convert existing feature labels." [ESRI Virtual Campus -> Learning ArcGIS II -> Lesson 2 -> Summary]
Store annotation in a map if its a one time application (known as Map Document Annotation). If it will be reused, store in a feature class in the geodatabase.
Stacked annotation displays on one line, see ESRI Article# 21770
Version 9 of ArcMap changes the annotation model, will make it more like coverage annotation. Also will give the ability to change text color from the TOC like you do
with other layers. Should be a big improvement.
ESRI Article ID 21409, Can I create feature linked annotation based on attributes in a joined field? Yes to can create them, No they are not linked. Any changes to the
joined table doesn't propagate back to the geodatabase.
ESRI Article ID 23578 How to convert labels to annotation and store overflow labels in a separate annotation feature class.
Requires ArcEditor or ArcInfo license to create
Geodatabase Annotation is always stored in an annotation feature class
How to change the font and size of geodatabase annotation, see ESRI Article Number 15053. This global change has issues if all the text rotation isn't the same, also has
problems with leaders, callouts, and spline text.
1. Select all the annotation you want to change in ArcMap using the Select Elements button (black arrow)
2. Start an ArcMap edit session
3. Select desired size or font from the Draw toolbar
4. save edits
Annotation Toolbar: View -> Toolbars -> Annotation
When editing annotation, the Editor toolbar, Target is ignored. All annotation is added to the target annotation layer specified in the Drawing -> Active Annotation Target.
Converting ArcSDE Annotation to Geodatabase Annotation
Create a File Geodatabase with an Annotation Feature Class. Will need to import the spatial reference
Determine the Reference Scale of the ArcSDE Annotation using ArcCatalog. View the ArcSDE Annotation Properties -> Annotation tab. Set the Reference Scale in the
ArcMap data frame.
Within ArcMap add the ArcSDE Annotation layer, then the new File Geodatabase Annotation Feature Class. Start an edit session in on the File Geodatabase.
Do a select by attributes with OID < 20,000 for the ArcSDE Annotation layer. Copy then paste into the File Geodatabase edit session. According to Margaret at ESRI
Support (specializes in Data Projections and Symbology), there is a bug in ArcGIS 9.2 and cannot copy and paste or use any of the Geoprocessing Tools with more than
40,000-50,000 records. Margaret says 20,000 records will be save for the conversion.
ArcInfo Coverage Annotation
Use the "\" backslash to make stacked text
When converting Coverage Annotation to Feature Class Annotation, ArcMap treats a "\" as a line feed character to stack the text. See ESRI Article# 24235
"The annotation class into which you convert your coverage annotation must exist in the geodatabase before you perform the conversion. You can create a new annotation
class using ArcCatalog." [ArcGIS Desktop Help: Working with geodatabases -> Managing annotation -> Converting cover annotation to geodatabase annotation]
(see ESRI Article #11878 to Import annotation from a coverage into a geodatabase)
Importing coverage or CAD annotation into geodatabase annotation (ArcInfo and ArcEditor only)
Using Interstate Shields
Manually Insert Marker Text
Step 1: Set the Default Text Symbol to an Interstate Shield in the Draw Toolbar
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
127 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 2: select the New Text Tool from the Draw Toolbar
Step 3: click in the graphic display area where you want to place the text with interstate shield in the background
Step 4: type in a value for the text, for example 15 to represent I-15
Can either use windows copy and paste to make additional graphic elements or just continue clicking with New Text tool to insert additional text elements.
Dynamic Labels - Text with Interstate Marker
Uses a label symbol instead of a linetype or a marker symbol
Layer Properties > Labels tab, Method: 'Define classes of features and label each class differently'
Add new Class Interstate, SQL Query (e.g. street.name = 'I 15')
Change Text Symbol: Symbol... button -> Properties button -> Advanced Text tab, check Text Background, Properties... button -> Type Marker Text
Background, Symbol... button, then select 'Interstate HWY 1' symbol
Other Options, click the Placement Properties... button, Placement tab, Line Settings Orientation, click Horizontal radio button.
Add new Class USRoute, SQL Query (e.g. street.name = 'US 95')
Change Text Symbol: Symbol... button -> Properties button -> Advanced Text tab, check Text Background, Properties... button -> Type Marker Text
Background, Symbol... button, then select 'U.S. Route 2' symbol
Other Options, click the Placement Properties... button, Placement tab, Line Settings Orientation, click Horizontal radio button.
Class uncheck Label features in this class
Alternative - Use the Label Manager from the Labeling Toolbar
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
128 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
How to label interstate highways with a shield marker containing the highway number, ESRI Article ID 20248
Reference Scale for Data Frames
Data Frame Reference Scale
Unless you explicitly set a reference scale, the current scale is your reference scale
When reference scale = map scale (default) then the text will float, so has you zoom in, text remains constant size
When reference scale is set, then the text is flattened on the image, so has you zoom in, text gets larger
Use to define the scale at which text and symbols will appear at their true size
If you zoom in or out, the text and symbols will change scale along with the display when reference scale is set
Similar to freezing the symbol and text sizes used in your data frame, the way they look at the reference scale is maintained at all scales
Three reference scale commands (Set Reference Scale, Clear Reference Scale, and Zoom To Reference Scale) are available from the Table of Contents, Data Frame
context menu (right mouse click on data frame name)
Map Document Annotation has a reference scale
Default is labels will not scale when you zoom in/out (label font height will stay the same size on the page regardless of map scale). So labels will take up more
geographic space on the map as you zoom in, less geographic space as you zoom out. Setting the data frame reference will make the label size fixed, that is as you
zoom in the label font height appears bigger, zoom out the label font height appears smaller.
2 ways to set a data frame reference scale:
1. right mouse click the data frame name in the ArcMap TOC, select the Set Reference Scale option on the context menu.
2. data frame properties -> General tab -> Reference Scale
Remember the reference scale is unitless, so if you want 1"=40ft you need to enter 1:480
Reference Scale effects 1) all feature symbology, 2) labels, 3) and graphics in the current data frame - will be scaled relative to the reference scale. To disable
scaling for individual layers, double-click the layer name in the Table of Contents, click the Display tab and uncheck Scale symbols when a reference scale is
set.
Data Frame Reference scales does NOT effect Geodatabase annotation. Geodatabase annotation and dimension features have their own reference scale
Default Reference Scale for the labels defaults to the current scale of the map
Set a Reference Scale - ESRI ArcMap Training Video
ArcGIS Desktop Help Release 9.1 - Working with Reference Scales
Civil Engineering Textstyle Standards and Conversions
Textstyle, 1000th of an
inch
Layout Height,
inches
Reference Scale
Data View/Modelspace
Height, feet
L120
120/1000 = 0.12
1 inch = 40 feet
(1:480)
0.12*40 = 4.8
0.12*480 = 57.6
L100
100/1000 = 0.10
1 inch = 40 feet
(1:480)
0.10*40 = 4
0.10*480 = 48
L80
80/1000 = 0.08
1 inch = 40 feet
(1:480)
0.08*40 = 3.2
0.08*480 = 38.4
L60
60/1000 = 0.06
1 inch = 40 feet
(1:480)
0.06*40 = 2.4
0.06*480 = 28.8
L40
40/1000 = 0.04
1 inch = 40 feet
(1:480)
0.04*40 = 1.6
0.04*480 = 19.2
LX
X/1000 = Xinches
scale (unitless
scale)
Xinches*scale
Xinches*unitless scale
Fonts
Font Tutorial provides pictures of font height
Fonts are measured in Points. 72 points = 1 inch
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
129 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
If you print the letter A at 72 points, will it be 1 inch tall? No. Point size is the height of the font from its lowest descender to its highest ascender plus a small buffer.
See Xerox Font Tutorial for more info
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
130 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3. Proportional Symbol
vary in size proportionally to the value symbolized.
Example marker symbol for a city of 10,000 would be ten times larger than a marker symbol for a city of 1,000.
work best when the range of values for an attribute is not too wide (see Ormsby 04 p. 130)
Instructor recommends using Graduate Symbol over Proportional Symbol. Appears Proportional symbol crashes ArcMap, cannot specify a maximum symbol size,
and unclear is units apply to the map or the symbol.
4. Dot Density
applies to polygons only. (see ESRI Article Number 17472 Dot density symbology previews can be incorrect. and Ormsby 04 p. 130)
Classification methods
Allows one to see where attribute values reside in relation to one another
Best way to lie with maps, see [Ormsby 01, p. 137]
To use classification methods, which isn't available in Categories: In TOC, select Layer's Properties, in Symbology tab: Quantities
Six classification methods [Ormsby 01, p. 129]. Max number of classes allowed by ArcGIS is 256.
Natural Breaks (Jenks)- creates classes according to clusters and gaps in the data
Equal Interval- creates classes of equal value ranges. If range of values is 1 to 100 and the number of classes is 4, this method will create classes with the following
values: 1-25, 26-50, 51-75, and 76-100. Scheme divides the range of attribute values into equal-sized subranges.
Defined Interval- creates the number of classes based on the interval you choose. For example, range of values is 1 to 100 and you select 2 intervals, will have
classes from 1-50, and 51-100.
Quantile- creates classes containing equal numbers of features. "The Quantile method places breaks so that each class contains an approximately equal count of
values. (In other words, each class includes about the same number of features.)" [Ormsby 01, p. 137] If you choose 5 classes for a layer with 100 features, this
method will create class breaks so that 20 features fall into each class.
Standard Deviation- creates classes according to a specified number of standard deviations from the mean.
Manual- set whatever class breaks you like.
See online help, under contents tab: ArcMap -> Symbolizing your data -> Standard classification schemes
Symbology Charts
Pie - Layer Properties -> Symbology -> Charts -> Pie. Click the Properties button to alter 3D effects. Click the Size... button to alter the diameter of the pie chart.
Bar/Column - Layer Properties -> Symbology -> Charts -> Bar/Column. Click the Properties button to change from Column to Bar.
Stacked
For additional info, see ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Symbolizing your data -> Drawing features with charts
Understanding Classification Histogram
ArcMap Layer Properties -> Symbology tab: Show Classified: click the Classify button under Classification, Quantile
X-axis (horizontal) shows the range of values in the field
Y-axis (vertical) gives the count of features (number of records in database)
Vertical blue lines are class breaks. Value on the X-axis is shown on top of blue line.
Value Range = Max Value - Min Value
If you move the blue lines, changes the classification to manual. Click on the histogram to add a new class break. Right mouse click on the blue line to remove the class
break.
Value of one gray histogram column = value range / number of columns
Gray column range: 10-100
Data Exclusion: enter a list of values you don't want included in the map. For example: 1, 3, 5-12
Gray columns represent percentages of the value range. One column implies all the data (100%) lies in the single column (this wouldn't be of any help in determining
relationship of features since they are all the same)
Used to determine population densities.
In past had to create a new attribute field
Create in Layer Properties, under Quantities (Graduate colors, Graduated symbols, or Proportional symbols), add a field to the Normalization drop down box.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
131 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
To make a permanent join, export the data to a new dataset (right-click the layer in the table of contents, point to Data, and click Export data).
Cannot edit joined tables directly, need to edit the source. Changes to the source will be reflected in the joined tables.
To create a join: right-click the layer you want to join in the TOC, point to "Joins and Relates" and click "Join". Helpful if the join table is already in the TOC but can
always click the Browse button to search for it.
Can query the joined fields directly.
More commonly used over relates.
Destination/Primary Table- typically the attribute table for the spatial theme, table to which the fields from the source table will be appended
Source/Secondary Table-typically contains descriptive attributes
Advanced button - 'Keep all records (default)'
How to select rows with no data values in a joined field using ArcMap. See ESRI Article ID 21031
Advanced button - 'Keep only matching records'
Joins with Temporal Data
ArcToolbox: Make Query Table (Data Management)
Reference
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10: Temporal data in separate tables
Spatial Joins
Similar to a table join, except the relate item (Primary Key) is the distance between features.
A spatial join appends the attributes of one layer to another.
Can select features in one layer based on their location relative to another layer, but a spatial join provides a more permanent association between the two layers.
Creates a new layer containing both sets of attributes. For ArcView, output layer is a shapefile. ArcEditor or ArcInfo output layer is either a shapefile or a feature class.
3 types of spaital joins
Nearest Feature
this is defined as the feature that is geographically closest to another one. Proximity is based on straight line distance between features. In the TOC, right
click the layer you want to join attributes to. In first dropdown arrow click "Join data from another layer based on spatial location." Will create a new dataset.
Spatial join based on distance. [Ormsby 01, p. 268]
Nearest feature is defined as the feature that is geographically closest to another one. Proximity is based on straight line distance between features. (ArcGIS
Desktop Help -> Arcmap -> Querying maps -> Joining the attributes of features by their location)
right mouse click feature in TOC you want to join attributes to. Join -> Join data from another layer based on spatial location: click option to join the
attributes to the features closest to it.
Inside a Polygon
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
132 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
a summary of features within each polygon will be created. In the TOC, right click the layer you want to join attributes to. In first dropdown arrow click "Join
data from another layer based on spatial location". When joining the polygon attributes to a point feature, ArcMap adds a Distance field to the output table
which contains the distance in map units from the point to the polygon.
Spatial join based on containment. [Ormsby 01, p. 267]
right mouse click feature in TOC you want to join attributes to. Join -> Join data from another layer based on spatial location: click option to join the
attributes of the features that fall inside the polygon.
Intersects a feature
a summary of features that intersect each line will be created.
right mouse click feature in TOC you want to join attributes to. Join -> Join data from another layer based on spatial location: click option to join the
attributes of the features that intersect it.
Attribute Summary
Average
Sum
Minimum
Maximum
Standard Deviation
Variance
see ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 - About joining and relating tables
see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 - Joining the attributes of features by location
Example Spatial Join: Assign closest bus stop to each parcel
Spatial Join the Parcel162.mdb to rtc.mdb
Will add all the fields from rtc.mdb
Also add a new Field called DISTANCE
Example Spatial Join: Distance to Nearest Sewer Line
Background - the citizens in Book 163 Section 11 have asked Clark County Public Works to provide full street improvements (curb, gutter, sidewalk, street lights) and
public sewer service to their parcels. This will be funded by a Special Improvement District (SID) that is basically a tax/lien against the property to cover the cost of the
improvements. As the Engineer, you have to determine the distance from the centroid of the parcel to the nearest existing sewer line. This information will be used as a
tax, parcels that are further from an existing sewer line will be charged more than parcels that are closer to the line.
Step 0: obtain sewer lines and septic tanks GIS layers
Clark County Water Reclamation District sewer lines - (C:\gisdata\crsand\shapefil\swsys_l.shp)
Use the Define Projection tool from the ArcToolbox Data Management Tools to assign a coordinate system to the sewer lines.
Southern Nevada Health District septic parcels - (C:\gisdata\crgen\shapefil\septic_l.shp)
Clark County Township Range and Sections - (C:\gisdata\crgen\shapefil\clarktrs_p.shp)
Step 1: Select Book 163 Section 11 in clarktrs_p.shp using the Select By Attributes
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
133 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
134 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Learn more about spatial relationships
Step 5: symbolize the map based on the distance field
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
135 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
136 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Excel 2007 Step 0: check to see Formulas -> Math & Trig -> RANDETWEEN function is available
Excel 2003 Step 0: check to see Tools -> Add-ins -> Analysis ToolPak is checked
Excel Step 1: label fields/columns
ID, X, Y, Z
The ID field is just an autonumber of non-repeating values
The X field will contain the easting or longitude values
The Y field will contain the northing or latitude values
The Z field will contain the elevation
Excel Step 2: Populate the ID field
Type number 1 in cell A2, enter on the keyboard, then select cell A2 with the mouse
Edit -> Fill -> Series. Check columns, type = linear, step value = 1, stop value = 1000
Excel Step 3: Populate the x, y, z fields with random numbers
Type the following formula in field B2: =RANDBETWEEN(745500,749000)
This will create a random number between 745500 and 749000 (stateplane coordinate within Las Vegas NV valley)
Select cells B2 to B1001
F5 to goto cell B1001
Shift+End+up arrow to select the column. Use shift down arrow to unselect the X field header name.
Edit -> Fill -> Down (or Ctrl+D). This will copy the formula in B2 cell to cells B3 to B1001
Type the following formula in field C2: =RANDBETWEEN(26727000,26730300)
follow same steps to copy the formula
Type the following formula in field D2: =RANDBETWEEN(2500,2565)
follow same steps to copy the formula
Excel Step 4: Export spreadsheet into text file (.txt or .csv extension) or dBase 4 (.dbf) format
Solution: link to download (Excel spreadsheet RandomXYZpointsUNLVresearchpark.xls, comma seperated value file RandomXYZpointsUNLVresearchpark.csv, or
dBase 4 file RandomXYZpointsUNLVresearchpark.dbf)
Aerial Photo of the Research and Technology Park, photos taken Fall 2005, 5 ft pixels, F0516333.TIF f0516333.tfw F0516333.aux
Excel Notes
May need to turn on the Tools -> Add-Ins... check Analysis ToolPak if RANDBETWEEN function is not working
How do you zoom/goto any spreadsheet cell? Use F5 key
How do you zoom/goto cell A1 in the spreadsheet? Ctrl+Home
How do you scroll to the end of a series? Shift+End+down arrow
How do you scroll to the beginning of a series? Shift+End+up arrow
How do you refresh the spreadsheet calculation/analysis? F9
desire is to create a random coordinate in the y direction which is within a Map Page (X is 0.5 miles or 2640 feet and Y is 0.25 miles or 1320 feet). Since the area
and shape of a section varies and not wanting any point coordinates created outside the Map Page, will create a inside buffer of 320 ft in the X direction and 160 ft
in the Y direction.
Step 3: using ArcMap, then just right click on the feature and select Display XY Data to see the random points.
How to Generate Random Points in Aoindex
Step 0: open aoindex polygon feature class. Add a new field called MAPNO, Text, length=6. Using the field calculator in ArcMap
MAPNO = Left( [MAP_NO], 3) & Mid([MAP_NO], 5, 2) & Right([MAP_NO], 1)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
137 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 1: create a MAPNO field in the Henderson spreadsheet data (CivilPermits_cleaned.xls). Recommend saving the excel spreadsheet as dBase IV file (.dbf). Using the
field calculator in ArcMap
MAPNO = Left([APN], 6)
Step 2: sort the Henderson spreadsheet data (CivilPermits_cleaned.xls) in ascending order by the MAPNO field
Step 3: add a new field to Henderson spreadsheet data (CivilPermits_cleaned.xls) called APNNO, Text, length 5. Calculate this as an autonumber (1,2,3,...)
Step 4: open the spreadsheet in ArcMap and export as CivilPermits_cleaned.dbf
Step 5: add a new field to (CivilPermits_cleaned.dbf) called MAPNOAUTO, Text, length 11. Calculate this to
MAPNOAUTO = MAPNO & APNNO
Step 6: summary of MAPNO field in CivilPermits_cleaned.dbf the Henderson on the permits, create CivilPermits_summary.dbf
Step 7: join Aoindex with civilpermits_summary.dbf, based on the MAPNO field, keep only matching records
Step 8: create random points based on the Count_MAPNO field ArcToolbox: Data Management Tools -> Feature Class -> Create Random Points. Save as
CivilPermits_random.shp, use smallest distance of 50 feet and create number of random points from the Count_MAPNO field.
Step 9: join CivilPermits_random.shp (CID field) with aoindex_p (ObjectID field). This will give us the needed MAPNO.
Step 10: in the properties of civilPermits_random.shp, only display the FID and MAPNO fields. Then export this as civilpermits_random3.dbf
Step 11: in Excel, open civilpermits_random3.dbf
Step 5: export the attribute table of CivilPermits_random.shp, just need the MAPNO field.need a many-to-many join Handling Many-To-Many Relationships in
Microsoft Access
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
138 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
139 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Note: Google Earth Pro 5.0 will only recognize elevations in units of meters.
Note: ArcToolbox - Layer To KML will NOT do a data conversion on the elevation. So, if your 3D point layer has an elevation of feet, ArcToolbox will just pass
the feet values to the output KML file without any units, then when the KML is opened in Google Earth, the points will appear to float in the air because Google
Earth thinks the points are in units of meters. Solution is to do the vertical adjustment in the spreadsheet
Step 4: specify output file. Options include Shapefile, File or Personal Geodatabase, and SDE Feature.
Notes:
Any ASCII text file can be converted into a point shapefile or a point feature class in a personal or ArcSDE geodatabase.
Text file must contain x and y field. The field name doesn't have to have x,y label. For example can use Easting, Northing field names.
Z field is optional. If used, ArcCatalog will auotmatically create a point feature that has Z values, also know Point Z shape type.
When creating a new 3D point feature class, use Shape Geometry Type Point with the field property-Contains Z values- as Yes.
Within an ArcMap edit session, can create new 3D point features, problem is how to specify the elevation, z value, seems you can only use the Sketch tool to create
a 2D point.
Would be handy to create a 3D point by clicking on an elevation surface, that is the elevation at the location clicked on the TIN surface would be copied into the 3D
point geometry feature.
ArcGIS 9.0 and older software doesn't allow you to specify the Vertical Datum of the Z elevation points. Datum most often used is the North American Vertical
Datum of 1988 (NAVD88). So you must keep track what your elevations are based on.
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcCatalog -> Exploring the values in a table -> Creating new data sources from the values in a table
Event Tables
Layers created from tables containing location information in ArcMap.
Two fields that contain raw coordinates or raw measures that can be compared with existing feature classes.
Create event layer using the Add XY Data tool in ArcMap. Note an event layer behaves just like any other feature layer, can symbolize it, turn on/off, etc.
Street addresses can be used
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
140 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap Editing
ESRI ArcGIS 10 - Editing Tutorial
ESRI - Be More Productive with ArcGIS: Editing in ArcMap
Deleting Features in ArcMap
Must be in an ArcMap edit session
Deleting a feature is independent of the task that is set. For example, if the task is "Create New Features", a selected feature can still be deleted
Use either the "Edit Tool" on the Editor toolbar or the "Select Features" Tool on the Tools toolbar to select features interactively.
To delete a selected feature, click the "Delete" button on the Standard toolbar or press the Delete key on the keyboard.
Moving Feature using ArcMap
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
141 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Option 1: Dragging
Use the Edit tool to select the feature, then when the pointer turns into a four directional arrow, then can move the feature.
Hold down the ctrl key to move the selection anchor. This is only a temporary move, once you unselect the feature, the selection anchor will go back to the
default location.
Option 2: Specifying delta/change in x,y coordinates
Editor Toolbar -> Editor drop down menu -> Move (one or more feature(s) must be selected else the option will be dimmed/greyed out). Type in the X,Y
coordinates you want the feature shifted.
Coordinates are measured in map units.
Positive coordinates moves the feature north and east direction
Negative coordinates moves the feature south and west direction
Feature will snap to the selection anchor
Option 3: Rotating
Editor Toolbar -> Rotate Tool (circular arrow with a point in the center)
Rotates around the selection anchor (small blue x in the center of the selected feature) [Ormsby 00, p. 406]
Can move the selection anchor, just place the mouse over the anchor, then mouse icon will change into four small arrows surrounding a circle.
Hit "S" on the keyboard to add an Auxiliary/Second anchor point. Use to snap the rotating feature.
Hit "A" on the keyboard to specify an exact rotation in degrees. Positive number rotates the feature to the right, a negative number rotates the feature to the
left.
Can rotate annotation - use the "Edit Annotation" tool on the Advanced Editing toolbar. Once the feature is selected, use the rotate handles on the bottom
corners of the annotation.
"The snapping environment can also be used to move a feature to a precise location in relation to another feature. For example, you can move a parcel and have one
of its corners jump, or snap, precisely to a corner of another parcel. Simply move the parcel's selection anchor to its corner vertex after setting the appropriate
snapping properties. Then move the parcel toward its new location until the selection anchor snaps to the corner vertex of the other parcel." (see ArcGIS Desktop
9.3 Help - Using the snapping environment)
Copy and Paste Features
Use the copy and paste buttons from the Standard toolbar. (shortcut keys Ctrl-c and ctrl-v work, note feature might be copied on top of the other feature)
All features will be pasted into the Target Layer
The copy feature must be same type as in the target/paste layer. For example copy points to point, lines to lines, and polygons to polygons. Exception, can copy
polygon features into a line layer.
Attributes of the feature are not copied over, unless you are copying and pasting in the same layer.
Workaround is using the Attribute Transfer in the Spatial Adjustment Toolbar. See ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Transferring Attributes Between Features
Modify a Feature
Just like you need to create a sketch to create a feature, to modify a feature you must modify its sketch [Shaner 00, p. 21]
To view the sketch of a feature, click the "Edit Tool" then double click the feature. Alternate way, is to change the Task to "Modify Feature" then using the "Edit
Tool", select the feature.
Sketch is composed of vertices (where the sketch changes direction) and segments (lines that connect the vertices) [Shaner 00, p. 20].
Vertices are marked in green, with the last vertex added marked in red [Shaner 00, 21]
View Vertices
Currently ArcGIS doesn't have a feature to view vertices of all line segments. So you can snap to a vertice of an existing feature, just cannot see the vertice.
Can only see the vertices of the sketch you are editing.
Enhancement Request CQ00118609: Request option to display vertices of non-selected features
Right mouse on the sketch to bring up the Sketch Context Menu.
Sketch Context Menu
Insert a vertex
Delete a vertex
Move (relative, origin is the coordinate of the vertex)
Move To (absolute, origin is 0,0)
Sketch Properties - modify the coordinate values of a vertex. Open box symbol on the vertex implies it is selected in the sketch properties. Use to delete
several vertices at once. Can also alter the m- and z-values of the vertices [Shaner 00, p. 234]. When inserting vertices, added at the midpoint of the segment.
Hit the "F" key on the keyboard to enter a scale factor.
Scale - need to add the scale tool (Tools -> Customize -> Commands tab, Editor category, then drag the Scale command onto the Editor Toolbar. Feature is scaled
based on selection anchor (small black x near the selected feature).
Fillet
Part of the ArcMap Advanced Editing Tools: Editor -> More Editing Tools -> Advanced Editing: then click the Fillet Tool button on this tool bar.
To use the tool: 1) click one line, then 2) click the other line, 3) drag the mouse to change the size of the fillet radius and click to finalize.
Press the R key to set the fillet options. For example Trim existing segments, specify a fixed radius.
Use the Data Frame coordinate system units for the fillet radius. If want to use another unit, just add the abbreviation, for example 1 ft or 1 mi
km=Kilometer, m=meter, mm=millimeter, ft=international foot, ftUS=Survey foot, mi=mile, nm=nautical mile, ch=chain, yd=yard, rd=rod, lk=link, in=inch,
miUS=Survey mile, chUS=Survey chain, rdUS=Survey rod, lkUS=Survey link, ydUS=Survey yard
Not as robust as AutoCAD fillet: 1) cannot create a 0 "zero" radius fillet. 2) cannot create a fillet with a fixed radius on lines that don't intersect, 3) problems trying
to create fillet all four corners of a square.
See [ESRI Edit ArcMap 02, p. 84] or ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Editing in ArcMap -> Editing existing features -> Changing the properties of a sketch
Tangent Tool: available in version 8.3 or later. Can only use if you have a sketch selected. Will create a tangent arc based on the sketch selected. Found on the sketch tool
palette. Creates circular or true curves. Can right mouse click while creating a line to select the Tangent Tool option on the context sensitive menu.
Midpoint Tool: available in version 8.3 or later. Finds the midpoint between two existing features. Often used to create a centerline between a road casing (ROW). Found
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
142 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Snapping Environment
Help establish exact locations in relation to other features
Editor Toolbar -> Editor menu -> Snapping
Snapping Tolerance- distance within which the pointer or a feature is snapped to another location
Snapping Properties- choose part of the feature, vertex, edge, or endpoint to which you want your new feature to snap to
Snapping Priority- snapping occurs first in the layer at the top of the list and then in each consecutive layer down the list
Snapping Rules- "lower portion of the dialog sets snapping rules that an edit sketch uses on itself. For example, to make sure that you completely close new polygons you
digitize, you would check the Edit sketch vertices check box." [Ormsby 01, p. 384]
From the ArcMap Editor toolbar: Editor -> Options -> General tab: check Show snap tips. Once done, ArcMap will display the layer name or target in a tooltip that it is
being snapped to.
To see the current snapping tolerance area, hold down the T key while using the Sketch Tool. A Green circle the size of your snapping tolerance will appear around your
mouse cursor. Helpful to hold down the T key and move your mouse around features you plan to snap to. See [ESRI Edit ArcMap 02, p. 107]
See ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Using the snapping environment
Snapping Properties Table
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
143 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 2: right click on the feature and select Snap To Feature -> Midpoint
Step 3: do the samething on the next feature by right clicking on the feature and choose Snap To Feature -> Midpoint
Step 4: click F2 on the keyboard or right click and choose Finish Sketch
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
144 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap - need to right-click on the feature you want to snap to then choose Snap to Feature
AutoCAD OSNAP - object snapping is reverse from ArcMap, in AutoCAD you first select the OSNAP (e.g. Midpoint, Center, Intersection, ...) then select the
feature/object. ArcMap requires you select the feature first then select the snapping (e.g. Endpoint, Vertex, Midpoint, or Edge).
Notes - ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help Snapping to a specific feature. "Right-click the feature you want to snap to, point to Snap to Feature, and click either Endpoint, Vertex,
Midpoint, or Edge. This will place a vertex at the nearest location that matches your choice. If nothing happened, move the mouse pointer closer to the element you want
to snap to and try again."
How to Snap to the Intersection of two Features
Unforunately this cannot be done using ArcMap
AutoCAD has an Intersection Object Snap (OSNAP) setting which allows one snap to the intersection of two features/objects. ArcMap does NOT have such a setting, it
can snap to endpoint points and midpoints but not intersection to two features
Workaround - split the two features at the point of intersection
Step 0: start an edit session
Step 1: using the Advanced Editing Toolbar, click the Line Intersection tool
Step 2: click one feature line, then click the second feature line, finally press Enter on the keyboard to accept the edit
Step 3: use the Edit Tool button on the Editor Toolbar to select the intersecting lines, instead of 2 lines, you should have 4 seperate lines
reference: ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Splitting line features - then search for the heading - Splitting lines at intersections
also see Create a Point at the Intersection of two Features
How to Create an Offset of existing Feature Lines
Background - if you a legal description using aliquot parts instead of Bearning and Distances in a traverse, then the Offset command is handy to use.
Alternative is to use the Trace Tool with an Offset value, see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Trace Tool. Tip, use a negative distance value to offset the opposite side of the
selected line.
Step 0: Start an edit session
Step 1: Set the Target to a line layer
Step 2: Create a line on the line that is being offset offset
Step 3: Select the Offset line Tool from the COGO Toolbar
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
145 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
For the second point, set "distance along" to the length of the line being offset (or any number, but extend/trim as needed later using the Extend/Trim Features Task on
the Editor Toolbar). Set "offset" to the same desired offset from the first point.
Tips
check the "reverse the selection direction" box to change the offset direction quickly
Use the Identify tool to obtain the length of the line.
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 help link: Creating lines with the Offset Line window
Creating Features from other Features
Copy Parallel Line Features
Creating Buffers
Mirroring Features
Merging Features from the same layer- only applies to lines or polygons. Merging nonadjacent features creates a multipart feature
Combining Features from different layers- features must be the same type. The new feature created in the current layer will have no attribute values.
Intersecting Features- creates a new feature from the area where features overlap. Layers must be the same type.
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Editing in ArcMap -> Creating features from other features
Creating Features using ArcMap
Make sure the Editor toolbar is on (View -> Toolbars -> Editor)
Traverse (open or closed). Assumptions - the ground is flat so all boundary measurements don't have an elevation.
Editor -> Options -> Units tab: Direction Type- Quadrant Bearing; Direction Units- Degrees Minutes Seconds
Editor -> More Editing Tools -> Advanced Editing then click the Traverse button
Start- either enter a coordinate for a starting point or select the point interactively on the map
Use Direction-Distance
Valid direction input formats for Bearing and degrees/minutes/seconds: 1) N dd-mm-ss.ss E, 2) N dd.mmssss E, or 3) N dd^mm'ss.ss" E
See Editing in ArcMap p. 91, 113 for diagram of Quadrant Bearing system and valid input formats for degrees/minutes/seconds
Undo - Ctrl Z to remove the last part of the sketch (not the entire sketch). To delete the sketch and start over, right mouse click for the Context Menu, select Delete
Sketch.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
146 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Geodatabase Topologies
Requires ArcEditor or ArcInfo license to edit geodatabase topologies
COGO
Legal Descriptions
Glossary of Deed Terms
Definition of Curves
Aliquot Descriptions
Legal Descriptions and Figures
Common COGO Workflows
Create Easement Layer from legal descriptions on a Parcel Layer
Traverse
Traverse - Quadrant Bearing Measurements
Traverse Tool (ArcEditor and ArcInfo only)
To Load a traverse from a text file
Traverse - Closure Report
Adding and Populating COGO Fields in a Feature Class
How to split features in COGO Lines
How to Label COGO Line Features
Legal Descriptions
"The boundaries of metes descriptions are created by starting at a 'point of commencement' that may or may not be on the parcel that is being described, and then
proceeding by a single course or courses (bearing and distance) to a 'point of beginning' (POB) or 'true point of beginning' (TPOB), a point on the parcel that is being
described. It proceeds in either a clockwise or counterclockwise direction by courses, in a systematic manner encompassing a closed figure, always calling for a corner
point (monumented or unmonumented) at the termination of each course, and returning to the point of beginning." (Brown's Boundary Control and Legal Principles, 4th
Edition by Curtis M. Brown, Walter G. Robillard and Donald A. Wilson, page 99)
Point of Commencement vs. True Point of Beginning
According to Tomas Armijo with Clark County Development Services - Civil, Survey & Mapping, the use to true point of beginning is discouraged. Some legal
descriptions will call the point of commencement (POC) as the POB and then the POB as the TPOB.
"when the true point of beginning of the subject property is not yet established, it must depend upon a remote point of beginning which is already recognized. The
transition between the two is accomplished through several different combinations of words. The first part (from the recognized point) usually starts with just
'Beginning at' and after going through the necessary courses and distances, arrives at the 'True Point of Beginning,' after which the subject property is described and
the closing course must then return 'to the True Point of Beginning.' Some scriveners prefer to start the first part with 'Commencing at' and go to the Point of
Beginning' and return to the 'Point of Beginning.' There is no rule concerning this and the combination of words is immaterial so long as the distinction between the
two types of points is made clear." (Writing Legal Descriptions by Gurdon H. Wattles, p. 11.10)
"The basis of the bearings should be indicated. The basis can be a magnetic bearing, a true bearing derived from a Polaris observation or a solar observation, reference to
a geodetic triangulation station, a previous bearing from an adjacent tract, from a previous survey, assumed, astronomic, geodetic, or grid. But the basis of the bearings
must and should be indicated in the description." (Brown's Boundary Control and Legal Principles, 4th Edition by Curtis M. Brown, Walter G. Robillard and Donald A.
Wilson, page 99)
"Two mathematical elements of a curve are all that are needed, although three are usually quoted. Radius, central angle (delta), and curve length are more often used than
are chord, middle ordinate, tangent, degree of curvature, or external distance." (Evidence and Procedures for Boundary Location, 5th Edition by Walter G. Robillard,
Donald A. Wilson and Curtis M. Brown, page 447)
"To define a curve in a description, at least two elements of the curve must be stated, and in addition (1) the relationship of the curve to the previous line, (2) the direction
of the curve, and (3) the direction of travel of the curve must also be stated." (Brown's Boundary Control and Legal Principles, 4th Edition by Curtis M. Brown, Walter G.
Robillard and Donald A. Wilson, page 110)
"In description work, at least five elements are necessary to determine a curve:
1 and 2. The elements of dimension (R & L; etc.)
3. The direction of curvature (concave to SE; convex to W - convex rarely used).
4. The direction of extension (travel) along the curve (Ely; Sly).
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
147 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5. The relation of the curve to the next preceding course (or curve) (tangent, compound, or radial bearing or beginning of curve, etc.).
Optional additions to the five elements may include one or more dimension elements (central angle or angle of arc, tangent, chord bearing and/or length, etc.); relation of
the curve to the next succeeding course or curve; any other data for clarity or interpretation. It is evident that the additions must be precisely consistent with the necessary
elements given.
In reciting such additions, name them in the order of intended superiority so that any inconsistency may be properly analyzed; for example: if length is recited prior to
central angle even though calculated therefrom, it will probably prevail over the angle, while if the angle is first stated, the weight of probability tends toward the angle."
(see Land Survey Descriptions by Wm. C. Wattles, 1956 p. 16)
"a radial bearing to or from the 'center of said curve' is a bearing of the radial line passing through the midpoint of the arc." (see Land Survey Descriptions by Wm. C.
Wattles, 1956 p. 16)
Problem, which of the two circles is being used with the radial bearing line and distance, see Definition of Radial Line
"Although the bearing of a radial line on a map may be shown in either direction (N 10 E, S 10 W), the description should always recite the proper direction
conformable with the context; the extension of a radial line is correctly from the center of the circle to the circumference." (see Land Survey Descriptions by Wm. C.
Wattles, 1956 p. 18)
"The bearings of radials (unless otherwise definitely stated) are expressed in a direction from the center of the circle to its circumference. The radial line stops at the
circumference of its circle. If you wish to follow a radial line beyond that, you must use the expression, 'along the prolongation of said radial line...'" (Writing Legal
Descriptions in Conjunction with Survey Boundary Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, page 4.26)
Glossary of Deed Terms
Concave - the inside of a curve; toward the center of the circle
"The concavity direction of a curve is that of the direction of the center of the circle of said curve from the mid-point of the arc described; a described segment of a
record curve may be concave to the Ease, while the whole of the record curve may be concave to the North. Fig. 5." (see Land Survey Descriptions by Wm. C.
Wattles, 1956 p. 17)
"...direction of the concavity of a curve which is based on the bearing of a line passing through the midpoint of the arc toward the center of that circle. If it is near
the bearing between two 'ly directions (e.g. norhterly, northeasterly, etc.) either one can be used or both can be expressed." (Writing Legal Descriptions in
Conjunction with Survey Boundary Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, page 4.11)
Radial or Radial Bearing - a radial line is any straight line extending from the center of a defined circle to the circle's circumference. A radial bearing is the direction of
a given radial line. On plats the word radial next to a bearing indicates that that line is radial from the center of the given circle.
The radial bearing line and distance will give you two circles which can intersect the point. Problem is most legal descriptions, unknown if the surveyor is
describing the arc by going from the center of circle to the circle's circumference or vise-versea from the circle's circumference to the center of the circle. Need
another piece of information about the arc which is the concave direction. With the concave direction, you can easily identify which of the two circles are being
used to define the arc in the legal description.
Radial Bearing Drawing - radial-line-bearing.dwg
Radially or in other words at right angle to. "...distance is measured at right angles, or radially..." (Writing Legal Descriptions in Conjunction with Survey Boundary
Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, page 4.12)
ArcMap COGO Toolbar -> Curve -> Radial direction wants the radial bearings from the curve/circumference of the circle to center of the circle. So you might need
to enter the opposite bearing direction. For example, my legal description gives a bearing of N45-15-7E from the center of the circle/curve to the circumference of
the curve. When I enter this curve into ArcMap, I want to use bearing S45-15-7W.
Thence - from that place; the following course is continuous from the one before it.
Brown's Boundary Control and Legal Principles, 4th Edition by Curtis M. Brown, Walter G. Robillard and Donald A. Wilson, - Glossary of Deed Terms pages 374-400)
Definition of Curves
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
148 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
CHORD - also known as the Long Chord, LC. "is that segment of a straight line which is intersected by two points on a curve, or, in other words, the straight line distance
between the two ends of a segment of arc." (Writing Legal Descriptions in Conjunction with Survey Boundary Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, page 4.21)
Aliquot Descriptions
"...an aliquot description is a perfect description. According to federal law the least aliquot description available (or legal) is a quarter-quarter or one-sixteeth or 40 acres,
according to the GLO survey. Yet many individuals may describe a section as small as a 1/64 or 1/256 or even smaller. It must be remembered that these boundaries are
invisible and set by law as being a direct proportion, without a remainder." (see Brown's Boundary Control and Legal Principles, 4th Edition by Curtis M. Brown, Walter
G. Robillard and Donald A. Wilson, page 102)
Legal Description and Figure
"Thence from a tangent line bearing N 38 13' E, northeasterly 60.00 feet along a curve concave to the southeast having a radius of 100.00 feet to the beginning of a
reverse curve concave to the northwest having a radius of 60.00 feet; thence northeasterly 40.00 feet along said curve." (Writing Legal Descriptions in Conjunction with
Survey Boundary Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, p. 4.25)
WritingLegalDesc-Fig32a.dwg
"If the line previous to the curve had already been cited, it would be unnecessary to repeat the bearing because it would be properly assumed that the curve was tangent
unless otherwise stated."
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
149 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
"Thence from a tangent line bearing N 29 40' E, easterly 60.00 feet along a curve concave to the south having a radius of 60.00 feet to the cusp of a curve concave to the
southeast having a radius of 50.00 feet, to which point of cusp a radial of the last mentioned curve bears N 23 15' W; thence southwesterly 40.00 feet along said curve."
(Writing Legal Descriptions in Conjunction with Survey Boundary Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, p. 4.25)
WritingLegalDesc-Fig32b.dwg
Writing Legal Descriptions
"Your slogan should be, 'Concise Clarity Without Ambiguity.' Do not use time or space for superfluous words, but, on the other hand, do not omit words or phrases that
are necessary. Ask yourself the question 'Will the omission of these words change the meaning?' or 'Will the use of these additional words add to or subtract from the
actual meaning of the whole phrase?'" (Writing Legal Descriptions in Conjunction with Survey Boundary Control by Gurdon H. Wattles, p. 11.2-3)
Description of land by metes and bounds in a deed should always contain the following information in addition to the recital:
1. Point of commencement (POC). This is an established reference point such as a corner of the PLSS or National Spatial Reference System (NSRS) monument to
which the property description is tied or referenced. It serves as the starting point for the description.
2. Point of beginning (POB)
3. Definite Corners - provide a description of the point, for example a 1 inch iron pipe
Such corners are clearly defined points with coordinates if possible.
"The importance of permanent monuments to mark property is evident. In fact, some states require pipes, iron pins, and/or concrete markers set deep enough
to reach below the frost line at all property corners before surveys will be accepted for recording. Actually, almost any suitable marker could be called for as
a monument. A map attached to the description will contain a legend, which identifies all monuments." (Elementary Surveying, 13th Ediion by Ghilani and
Wolf, p. 636)
4. Lengths and directions of the property sides
5. Names of adjoining property owners
6. Areas
(Elementary Surveying, 12th Edition by Ghilani and Wolf, p. 625 or Elementary Surveying, 13th Edition by Ghilani and Wolf, p. 637)
Example Legal Description
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
150 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
"thence north 544'38" west, a distance of 213.77 feet to an 1 inch iron pipe;
which is the beginning of a curve, concave southwesterly having a radius of 150.00 feet; thence northwesterly, 211.30 feet along said curve through a central angle
of 80.7123 to an 1 inch iron pipe;
thence north 86 27' 23" west, a distance of 302.16' to an 1 inch iron pipe;
thence south 0 36' 43" east, a distance of 407.29 feet to an 1 inch iron pipe which is the point of beginning."
Areas
said parcel containing 3.67 acres, more or less
side note, remember 1 acre = 43,560 ft2
Boundary Survey Examples by Vern Little with VTN
metes and bounds description for Golden 180 Access in Mohave County Arizona
metes and bounds description for Hawk Springs Road in Las Vegas Nevada
block and lot description for Northern Terrace at Providence - Unit 4 in Las Vegas NV
coordinate values description for Military Operations Area (MOA) Desert NV in Nevada
aliquot parts for Township 18 South and Range 64 East
Experts at Writing Legal Descriptions
Kay Adams, retired, former County Surveyor for Clark County. Contact Calvin Black (voice: 804-2020, email: cblack@gcwallace.com)
Common COGO Workflows
Creating the external boundaries of the parcels
Problem when attempting to use a polygon as the external boundary. Reason, the traverse typically beings at a known point which is not part of the boundary, so
when entering the COGO values in the traverse, will have a line which is just a measurement as part of the boundary. If you delete the dashed green commencement
line (also known as Dependent lines), the entire sketch will just move to the yellow point. See below image
"If you only want parcel polygons and aren't interested in the lines, you can use a construction line feature class and temporarily create your boundary lines. Then,
create your parcel polygons from those lines and subsequently delete the lines when you are done." (see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Common COGO Workflows)
To create a polygon feature from a traversed line feature, use the Topology Toolbar, click the Construct Features button. See ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Making
new features with topology tools (ArcInfo and ArcEditor only))
"An example of a custom build method would be to build an overlapping easement parcel from a single construction line drawn across an existing parcel."
(Generating parcels from construction lines)
References: ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Common COGO Workflows
Create Easement Layer from legal descriptions on a Parcel Layer
Occam's Razor - "All other things being equal, the simplest solution is the best"
Step 0: Layers Needed
Assessor Parcels
Assessor Subdivision Layer with hyperlink to PDF
Street Centerline - streets layer for street names
CCWRD - file geodatabase easement layer - polygon
CCWRD - file geodatabase easement layer - line
Step 1: ArcMap - create a subdivision parcel map layer. Have hyperlinks to the plat pdf. Then add this layer.
Step 2: Select Attributes - query based on Book Number and Page Number from the subdivision parcel layer.
Step 3: open the plat pdf and find the Commencing point. Then find this same point on the Assessor Parcels polygon layer.
Step 4: setup Snapping to the parcel layer
Step 5: start an edit session for the CCWRD easement line layer
Step 6: Using ArcMap COGO Toolbar (only available with ArcEditor or ArcInfo), enter the traverse.
Select the point commencement point using the mouse
Enter traverse bearing and distance
Save the traverse file
Finish the sketch
Step 7: using the Topology Toolbar, Construct Features button, create a polygon feature (CCWRD easement polygon layer) from the traversed line features (CCWRD
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
151 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Traverse
Traverse - Quadrant Bearing Measurements
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
152 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
QB
DMS
840919.158 26696264.918
N0-8-36.0039E 659.02
N0-7-42.1997E 660.791
N0-8-3.7346E 659.319
N0-8-14.3889E 660.49
S89-48-13.0445W 2640.51
S0-7-33.0111E 2638.029
N89-50-17.0840E 2640.03
Notes: DT = Direction Type, QB = Quadrant Bearing, DU = Direction Units, DMS = Degrees Minutes Seconds, SP = Starting Point, DD = Direction-Distance
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
153 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
154 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Note: the feature being split could be in a non-editable feature class such as a CAD dataset
References: ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help Splitting Features into COGO Lines
How to Label COGO Line Features
Background
Used to identify the separated COGO lines by labeling with their geometric properties such as direction, distance, radius, angle and arclength
Only works for Line Features which have 1) the COGO Fields added from ArcCatalog and 2) the COGO Fields populated using the Split into COGO Lines from
the COGO toolbar
Step 0: Setup Label Classes
Within ArcMap, right click on the COGO line feature class (e.g. linPOC2POB feature class) in the Table of Contents and select Properties -> Labels tab
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
155 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Using the VB Script labels, should be able to see the COGO line with bearing, radius and arc length
Research Records - download easements and plats
Find easements based on the parcel number
Carmax Auto Superstores West Coast, APN 163-11-101-011
Clark County Recorder - Search Page
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
156 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Carmax15ftDrainageEasement.pdf
Carmax50ftPedestrianEasement.pdf
Clark County Water Reclamation District - Easement19950802-00982.pdf
Clark County Recorder - Search Page with UserID= web and Password= qwerty
Document Type = E, Easement
Instrument# (15 digits, first 8 is the date and last 7 is an autonumber0 199508020000982 (is the same as 950802.00982)
http://recorder.co.clark.nv.us/oncoresecure/ShowDetails.aspx?id=2724093&direct=1
Search Assessor Records and Maps
Find the Assessor Plat as reference - Alexander Villas Estates, Tract 2, Plat Book 45, Page 35.
AlexanderVillasEstatesPlatBook45Page35.pdf
Creating an easement using ArcMap COGO Toolbar
1. Add the following GIS layers in ArcMap
Assessor Parcels
IndexGrids
Street Centerline (looking for Heller Drive)
2. recreate the Clark County Water Reclamation District - Easement19950802-00982.pdf - Easement #2
3. create a personal geodatabase, for example CCWRDeasements in ArcCatalog
4. create a polygon feature class with the name of polySEWER. Add a field called INSTRUMENT with a data type of long integer
5. create a line feature class with the name of linSewer. Also add a field called INSTRUMENT with a data type of long integer
6. In ArcCatalog, add COGO fields
see lecture notes on Adding and Populating COGO Fields in a Feature Class
ArcGIS Desktop Help 10 - Add COGO fields to the feature class
7. Start an edit session in ArcMap
8. turn on the COGO toolbar (right click on a blank area of the ArcMap toolbars and check COGO)
9. click the Traverse button on the COGO toolbar
10. click on the point of commencing (Southerly corner of Lot 13 in Block 5)
11. enter a bearing and distance, South 3553'37" East a distance of 13 feet
12. enter a bearing and distance, South 3553'37" East a distance of 12.5 feet
13. enter a bearing and distance, South 5406'23" West a distance of 15.97 feet
14. enter a bearing and distance, South 3553'37" East a distance of 2.5 feet
15. enter a bearing and distance, South 5406'23" West a distance of 20 feet
16. enter a bearing and distance, North 3553'37" West a distance of 15 feet
17. enter a bearing and distance, North 5406'23" East a distance of 35.97 feet
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
157 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Attribute Domains
Attribute domains are used to constrain the values allowed in any particular attribute for a table, feature class, or subtype. Each feature class or table has a set of attribute
domains that apply to different attributes and/or subtypes. These attribute domains can be shared across geodatabase feature classes and tables." (see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3
Help - Attribute domains)
"Attribute domains are a rule that describes the legal values of a field type." [MacDonald 01, p. 130]
Only apply to Geodatabases, not Shapefiles or Coverages
When you export a Geodatabase feature class to shapefile, the attribute domain is removed from the new shapefile. In other words, say you have a coded value attribute
domain with code=POB and description=Point of Beginning. Within ArcMap Editing you will have the option to choose Point of Beginning but when you export the
feature class, the field will only have the code value POB
HowTo: Export a feature class to a shapefile that contains domain descriptions instead of domain codes - ESRI Article ID 30530
"My name is Joe and I have taken ownership of incident #705866. It is not possible to export a feature class to a shapefile and the shapefile retain the coded domain
that you created in the geodatabase. Domains are not supported in shapefiles and have to be created in a geodatabase and not the specific dataset itself.
There is a way to get around this by exporting the domains to a table using the Domain To Table tool, then joining the domain table back to the source feature class.
Export the joined feature class and table to a shapefile.
The explaination and steps for the workaround are reported in a technical article for which I have provided the link below. Review this article and use this to export
your domains in a shapefile. If you need anything else you can reply to this email or you can give me a call with the number below and use the incident number to
get through to me.
http://support.esri.com/index.cfm?fa=knowledgebase.techArticles.articleShow&d=30530
Regards,
Joseph B."
Exporting feature datasets, classes and tables with the Export XML Workspace Document wizard will preserve the attribute domain. See ArcGIS Desktop Help 9.3
Exporting feature datasets, classes and tables to an export file (ArcInfo or ArcEditor only)
Domains are defined in the Geodatabase, then assigned to a field in the feature class
GDB_Domains is the name of the table in the geodatabase. Table contains ID number for each domain in the geodatabase, its name, the type of domain it is (range or
coded), description, field type it applies to, and if split and merge rules have been defined.
Define Domain: ArcCatalog -> right mouse click on geodatabase -> Properties: Domains tab
Add attribute values to the fields in ArcMap.
Attribute domains can be associated with multiple fields of the same table, feature class, or subtype, and can be associated with multiple fields in multiple tables and
feature classes.
Each domain has a name, description and specific attribute type which it can apply to.
Edit attributes from the Layer Attribute Table or from the Editor Toolbar -> Attributes button
Cannot change the domain assigned to the feature class field
Don't recommend doing a domain on street names, to big
You can modify the values for a coded value domain and the valid range for a range domain while that domain is referenced by a table or feature class in the geodatabase.
ESRI Article ID 18459
Cannot rename a domain once assigned to a feature class, see ESRI Article ID 18459
Two types of Attribute Domains
Range Domains
Specifies valid range of values for a numeric attribute
Coded Value Domains
Specifies a coded value that can be applied to any type of attribute-text, numeric, date, and so on.
Includes both the actual value that is stored in the database (for example, 1 for pavement) and a more user- friendly description of what that value actually
means. See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Geodatabases -> Subtypes and attribute domains -> Attribute domains
Provide quick attribute editing
ArcMap gives a dropdown list of permissible values to choose from
Editor -> Validate Features... to ensure attributes are correctly added in field. Validating features also validates any geometric network connectivity rules or
relationship rules that may be defined for the feature class. See [ESRI Edit ArcMap 02, p. 294]
use ArcToolbox to Create Domains, Add Coded Values to Domains and Assign a Domain to a Field
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
158 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: Assign the domain to one of the fields in the feature class by right clicking on the feature class name and selecting Properties...
Step 4: under the Fields tab, select the field name you want to assign an attribute domain. Then with the Field selected, under Field Properties click to the right of
Domain. Should have the ability to assign the attribute domain.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
159 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 5: check if it works. Start an edit session, add a new feature, then when editing the attributes, you should have a drop down box of the description values instead of
the coded values from the attribute domain
see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Creating new attribute domains
Subtypes
Applied to the feature class, not the geodatabase
Create subtypes in ArcCatalog, geodatabase properties, subtypes tab
Subtype field must be a long or short integer
Balance between creating another feature class or use subtypes
Use Subtypes when you want features to have different domains, default values, connectivity rules and relationship rules
Create another feature class when you want to distingush the features by different behaviors, attributes, fields, access privileges, or whether the features are
multiversioned
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Geodatabases -> Subtypes and attribute domains -> Creating subtypes
Creating Points
Import the points
Creating Point Layer from x,y values in a table using ArcCatalog
Add x,y coordinate data to ArcMap
Create x,y,z features in ArcCatalog
Creating Point Features from Polygon Centroid Features
Create points interactively by typing in the xy coordinates
Point Feature
Multipoint Feature
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Editing in ArcMap -> Creating new features -> Creating point features and vertices -> Creating a multipoint feature or
Creating point features and vertices
Create a Point at the Intersection of two Features
Convert XY events to point shapefile/geodatabase
Right click on the layer produced by XY Event table, Click Data -> Export Data
3D points
In ArcCatalog, create a new personal geodatabase
Create a new data feature and ensure to toggle on the coordinates include Z values.
Add the data feature in ArcMap
Edit 3D points in edit session
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Extensions -> 3D Analysis -> Creating 3D feature data
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help Editing features that have z-values
Create a Point at the Intersection of two Features
Step 0: start an edit session
Step 1: set the Target to a point layer
Step 2: select the Intersection Tool from the Editor Toolbar
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
160 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: select one line, then select the second line. A point should have been created at the intersection of these two lines
Reference: ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Creating point features and vertices and The sketch construction tools
also see How to Snap to the Intersection of two Features
ArcMap Editing using Field Calculator
Allows editing of a feature class (annotation, point, polygon or line) outside an edit session in ArcMap and in the table window (i.e. attribute table)
Edits apply to the selected records
Open the feature class attribute table, then right click the field you want to edit and choose Field Calculator
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
161 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
x = "MM"
ELSE
x = [ADTYPE]
END IF
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
162 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Dim x as string
If IsNull([PARCEL]) Then
x = [APN]
Else
x = Left( [APN] , 8) & "000"
End If
How to add a double to a string value
Use the VBScript Chr() Function
Chr(34) is the double quote symbol "
Using Field Calculator in ArcMap
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
163 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Creating Graphs
Used to complement a map by presenting information about the feature's attributes
can be 2D or 3D
Graph Types [ArcMap Desktop Help- Types of graphs]
Line - show trends in value along a continuous scale. Line graphs display data as lines or as a series of points connected by lines. [ESRI Virtual Campus, Learning
ArcGIS, Part II, Module 5, Lesson 1 Working with graphs and images]
Polar - basically a line graph drawn on a circular grid. Used in mathematical and statistical applications
Area - like line graph but areas between X-axis and plot lines is shaded. The shading gives greater emphasis to differences in quantities. Shows the difference in
quantities.
Bar and Column - use to compare amounts or show trends, e.g. monthly sales figures. "Real strength is displaying discrete numeric data" [ESRI Virtual Campus,
Learning ArcGIS, Part II, Module 5, Lesson 1 Working with graphs and images]
Scatter - used to identify patterns between values
Bubble - similar to scattered, by addition attribute can be display via the size of the bubble
High-Low-Close - range of values plotted as a vertical bar, e.g. air quality readings over a period of time.
Pie - used to show proportions, ratios, and percentages. Can only show one attribute at a time for several records or several attributes for a single record. To show
time or a series, will need to use multiple pie charts. Can highlight a pie slice by "exploding" it-moving it slightly away from the center.
to create: Tools -> Graphs -> Create
to add an graph to the layout, right-click the title bar of the graph window and click Show on Layout. This will create a dynamic graph that is automatically updated as the
features are changed. Make sure Reload Automatically is checked.
Use copy and paste to create a static graph on the layout
Can insert an excel chart in ArcMap, see Article Number 20330
Images such as logos, inset maps or background images can be added to graphs. "Inserting background images requires that you know the final production dimensions so
you can place the images in the exact location on the graph or report. The background image format must be a Windows bitmap (.bmp extension) with color depth set to
256 colors. Images added to graphs are referenced and are not stored permanently with the graph. (See ESRI virtual Campus Learn ArcGIS 8, Part II, Module 5)
Exporting Data
Create a new layer based on a selection set
Option 1: right mouse click on the layer name in the TOC, select Data -> Export Data... In the export dropdown, click Selected Features. Output data type option:
Shapefile, coverage (with ArcEditor or ArcInfo), or geodatabase.
Option 2: to create a new layer from the selected features, right-click the layer, point to Selection, and click "Create Layer From Selected Features". Note this just a
virtual layer (not a permanent dataset) but can still symbolize, query and perform analysis on it.
Similar to Google Earth Save Places As which exports to .kmz
Reference: ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Exporting Features
Also will be covered in Chapter 11 [Ormsby 01]
ModelBuilder
How load/add a toolbox (.tbx)
Within ArcToolbox, just right-click on a blank area and select Add Toolbox...
How to Running a Model
Running only the ready-to-run processes - click the Model menu and click Run
Running all processes - click the Model menu and click Run Entire Model
Running a single process - right click the tool and choose Run
Process
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
164 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Geoprocessing in ArcGIS
Introduction to Geoprocessing
Used to automate GIS tasks and analysis
geoprocessing is the linking/chaining of individual tools together to create a custom process
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help Geoprocessing and Analysis
Geoprocessing Quick Guide
Geoprocessing Wizard
ESRI Article ID 29723 - HowTo: Access geoprocessing tools easily since the Geoprocessing Wizard has been removed in ArcGIS 9.x
Dissolve features based on an attribute (see notes from last week)
ArcToolbox -> Coverage Tools -> Data Management -> Generalization -> Dissolve
Merge layers together
Clipping features in a layer (see notes from last week)
ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Extract -> Clip
Intersect two layers (type of Overlay)
ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Overlay -> Intersect (for Geodatabase)
ArcToolbox -> Coverage Tools -> Analysis -> Overlay -> Intersect (for Coverages)
Union two layers (type of Overlay)
ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Overlay -> Union Tool
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
165 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
see ESRI Support Article ID 29723 HowTo: Access geoprocessing tools in ArcGIS 9.x in lieu of the Geoprocessing Wizard
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
166 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Buffer
Used to draw boundaries at a specific distance around other features
Can buffer points, lines, polygons, or graphics (see Discussion on Chapter 18 [Ormsby 01, p. 482] for more information on graphics)
Buffer Types
Constant Distance
Variable Distance
Multiple Rings
Dissolve Barriers
Need to specify distance units used by the buffer command
Buffer Tools
Buffer Wizard
ArcMap 10: Customize menu Customize Mode Commands tab Tools category Buffer Wizard drag on a toolbar
ArcMap 9: Tools -> Customize: Commands tab, Tools Category, drag and drop Buffer Wizard onto desired toolbar
Pros: very easy to use
Cons: all buffers must have the same distance
Multiple Ring Buffer Tool (ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Proximity -> Multiple Ring Buffer)
Pros: allows buffer ring size to vary
Cons: must supply a distance for each buffer, tool appears to have bugs
Buffer (ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Proximity -> Buffer)
Buffer Applications
Zone changes ( Conforming Zone Boundary Amendment): 750 ft radius notice.
Maps showing walking distance to bus stops
Identify parcels adjacent to your planned project. Clark County will use Special Improvement Districts (SID) to generate revenue to pay for roadway improvements (e.g.
sidewalks, storm drains, additional driving lanes, and so on). A lien is placed on the property until the improvement is paid off. The Regional Transportation Commission
(RTC) usually picks up 90% of the bill.
Vignettes
Vignette
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
167 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
a picture that shades off gradually into the surrounding paper (see Webster Dictionary) pronounce as (Vin'yet)
Used to accentuate a feature, for example a coastline or island. A vignette consists of a series of bands, each brighter than the next, emanating from a feature. (See ESRI
Article Number: 17492)
Vector and Raster methods to create vignette, see ESRI Whitepaper
To make a gradient from light blue to dark blue, select the layer properties -> Symbology tab -> Color Ramp. If gradient is going in the wrong direction, just select all the
symbols, right mouse click and select Flip Symbols.
To preserve work on vignette, right mouse click on layer name in TOC of ArcMap, select option Save As Layer File... this will create a .lyr file which stores the ArcMap
settings, not the actual data itself.
Of course the best solution is to have water depth measurements (also known as bathymetry) and shade the water based on this attribute. See Dr. Mark Rudin's work on
Lake Mead.
Geoprocessing Wizard
Dissolve features based on an attribute (see notes from last week)
ArcToolbox -> Coverage Tools -> Data Management -> Generalization -> Dissolve
Merge layers together
Clipping features in a layer (see notes from last week)
ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Extract -> Clip
Intersect two layers (type of Overlay)
ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Overlay -> Intersect (for Geodatabase)
ArcToolbox -> Coverage Tools -> Analysis -> Overlay -> Intersect (for Coverages)
Union two layers (type of Overlay)
ArcToolbox -> Analysis Tools -> Overlay -> Union Tool
Merge Adjacent Layers
Used to combine two or more adjacent layers into one larger layer that contains all their features
Layers must be the same type: polygon to polygon, points to points, lines to lines. Cannot merge a polygon layer with a point layer.
Can merge layers that overlap, however features are just appended into the output layer. For example, when selecting a polygon that overlaps another and they have been
merged, will select both polygons. Reason is both polygons exists separately in the layer.
Merge is order dependent: feature on top in TOC will be drawn on bottom when merging
"Use fields"- click the layer containing the fields you want to maintain. "If the layers merged to this layer have the same fields, the attributes will be copied to the new
layer. If a merged layer contains an extra field, it will be dropped. Also, if a merged layer is missing a field, the field value for features in that layer will be null." [ArcGIS
Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Querying maps -> Merging layers -> How to merge layers]
Example: Merge Clark County Public Works Easement shapefile ( metadata) with the Clark County Assessor Parcel shapefile (pl16222.shp, pl16222.dbf, pl16222.shx,
pe162.shp, pe162.shx, pe162.dbf, show overlapping features (should have 2 features identified, click in left pane window to flash the feature)
With version 8.3, have the ability to select which feature will have its attributes tranferred into the newly created merge polygon. The list will show the primary display
field, to help identify the desired polygon.
Clipping Layers
Trim features in one layer at the boundaries of features in another layer
Input feature/layer can be Polygons, Lines, or Points
Clip feature/layer can only be Polygons
"The attributes of the features in the output feature class are the same as those of the features in the feature class being clipped. Unlike the Intersect and Union
geoprocessing operations, the attributes of the two inputs are not combined." (ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - How Clip (Analysis) works)
Attributes of the two features are not combined. The output feature will have the same fields as in the clipped (not cookie cutter) feature.
Use a polygon feature as a 'cookie cutter' to create a smaller subset of another feature (e.g. points, polygons, or lines). The cookie cutter can be a selection set ('Use
selected features only') or a separate layer.
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Clip (Analysis)
Overlays
Superimpose one map feature over another to create a new map feature that has the attributes of both input layers, see [Ormsby 01, p. 306]
Intersect
Only Common Areas are included in output
The resulting output layer has the combined attribute data of the features in the two input layers, only contains features that fall within the spatial extent of
the overlay polygons.
Think of the overlay polygon as a stamp. It stamps its attributes on the underlying line/polygon features.
Use Join command in ArcMap to stamp polygon attributes onto a point feature
Polygon layer can overlay another polygon layer or a line layer.
Can use a selected set in either or both layers to perform overlay analysis on
Output projection of the intersected feature will be the same as the data frame's projection. In efforts to reduce errors, recommend both features have the same
projection.
Output is a geodatabase, then area and length items will automatically be updated.
If output is a shapefile, will need to update area and length fields (see ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Working with tables -> Making field calculations).
Basically you open the attribute table of the layer, right mouse click on field to update, click Calculate Values, check Advanced and add the following VBA
statements:
Dim dblArea as double
Dim pArea as IArea
Set pArea = [shape]
dblArea = pArea.area
then type variable dblArea in the text box directly under the area field name.
See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Querying maps -> Intersecting features from two layers
From the ArcMap Menu bar: Tools -> GeoProcessing Wizard: Intersect two layers
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
168 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Union
Both input layers must be polygons
Total Area of both input features are included in output
Extend of both map features are included/combined in output feature.
Resulting output layer from a union of two polygon features has the combined attribute data of the polygons in the two inputs and contains all the polygons from
the inputs, whether or not they overlap (see ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Querying maps -> Unioning features from two layers)
Can use a selected set in either or both layers to perform overlay analysis on
From the ArcMap Menu bar: Tools -> GeoProcessing Wizard: Union two layers.
Dissolving Features
Process of summarizing/creating a new polygon feature based on the joining of different polygon features, that share a boundary and have the same attribute value,
together.
Typically dissolve features based on a field value (e.g. zipcode, dissolve all parcel polygons based on zipcode)
Can dissolve based on a features selection set. Helpful if you don't want to dissolve the entire feature class.
Within ArcMap: ArcToolbox -> Data Management Tools -> Generalization -> Dissolve
Output shapefile or feature class will only have the dissolve field, necessary internal fields, and any summarize attributes.
Using the Township, Range, Section (clarktrs_p in the IndexGrids.mdb)data, can create a map display that only shows the Assessor Books (i.e. full Township and Range,
no section boundaries). Note the sections have a layout of alternative lines in opposite directions (as from left to right and from right to left) which is known as
boustrophedon (bou'stro'phe'don)
Dissolve can create multipart features, e.g. several polygon features but only one record in the database. Try doing a dissolve on the Township, Range, Section layer
based on Section field.
Known issues when trying to buffer a multipart feature, see ESRI Article ID 22007
Spatial Analyst
How do I create elevation contours to display in Google Earth?
Table of Contents
1. Download USGS DEMs
2. Unzip/Extract DEMs
3. View DEMs in ESRI ArcMap
4. Mosaic DEMs
5. Clip DEMs
6. Smooth DEMs
7. Create Contours
8. Symbolize Major and Minor Contours
9. Label Contours
10. Export Contours to KML
11. View Contours in Google Earth
1. Download USGS National Elevation Dataset (NED)
visit www.usgs.gov
search for NED Download Tool
Area of Interest - Nevada - Clark County
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
169 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Recommending downloading the ArcGrid format of the 1/3 arc second DEMs
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
170 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3. Mosaic multiple DEMs into a single DEM using ESRI Spatial Analyst
ArcMap 10
Mosaic only takes a minute to complete if the DEMs don't have pyramids
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
171 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
export to TIFF
5. Smooth the Raster Image
"The easiest smoothing approach would be to preprocess the input raster with the Focal Statistics tool, using the Mean statistic." (ArcGIS Resource Center Desktop 10 - How Contouring Works
6. Create contours at 25 ft intervals
7. Create Major (100ft-black) and Minor (25ft-gray) contour symbol
8. Label contours - doesn't show up Google Earth, in the exported KML
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 - Labeling using the Contour Placement Style
9. Export to KML
How to download and mosaic adjacent DEMs into a single DEM
Step 1 (option A). Download DEMs from USGS
NED 1/3 arc second download tool
Select State = Nevada and County = Clark
Download these 4 files, ESRI ArcGRID format, Geographic Coordinates, Decimal Degrees, NAD83, NAVD88 with elevation unit of Meters
n36w115arcgrid.zip
n36w116arcgrid.zip
n37w115arcgrid.zip
n37w116arcgrid.zip
NED available in ArcGIS and GridFloat formats only
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
172 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
173 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
F. wait for email and download zip file of the DEMs via ftp
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
174 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap 9
Takes about 10 minutes of processing time to mosaic the DEMs the makeup Clark County
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
175 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
176 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5. Hillshade DEM/GRID/Surface
From the Spatial Analyst Toolbar: Surface Analyst -> Hillshade... (recommend using ccdemspcszft.tif)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
177 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Can use Solar Position and Intensity (SOLPOS) website to determine the Azimuth Angle (i.e. angular direction of the Sun) and Altitude angle of the sun in
Las Vegas NV is: (lat=36 degrees north, long=115 degrees west). US Pacific Time Zone is -8:00 (U (GMT - 8:00). Elevation is around 600meters or 2000ft.
Azimuth angle is given from south, so -45 degrees is the same as 180 + 45 = 225 degrees from the North, this is the value the Hillshade command wants. The
Sun angle (altitude) is 45 degrees (this should be entered in the Hillshade command). Note SOLPOS will return 135 degrees, which is just 180 - 45 = 135.
For figures of Azimuth Angle and Altitude angle see ArcGIS Desktop Help - Producing a Hillshade
Instructor Jeff Jensen - recommends having the Hillshade as the top layer with 70% transparent and the elevation color ramp layer below with 0%
transparent.
[Ormsby 01, p. 122-123] recommends Elevation layer should be above the hillshade layer in the TOC. Elevation Top Layer, Hillshade Bottom Layer. Make
the elevation layer 70% transparent.
double click the Elevation layer to open the Select Color Ramp window. Right mouse click the color ramp symbols and turn off graphic view. Select
Elevation #1 color ramp.
see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Producing a Hillshade
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
178 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
6.
Note: if image file is in a different projection, remember that ArcMap can project raster images on the fly. So, ensure the Data Frame project is the one you desire, then
add the raster data, ArcMap will reproject it automatically.
See How to make a layer draw partially transparent, ESRI Article ID 18073
Raster/Surface Properties
Right click on the Raster/Surface and open properties from the Table of Contents in ArcMap to display and max and min cell value
Raster Mask
"While raster maps are rectangular, wouldn't it be good if you could display them just for the city and its irregular boundary? There's a way to accomplish this, by creating
and using a mask for the Pittsburgh polygon. The mask is a raster map layer, and thus rectangular in shape, but it has the value 'No Data' for cells outside of Pittsburgh,
which ArcGIS displays using no color or clear. Thus a mask uses a neat 'trick' to enhance processing and display of raster maps to irregular boundaries." (GIS Tutorial
Workbook for ArcView 9, Third Edition by Gorr and Kurland, p. 382)
How to Create a Raster Mask
Step 0: need a polygon shapefile/feature class which will act as the mask/cookie cutter/template/boundary used to assign NODATA values to the source raster.
Step 1: ArcToolbox -> Conversion Tools -> To Raster toolset -> Feature to Raster
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
179 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Transparency
How to change a the transparency of a layer (ESRI Tutorial Video)
Can use the Effects Toolbar to modify Transparency
Improving the display of raster data
Background on Elevation Contours
2D lines of equal elevation drawn on a map
Best example of a physical contour line would be the shore of a lake. The water level represents one contour line because the level of the lake is the same in all places.
(see Civil Drafting Technology, 4th Edition, by David A. Madsen and Terence M. Shumaker, p. 170)
An example a messy bachelor might experience is the ring around their bathtub.
Contours are used to represent a surface on a map
Space between a contour is known as the contour interval.
Contours should never touch. Only exception would be mountain cliff or other type of overhang.
Contours that form a "V" are most likely a stream. The bottom of the "V" points upstream.
Closer the contours are to one another, the steep the surface. Tends to be mountainous areas
Further the spacing between the contours, implies a flat surface. Tends to be plains/fields
Contours are usually created from a surface, such as the USGS Digital Elevation Models (DEM)
Creating Contours
Requires 3D Analyst Extension
Contours can be created from from two types of surfaces: GRID or TIN
GRID Surfaces: Contouring function interpolates lines between the cell centers. The contours seldom pass through the cell centers and do not follow the cell boundaries.
TIN Surfaces: Contouring function interpolates straight lines across each triangle that spans the contour value, using linear interpolation between the edge endpoints to
determine where the countour crosses the face.
Step 1: Obtain or download a surface. Use AREA31.zip USGS 24,000 scale DEM
Step 2 ArcGIS 9.3.1 and earlier:
Tools -> Extension -> check the 3D Analyst box
View -> Toolbars -> 3D Analyst
3D Analyst Menu Bar: 3D Analyst -> Surface Analysis -> Contour... (not available in ArcGIS 10)
Step 2 ArcGIS 10 using 3D Analyst:
Geoprocessing ArcToolbox 3D Analyst Tools Raster Surface Contour
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
180 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
See ESRI Article ID 20973 to learn how to create contours and symbolize the result using index contours
For example, display 100 foot interval contours with a light gray, then display all 500 foot interval contours with solid black
See ESRI Article ID 15470 to learn how to create labels on contour lines using Mask and Halo
AutoCAD Land Development Desktop (LDD) refers to Major and Minor contours, minor will be light gray, major will be solid black.
Creating Cool Contours - Modeling Glacial Terrain with ArcGIS by Mike Price, ArcUSER April-June 2006, p. 48-51
Triangulated Irregular Network (TIN) Surface
TINs are made from mass points, breaklines, and polygons
Mass Points: Elevation Points that become the nodes in the TIN network. Most important input, determines the overall shape of the surface. Increase the number of
mass points increases the accuracy of your surface. Recommend more mass points around areas that have highly variable elevations, less mass points around areas
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
181 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
182 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Very difficult to create a TIN based on the developed condition, that is finish grade. This is needed to compare difference between the existing/undeveloped/before
condition and the proposed/developed/after condition.
Input: two TIN surfaces. Can GRID surfaces or a combination of TIN GRID surfaces be inputed? Unknown, ArcGIS 9.1 gives and error message when processing.
Output: single GRID/Raster surface. Also have the option to output as a TIFF image or ERDAS IMAGINE file format.
Compare TIN surface to GRID surface
Create TINs from points. GRIDs can be created from points but the problem is the point is converted into a cell value and all surrounding cells are are left blank/null.
TINs use only linear interpolation to predict values between points. GRIDs have several interpolation methods to choose from (e.g. Spline, Kriging, Inverse Distance
Weighted, and so on). Note Spline interpolation is most similar to the TIN linear interpolation.
TINs and GRIDs do not have an attribute table to view. Need to query using MapTips or Identify.
Cut-and-Fill Analysis
Cut is a positive value, that is removing material from the site. Also known as Net Loss, Loss, and Excavation
Fill is a negative value, that is bringing/adding material to the site. Also known as Net Gain, Gain, and Embankment.
Example: if Existing Grid - Developed Grid < 0 then net gain (that is need to add fill to the site)
Example: if Existing Grid - Developed Grid > 0 then net loss (that is need to cut or remove material from site)
Example: if Existing Grid - Developed Grid = 0 then the site is balanced
Must account for losses (i.e. Shrinkage, swell, loss during transport, and subsidence). Typically the soils report will provide these values. Rule of thumb is 15%
loss. Lindeburg recommends 5-15% (Civil Engineering Reference Manual for the PE Exam, 8th Edition).
Cut + (1.15 x Fill) = 0 then the site is balanced between existing/natural grade and the final/proposed/developed grade
Economic Fudge Factor, better to have extra cut material
Long Haul Calculations, typically required for distances greater than 2000 feet.
Procedure
Create Existing/Natural topo/TIN layer
Create Final/Proposed/Improved/Developed topo/TIN layer
ArcGIS doesn't have the necessary tools to create this layer
AutoCAD Land Development Desktop uses grading objects and alignments to assist in creating this layer
As a rule of thumb, use ArcToolbox geoprocessing environment rather than the 3D analyst toolbar in ArcMap. ArcToolbox is constantly being developed whereas
the 3D analyst toolbar is just in maintenance mode (i.e. just fix bugs).
ArcGIS 9.1 Cut/Fill will convert TINs into grids then perform the analysis
ArcGIS 9.2 new command TIN difference is used compare two TINs, will not convert the TINs to GRIDs in the background.
Reference: Survey Drafting by Wattles, Chapter 10
Raster Calculator and Map Algebra
References
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 How Raster Calculator Works
How to convert the DEM elevations from meters to feet?
1.
Hydrology and Spatial Analyst
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10: Understanding drainage systems
"A pour point is the point at which water flows out of an area. This is usually the lowest point along the boundary of the drainage basin."
"The boundary between two basins is referred to as a drainage divide or watershed boundary." This is also known as the ridge lines.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
183 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3D Analyst Extension
ArcScene and 3D Analyst Extension
Used to view 3D data, cannot provide an output plot
How to open ArcScene
Windows: Start -> All Programs -> ArcGIS -> ArcScene
ArcMap: check Tools -> Extensions -> 3D Analyst box is checked. Then View -> Toolbars -> 3D Analyst
How to render features in 3D
TIN Surfaces and 3D features are automatically rendered in 3D
Raster Surfaces (grids and images) and 2D features are drawn as though they were resting on a flat surface. Need to define their z-values to render in 3D. (Using
ArcGIS 3D Analyst,see p. 156)
DEMs - to render in 3D just set the raster layer's base height to itself (Layer Properties -> Base Heights tab, Obtain heights for layer from surface)
How to Change Vertical Exaggeration to all layers
ArcScene: right mouse click the scene layer data frame in the table of contents and select Scene Properties (alternative is View -> Scene Properties...)
General tab: enter a value of 10 under vertical exaggeration
A fractional vertical exaggeration can be used to flatten surfaces or 3D features that have extreme vertical variation.
How to Change Vertical Exaggeration to a single layer
Vertical exaggeration on a single layer can be achieved by changing its z-unit conversion factor (Using ArcGIS 3D Analyst, p. 177)
ArcScene: right mouse click the DEM layer in the table of contents and select Layer Properties
Base Heights tab: change Z Unit Conversion to 10
Raster Resolution is used to improve performance, the smaller the number of rows and columns improves the display performance but reduces the resemblance of the
base surface to the original (Using ArcGIS 3D Analyst,see p. 164)
Sample data: c5data.mdb, c5data.tif, c5data.tfw
How to create a TIN surface from contour data
1. Example datasets from the GIS Tutorial Workbook - 1 Basics
Pittsburgh.zip
3DAnalyst.gdb.zip
2. Open ArcScene
Option 1: Open ArcMap. Customize Extensions check 3D Analyst. Right click on a blank area of the toolbars and select 3D Analyst Toolbar. Click the
ArcScene button on the right of the toolbar.
Option 2: Start All Programs ArcGIS ArcScene 10
3. ArcScene Add Data Topo contours from the 3DAnalyst.gdb geodatabase
4. ArcToolboar search for "Create TIN" and select Create TIN 3D Analyst
Output TIN save as Pitt-TIN
Spatial Reference: NAD 1983 StatePlane Pennsylvania South FIPS 3702 (US Feet).prj
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
184 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
SF_type = softline
5. It appears you have to re-create the TIN if you want to switch between Edge type of hardline or softline
6. Drape buildings onto of the TIN surface
Add Data Bldgs
ArcScene Table of Contents right click on Bldgs and select Properties
Base Heights tab check Floating on a custom surface
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
185 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
186 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap will automatically add the newly reprojected TIFF image to the Active Data Frame. If a projection was not already defined for the data frame,
should get a complete window which looks like this.
Will get the WARNING 000632: Datum conflict between map and output. if the data frame already has a projection define with a different datum.
Will create and update the following files. Notice it does NOT create a .tfw world file
.aux
.tif.xml
.tif
.rrd
Step 2: create .tfw world file
ArcToolbox: Data Management Tools -> Raster -> Raster -> Raster Properties -> Export Raster World File
creates .tfw file
Map3D and Google Earth will only need the .tif and .tfw image files
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
187 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
188 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Projections
Projections used in State Plane Coordinate Systems
"To convert geodetic positions of a portion of the Earth's surface to plane rectangular coordinates, points are projected mathematically from the ellipsoid to some
imaginary developable surface -a surface that can conceptually be developed or 'unrolled and laid out flat' without distortion of shape or size. A rectangular grid can be
superimposed on the developed plane surface and the positions of points in the plane specified with respect to X and Y grid axes. A plane grid developed using this
mathematical process is called a map projection.... Today, two of the most commonly used mapping projections are the Lambert conformal conic and the Transverse
Mercator projections." (Elementary Surveying, 12th Edition by Ghilani and Wolf, p. 580)
Types of Projections
Map Projects by USGS
State Plane Coordinate System (SPCS)
"...points couldn't be projected from the ellipsoid to developable surfaces without introducing distortions in the lengths of lines or the shapes of areas. However, these
distortions are held to a minimum by selected placement of the cone or cylinder secant to the ellipsoid, by choosing a conformal projection (one that preserves true
angular relationships around points in a small region), and also by limiting the zone size or extent of coverage on the Earth's surface for any particular map projection. If
the width of zones is held to a maximum of 158 mi (254 km), and if two-thirds of this zone width is between the secant lines, distortions (differences in line lengths on the
two surfaces) are kept to 1 part in 10,000 or less. The NGS intended this accuracy in its development of the state plane coordinate systems." (Elementary Surveying, 12th
Edition by Ghilani and Wolf, p. 581-2)
Clark County uses StatePlane Coordinate- Nevada East Zone (NV-E) along with other local agencies (e.g. City of Las Vegas, Henderson, North Las Vegas, and so on)
Map of all Stateplane coordinate zones is included with ArcMap, depending upon where you installed the program, e.g. C:\Program Files\ArcGIS\Reference
Systems\usstpln83.shp (download zip of shapefiles from UNLV, usstpln83.zip - Geographic Coordinate System - GCS_WGS_1984)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
189 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
State Plane Coordinate System of 1983 NOAA Manual NOS NGS 5 by James E. Stem
"A new figure of the Earth, the Geodetic Reference System of 1980 (GRS 80), which approximates the Earth's true size and shape, supplied a better fit than the
Clarke 1866 spheroid, the reference surface used with NAD 27." (ibid p. 2)
"The ellipsoid that forms the basis of NAD 83, and consequently the SPCS 83, is identified as the Geodetic Reference System of 1980 (GRS 80). GRS 80 provides
an excellent global approximation of the Earth's surface. The Clarke spheroid of 1866, as used for NAD 27 approximated only the conterminous United States.
Because the geoid separation at point MEADES RANCH was assumed equal to zero, a translation exists between ellipsoids. The ellipsoid change is the major
contributor of the coordinate shift from NAD 27 to NAD 83." (ibid p. 12)
NAD 27 - U.S. coast and Geodetic Survey (USC&GS) Special Publication 235 - The State Coordinate Systems
Shapefile of NAD27 Zones (usstpln27.zip)
Shapefile of NAD83 Zones (usstpln83.zip)
The State Coordinate Systems (A Manual for Surveyors) older version but better quality (The State Coordinate Systems)
http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/PUBS_LIB/publication235.pdf
State Zone: Nevada East
Grid: Transverse Mercator
Central meridian = 11535' (-115.583333)
Scale Ratio = 1:10,000
Origin: Lat=3445' (34.75) Long=11535'
False Easting x(ft)=500,000
False Northing y(ft)=0
x' of lines of exact scale (ft) = 295,700
Fundamentals of the State Plane Coordinate Systems
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Manual of Traverse Computation on the Transverse Mercator Grid by Oscar S. Adams, Senior Mathematician and Charles N.
Claire, Associate Mathematician. GPO, Washington, DC, 1935. 199 pages. Special Publication No. 195.
Publication of North American Datum of 1983 State Plane Coordinates in Feet in Nevada
State Plane Coordinates Presentation by Dr. Ghilani
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency Geodesy and Geophysics
Geodesy for the Layman ( TM8358_1.pdf or download a copy from UNLV Geo4lay.pdf)
TM8358.1: Datums, Ellipsoids, and Grid Reference Systems ( TM8358_1.pdf or download a copy from UNLV TM8358_1.pdf)
Fundamentals of the State Plane Coordinate Systems by Joseph F. Dracup, Sept 1974. National Geodetic Survey
Map Projections: A Working Manual by John P. Snyder. USGS Professional Paper 1395. Washington, D.C.: USGS, 1993.
GRS 80
Equatorial Radius/Semiaxis, a = 6,378,137 meters
Polar Radius/Semiaxis, b = 6,356,752.3 meters
Flattening, f = 1/298.257
"in computations if the ellipsoid is assumed a sphere, its radius is usually taken such that its volume is the same as the reference ellipsoid. It is computed from
(a2b)1/3. For the GRS80 ellipsoid, its rounded value is 6,371,000 meters." (Elementary Surveying, 12th Ed, Ghilani and Wolf, p. 523)
WGS 84
Equatorial Radius, a = 6,378,135 meters
Polar Radius, b = 6,356,750.5 meters
Flattening, f = 1/298.26
Nevada East Zone Map Projectsion: A Working Manual, p. 53 and 374
Transverse Mercator Projection
Central meridian = 11535' West
ESRI uses -115.583333333333300000 decimal degrees = -11535'
Scale reduction = 1:10,000
ESRI uses a scale factor of 0.999900000000000010
"Lines of contact. Any single meridian for the tangent project. For the secant projection, two almost parallel lines equidistant from the central
meridian...Accurate scale along the central meridian if the scale factor is 1.0. If it is less than 1.0, there are two straight lines with accurate scale equidistant
from and on each side of the central meridian." (ESRI ArcGIS Transerve Mercator)
Origin (latitude) = 3445' North
ESRI uses 34.7500 decimal degrees = 3445'
Coordinates of Origin (meters): False Easting x=200,000 and False Northing y=8,000,000
"State plane coordinate systems are generally designed to have a scale error maximum of about 1 unit in 10,000. Suppose you calculated the Cartesian distance
(using the Pythagorean theorem) between two points represented in a state plane coordinate system to be exactly 10,000 meters. Then, with a perfect tape measure,
pulled tightly across an idealized planet, you would be assured that the measured result would differ by no more than 1 meter from the calculated one. The possible
error with the UTM coordinate system may be larger: 1 in 2500." (Introducing Geographic Information Systems with ArcGIS, 2nd Edition by Michael Kennedy, p.
18)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
190 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
GPS Course Lesson 6: Two-Coordinate Systems and Heights by Jan Van Sickle, Senior Lecturer
"...the projection of points from the Earth's surface onto a reference ellipsoid and finally onto flat maps..." (ibid)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
191 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Stateplane Coordinates in USA use Secant Projections to minimize distortion by providing 2 lines of intersection instead of one line with the Tangent case. Secant
Projection intersect the ellipsoid at two areas and these two lines are of exact scale (also known as standard lines) to the ellipsoid.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
192 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
193 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
194 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
195 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Scale, Elevation, Grid, and Combined Factors Used in Instrumentation. Professional Surveyor Magazine - Feb 2006
See ESRI Virutal Campus - Learning ArcGIS 9, Module 3 for more details
Projected Coordinates
based on a flat surface
does NOT use spheriods, spheres, or geoids since these are approximations of the shape of the earth
also known as planar coordinates
a measurement of a location on the earth's surface expressed in a two-dimensional system that locates features based on their distance from an origin (0,0) along
two axes.
Map projections transform latitude and longitude to x,y coordinates in a projected coordinate system.
Latitude and Longitude can located exact locations on the earth, but no uniform units of measurement (see figure on [Ormsby 01, p. 326])
If all your GIS data is using the same coordinate system, don't have to worry about projections
Empty data frames inherit the projection of the first layer added to it. [Ormsby 01, p. 333]
On-the-fly Projections, [Ormsby 01, p. 328, 336]
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
196 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap determines if the coordinate system is geographic or projected by comparing the coordinates. Lat/Long values will be in the tens (Lat=36 degrees) and hundreds
(Long=-115 degrees), where as Stateplane coordinates hundred thousand (e.g. x=800,000) and tens of million (y=26,750,000)[Ormsby 01, p. 340]
On-the-fly projections are less mathematically rigorous than permanent projections done using the ArcToolbox Projection Wizard. [Ormsby 01, p. 330]
On-the-fly projections are defined by the Layer Properties. Note this doesn't change the actual file. Projection only applied to data frame. [Ormsby 01, p. 330]
"... a coordinate system is a framework for locating features on the earth's surface using either latitude-longitude or x,y values."
Works well when the data has the same geographic coordinate system (GCS). [Ormsby 01, p. 329]
To transform the coordinate location of a CAD file using coordinate values in ArcMap, see ESRI Article Number 20860
Projection info is assigned to the feature dataset, not the geodatabase. Note all feature classes in a feature dataset must have the same projection. Doesn't appear that all
feature datasets need to have the same projection in a geodatabase. Remember a feature class can be contained in a feature dataset, which will ensure it has the same
projection info, or can be a standalone feature class.
ESRI software does not support vertical datums. Only reads the z-value as is, you must perform any pre-processing/corrections to the vertical data before entering into
ArcGIS. Appears the projection metadata doesn't allow you to enter any additional z-value related data (for example NAVD88 datum, elevation units of feet, and so on).fs
How to Project Geodatabases and Shapefiles
Projections in ArcMap
Can project the data frame, not the actual feature class, shapefile, or coverage.
Can export the layer with the same projection as the data frame, so in a sense your actually reprojecting the layer.
ArcMap will not project data on the fly if the coordinate system for the data set has not been defined.
Additional info, see ESRI Article ID 24893, How to identify an unknown coordinate system using ArcMap.
ESRI Article ID 20837, how to align vector data in ArcMap
Projections in ArcCatalog
Can only define a projection for a layer, not reproject it.
Data frame will inherit the projection of the first layer added to it.
ArcCatalog: select a geodatabase feature, right mouse click to bring up the context menu, Properties -> Fields tab, select Shape, then at the bottom of that window,
click the ellispe (...) and either Select or Import.
Projections in ArcToolbox
Will reproject the layer permentently
ArcToolbox: Data Management -> Projections -> Project Wizard (shapefiles, geodatabase)
Reference: see ESRI Article ID 21447 how to project shapefiles or geodatabase feature classes with the ArcToolbox Project wizard
Define a Shapefile's Projection
Using ArcCatalog
Problem: metadata, spatial reference property says "unknown" or "assumed geographic" projection.
File -> Properties -> Fields tab: click Shape column. In Properties list below, select ellipses button to open the Spatial Reference Properties window. Click Select...
button. Browse through Projected Coordinate Systems folder -> State Plane folder -> NAD 1983 (Feet) folder -> NAD 1983 StatePlane Nevada East FIPS 2701
(Feet).prj
Metadata should now say the projected coordinate system name.
Shapefile's coordinate system parameters are stored in the same location and name as the shapefile but with a .prj extension
see ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcCatalog -> Working with shapefiles -> Defining a shapefile's coordinate system
Using ArcToolbox
ArcToolbox -> Data Management Tools -> Projections -> Define Projection Wizard (shapefiles, geodatabase). Then give same inputs as the "Using ArcCatalog"
solution above.
see [Ormsby 01, p. 341-346]
Define a ArcInfo Coverage's Projection
Define a GeoDatabase feature class Projection
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
197 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Margaret Maher (mmaher@esri.com) with ESRI Tech Support - specialize in Map Projections and Symbology
Local/Surface Coordinates
Used extensively for small development projects by surveyors
referred to as ground distances by surveyors
different origin for each design project
To project into another coordinate system, need 2 points and have coordinate values in both systems.
Define Local/Surface Coordinate Projection in ArcMap
Objective is to create a projection file so ArcMap can project on the fly from local/surface coordinates to stateplance coordinates. The projection file (.prj) will be similar
to a shapefile file .prj file but for the AutoCAD .dwg, example anyfilename.dwg and anyfilename.prj (note cannot have any spaces in the filename for the .dwg and .prj
files). Then ArcMap will automatically project the dwg.
Most difficult step is determining the local/surface coordinate parameters
ArcMap Data Frame Properties -> New -> Projected Coordinate System
Projection name cannot contain spaces
Custom Projection File options for 7 local/surface projections
Local
Parameters
False_Easting
False_Northing
Scale_Factor
Azimuth
Longitude_Of_Center
Latitude_Of_Center
Linear Unit = Foot_US
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
198 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Datum is defined by Select... button under Geographic Coordinate System, select North America folder
North American Datum 1983.prj
North American 1983 HARN.prj (use if survey done to HARN accuracy)
North American 1983 (CSRS98).prj is for Canada
Hotine_Oblique_Mercator_Azimuth_Center
Hotine_Oblique_Mercator_Azimuth_Natural
Hotine_Oblique_Mercator_Two_Point_Center
Hotine_Oblique_Mercator_Two_Point_Natural
Rectified_Skew_Orthomorphic_Center
Rectified_Skew_Orthomorphic_Natural_O (has a rotation parameter)
Alternative method is to Define a Projection using ArcToolbox
Indepth Discussion on Projections
Map Projection Overview
Welcome to the Map Projection Home Page
State Plane Coordinates vs. Surface Coordinates, Part 1
State Plane Coordinates..., PDF version
Understanding Map Projects by Melita Kennedy and Steve Kopp with ESRI.
Online conversion between geographic coordinates to stateplane coordinates, NGS Geodetic to SPC. Input Lat/Long in Degrees Minutes Seconds (DMS). Use Zone 2701
for Clark County Nevada, also known as the Nevada East Zone. The output distance is in meters, to convert to U.S. Survey Foot use the ratio 1200m/3937ft.
USGS Monument Data sheets use to find the lat/long, utm, and stateplane coordinate for monuments show on the USGS Quad maps. Obtain the quad names from
c:\arcgis\arcexe82\Reference Systems\usgs24q.shp
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
199 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 1: within ArcCatalog, right click in the workspace and choose New -> Address Locator... (Note: unable to create an Address Locator within a feature class dataset).
Also, Cannot store Address Locators in a geodatabase which was created with ArcGIS 9.1 or earlier.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
200 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: match fields from the streetcenterline.mdb geodatabase, SCLFULL line feature class to the US Streets with Zone.
Optional Step 3a: Specifying output fields recommend adding the x y coordinates and standardized address. Need to check if a zip+4 field is created.
To modify the properties of an Address Locator in ArcCatalog, just right click the locator and choose properties.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
201 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: type in a street address or intersection then click Find. At the bottom of the window should be a list of candidate matches, ranked in order of highest score.
Typically the candidate address with the highest score is the perfect match.
Optional Step 3a: Can alter the minimum score by selecting the Options... button. For options which are grayed out, need to change this properties in ArcCatalog for the
given Address Locator.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
202 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5. click Rematch button to interactively match any ties (Status = T for Tied). See Rematching with the Interactive Rematch dialog box
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
203 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
6.
7. ArcGIS Recsource Center Desktop 10 Rematching with the Interactive Rematch dialog box - A typical workflow
Interactive Geocoding
ArcMap: Edit -> Find: Addresses tab
Limitations
can only geocode one address at a time, no ability to address match a table or database.
Doesn't create a shapefile, feature, or coverage, only have the option to create a graphic.
Cannot offset an intersection address match
Limitations when using Tele Atlas Finder
Unable to select modify the output options
Unable to display point using a specified offset distance
Cannot perform reverse geocoding
View Match Results: right-click on a row in the Find window to see context menu
Flash Candidate Location(s)
Zoom to Candidate(s) and Flash
Add as Graphic(s) to Map
Set Bookmark
Default Intersection Separators: "&", "|", or "@" but can add several other characters in the Geocoding Service Properties, e.g. Flamingo & Maryland. Use Geocoding
Options to add more Intersection Connectors.
Output Options when using your own geocoder
Side Offset: Geocoding services based on the US Streets or StreetMap styles can determine on which side of a street an address is located. When you specify a side
offset, the geocoding service locates geocoded features at the specified distance from the street centerline on the correct side of the street.
End Offset: basically a squeeze factor that is used when geocoding services are based on US One Range, US Streets, or StreetMap geocoding service styles. In
order to prevent features that are located at the end of a reference feature from falling on top of other features such as a cross street, the end offset is used to move
the point in from the end of street. End Offset is expressed as a percentage of the length of the reference feature (that is street). End Offsets will have value between
0 and 50. An end offset setting of 0 percent will not offset features from the end. An End Offset of 50 percent will locate all features at the middle of the reference
feature.
Match if Candidates Tie: If you have 2 or more addresses that are awarded the same score, this setting will specify whether to arbitrarily match an address or leave
them unmatched.
See ArcGIS Desktop Help: Geocoding Addresses -> Geocoding Service Settings: Output Options
How to Find an address using the U.S. Address Finder Tele Atlas
Step 1: click the Find tool on the Tools Toolbar
Step 2: click the Addresses tab on the Find dialog box
Step 3: under the Choose an address location drop down box, select U.S. Address Finder Tele Atlas locator. Note ArcGIS 9.3 also provides Canadian and
European Address Locators. If you want to use your own Geocoding Service, just click the folder button at the right of the drop down box.
Step 4: enter an address and click the Find button
Step 5: right click one of the resultant records to bring up the context menu. Typically just zoom to the location. Should look something like this.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
204 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
References
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Finding an individual address
Using ArcCatalog, within a geodatabase, Import -> Table (single)... (the import should automatically register the table with the geodatabase by adding the
OBJECTID field)
Add the table to ArcMap
Step 2: need geocoding service
Option 1: Creating an Address Locator
Option 2: using free online address location, see ESRI Article ID 36444 - HowTo: Add an ArcGIS Online address locator to an ArcMap document
Step 3: open the Address Locator Manager
Option 1: right click on the excel spreadsheet/dbase file in the ArcMap Table of Contents and select Geocode Addresses... from the context menu
Option 2: from the Menu bar, select Tools -> Geocoding -> Address Locator Manager...
Option 3: open the Geocoding Toolbar and click the Address Locator Manager button
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
205 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
206 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Geocoding Applications
911 Service: Clark County maintains the street centerline coverage for 911 service. Route emergency vehicles to the proper destination. Streets added to SCL at the
permitting stage, that is 911 service is available to the subdivision before any construction work as started.
Clark County School District: address match all students for attendence zone boundaries and bus routes. See Ted Carrasco, Geographic Information System Manager.
Facilities Division. Demographics, Zoning and Realty. 4212 Eucalytpus Annex. Las Vegas NV 89121. (702) 799-6410x217. Fax (702) 799-5436. Email:
carrata@interact.ccsd.net
Identify customers spatially
Membership mailings, determine a meeting place that is closest to a majority of members.
Geocoding Service
ArcGIS uses geocoding services to perform the task of finding the locations of addresses.
Create in ArcCatalog, use in ArcMap
Steps taken by the Geocoding Service to find a match for an address
Step 1: Standardize the address
Step 2: Searching the geocoding reference data to find suitable candidates
Step 3: Assigning scores to potential candidates
Step 4: Matching the address to the candidate with the best score
Creating a new geocoding service
ArcCatalog, click a Geocoding Services folder
Double-click the Create New Geocoding Service item
Click the US Streets with Zone (GDB) style, click OK
Click Primary Table tab and click Browse button
Navigate to the SCL feature class and click Add
Choose the column name from each dropdown list that contains the specified address information. The names of the required address attributes are shown in bold.
US Streets with Zone (GDB) using Clark County Street Centerline (SCL)
House From Left: LFADD
House To Left: LTADD
House From Right: RFADD
House To Right: RTADD
Prefix Direction: STRDIR
Prefix Type: None
Street Name: STRNAME
Street Type: STRTYPE
Suffix Direction: STRSUF
Left Zone: LZIP
Right Zone: RZIP
See ArcGIS Desktop Help: Geocoding addresses -> Preparing reference data for a geocoding service -> Geocoding service styles
Click OK to create the new geocoding service (default name is username.New Address Locator)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
207 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Using ArcCatalog, within a geodatabase, Import -> Table (single)... (the import should automatically register the table with the geodatabase by adding the OBJECTID
field)
Add the table to ArcMap
ArcMap: Tools -> Geocoding -> Geocoding Services Manager...
ArcMap: Tools -> Geocoding -> Geocode Addresses...
should create a point feature class which contains 3 records (might need to interactively match an address)
ZIP codes
ZIP = zone improvement plan
5-digit code that identifies a specific geographic delivery area
Define as a string, instead of a number. NorthEast part of USA begins with a zero (e.g. 01234)
Delivery point barcode - 11-digit zipcode, ZIP+4 with the addition of the last 2 digits of your street number.
ZIP Code FAQ
Online Geocoding
"Online geocoding in ArcMap makes use of Web services. Three geographically specific address finders are available-the U.S. Address Finder, the Canadian Address
Finder, and the European Address Finder. These address locators, available at no charge from within ArcMap, use Web services for geocoding and data from Tele Atlas."
See ArcWatch article - Free Online Geocoding
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
208 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
U = Unmatched
ESRI Article ID 36444 - HowTo: Add an ArcGIS Online address locator to an ArcMap document
Reverse Geocoding
ESRI ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Getting an address of a location
How do we use the Free Online Geocoding web services to do reverse geocoding?
Geocoding the Clark County Elections Data
Background
Clients
US Congress District 1 Candidate: Charmaine Guss, charmaineguss@gmail.com, www.guss4congress1.com and Alan Ruegy, 439-1916, email:
ruegy1@gmail.com
How do I rank voters in a precinct by established history of voting/turnout, proximity to a polling place and greatest cluster of voters?
Objective is to minimize travel time
Not waste time on people who will not vote
What is the best location to place a candidate's sign
In front of the polling place
Along busy roads - Google Earth Pro has traffic counts
What Precinct has the highest number of active voters by party? If I was trying to meet all the people in my boundary, I would start with these precincts first
How do I target swing voters?
How to run for local office
Sharon Rice (455-2412, shr@co.clark.nv.us) with Clark County GISMO does the GIS work for the Elections Dept. Kelly Fisher (knf@clarkcountynv.gov) with Clark
County Elections is the analyst you are transferred to when you ask a GIS question, unforunately she is not a GIS person and all GIS work is given to Sharon.
Richard Wade (455-0067, riw@clarkcountynv.gov) is helpful in getting the polling place list in Microsoft Excel, see PollingPlaceListFromRichard.pdf
How do I find out the polling place (pollpnts_x) for a given precinct (precinct_p)?
relate fields polling.precinct_p = poll_code.pollpnts_x
Precinct_p polygon feature class
Polling field = 34
pollpnts_x point feature class
POLL_CODE = 34
What is the precentage of voters by precinct, that vote on election day vs the other types of voting (i.e. mail ballot, early vote, write-in, provisional)
Need total number of voters by precinct
Polling_Code 345 has 9258 voters in Henderson
Polling_Code 57 has only 189 voters (Alta and Decatur elderly home)
How do I determine if a registered voter actively participates in elections?
Metadata - Registered Voter List Data File Code References
VOTE_TYPE
P = Election Day Voted
M = Mail Ballot Voted
E = Early Voted
F = Fed Write-In Voted
Z = Provisionally Voted
ELECTION
09G = 2009 Municipal General
09P = 2009 Municipal Primary
08G = 2008 General Election
08P = 2008 Primary Election
07G = 2007 Municipal General
07P = 2007 Municipal Primary
06G = 2006 General Election
06P = 2006 Primary Election
05G = 2005 Municipal General
05P = 2005 Municipal Primaries
05S = 2005 Las Vegas Ward 1 Special
04G = 2004 General Election
04P = 2004 Primary Election
LVSP = 2004 Las Vegas Special
04S = 2004 Boulder City Special
03G = 2003 General Election
03P = 2003 Primary Election
02G = 2002 General Election
02P = 2002 Primary Election
01G = 2001 General Election
ELECTION4 = 11G
VOTE_TYPE4 = M, E,
ELECTION5 = 11P
VOTE_TYPE5 = P, M, E
ELECTION6 = 10G
VOTE_TYPE6 = Z, P, M, E
ELECTION7 =
VOTE_TYPE7 =
ELECTION8 =
VOTE_TYPE8 =
ELECTION9 =
VOTE_TYPE9 =
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
209 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ELECTION10 =
VOTE_TYPE10 =
ELECTION11 =
VOTE_TYPE11 =
ELECTION12 =
VOTE_TYPE12 =
ELECTION13 =
VOTE_TYPE13 =
ELECTION14 =
VOTE_TYPE14 =
ELECTION15 =
VOTE_TYPE15 =
ELECTION16 =
VOTE_TYPE16 =
ELECTION17 =
VOTE_TYPE17 =
ELECTION18 =
VOTE_TYPE18 =
ELECTION19 =
VOTE_TYPE19 =
ELECTION20 =
VOTE_TYPE20 =
1. Download Clark County Elections Data from http://www.clarkcountynv.gov/Depts/election/Pages/VoterDataFiles.aspx. Need to run the .exe which will unzip the file
2. Download the Elections geodatabase from ftp://mapsrv.co.clark.nv.us/pub/ crel-shp.zip shapefile or Election.zip geodatabase
3. Download sclzip from the street centerline geodatabase, ftp://mapsrv.co.clark.nv.us/pub/crgeoDB/StreetCenterline.zip
Note there are 93 unique zipcodes in sclzip file
4. Import the county_all.txt the elections geodatabase (Election.mdb) and rename the table to tblVotersAll
5. create new field called RES_ADDRESS with length 100 characters
Field Calculator
x = [RES_STREET_NUM] & " " & [RES_DIRECTION] & " " & [RES_STREET_NAME] & " "
y = replace(x, " ", " ")
then at the bottom, RES_ADDRESS = y
6. Standardize addresses in county_all.txt
geocoding
7. join parcel points (parcel_x) with pntVotersAddmatch
8.
Polling Places - Find nearest voters to place campain sign
download geodatabase from Election.zip
pollpnts_x point feature class has a status field which tells us if the polling place is active (status=1) or inactive (status=0)
Geodatabase Election2012CongressDist1.mdb
Datasets
Polling places in Congress District 1
Active Voters in Congress District 1
Spatial Join
join pntVotersActiveCongressDist1 to pntPollingPlaces2012CongressDist1
should have all the necessary fields: Polling Place, Distance, Address, Name, Party
Report
select all points within 500 ft of polling place, near distance < 500 ft
use pntVotersActiveNearPollPlace500ft
Poll Name Poll Location
Distance
Voter Address Voter First Name Voter Adderss Voter Party
Primary Sort
Secondary Sort
NAME
ADDR
DISTANCE RES_ADDRESS FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PARTY_REG
Record of Survey
Record of survey done in accordance with NRS 625.350
Perpetuation of Corners done in accordance with NRS 329
Assessor Searches
Recorded Maps Book/File/Page Number File 88, Page 53
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
210 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
AssessorMapSearchSV.jp
Network Analyst
Build Network Dataset from Shapefile
Build Network Dataset in a Geodatabase Feature Dataset
Using Network Dataset in ArcMap to find Shortest Path
Find Optimal Order of Stops in a Route
Routing using ArcGIS Online
References
ESRI ArcGIS 9.3 Network Analyst Tutorial
Exercise 4: Finding the best route using a network dataset. Shows how to find the best route between and origin, 0 or more stops, and a destination
Robert Nicholas Summary of all Network Analyst Tech Support Questions: ESRI Article ID: 32890 HowTo: ArcGIS Network Analyst Data Prep Tutorial
ESRI ArcGIS 9.3 An Overview of Network Analyst
Hierarchical Routes in ArcGIS Network Analyst (download pdf from ESRI or UNLV)
Preparing Street Data for Use with the Network Dataset
HowTo: Prepare data for use with the Network Analyst extension Article ID 32890 by Robert Nicholas with ESRI
(download ArcGISNetworkAnalystDataPrepTutorial.pdf from UNLV)
Service Area Analysis
Background
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
211 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
select new Service Area from the Network Analyst drop down menu
Open the Network Analyst Properties, select the Analysis Settings tab Change impedance to Length and Default Breaks 400 ft
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
212 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
References
ArcGIS Desktop 10 - Service Area Analysis
To Do Items
Notes on using the Find tool to determine the shortest path/route
How to model a one-way street, that is create a Network Dataset using this info
How to adjust global turn settings
How to create a network dataset based on speed limits
How to set the start and end of a route to be the same point
Hierarchical Routes
According to Robert Nicholas with ESRI Tech Support, hierarchy routes are very difficult to model. Will need excellent data, the slighest inconsistencies will ruin the
analysis. Typically only large companies like NAVTEQ or TeleAtlas do this. Also there is limited documentation on the steps to get it to work. Only benefit is with routes
which are a minimum of 300 miles long, say a route from Las Vegas NV to Boise ID. Do not use hierarchical routes within a city.
Assumption: hierarchy routes presume that primary roads such as highways are faster to travel on than local roads such as residential streets
shortest-path routes will use local roads and ends up not being practical, that is the route doesn't take into account there are more delays (traffic signals, stop signs,
children playing in the neighborhood, lower speed limits, etc.) Also shortest path routes tend to have more complicated driving directions
Hierarchical levels for a given network are created during the network dataset build process
hierarchy name attribute field is added to the network dataset. This is the rank or order of importance in the road classification, the lower the integer value the more
preferred the network element is.
hierarchy ranges
References
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Network Analysis with Hierarchy
Network Analyst Background
A Quick Tour of Network Analyst - ArcGIS Resource Center, Desktop 10
Network Analyst Window
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
213 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
214 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
215 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Recommend using the Street Centerline Route layer (sclrouting_l feature class)
Step 3: setup Network Connectivity.
Defines how features that participate in a network connect to each other. Default connectivity for a network dataset places all source in one connectivity group and
assigns all edge sources endpoint connectivity. Use the defaults, unless otherwise specified.
Step 4: Modify Connectivity with Elevation/Level Data. Used to model bridges/overpasses or tunnels/underpasses. Information must be stored in "...a pair of integer
fields - one field for each end of the edge. If the fields are named either F_ELEV and T_ELEV or F_ZLEV and T_ZLEV, the new network dataset wizard will
automatically detect these fields." (Creating a Network Dataset - ArcGIS Resource Center, Desktop 10)
sclrouting_l has fields TELEV and FELEV which have values between 0 and 3
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
216 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 5: Model Turns in a Network. Global Turns are rules that can be set, such as all left turns have a delay of 15 seconds. Such a rule gives preference to right turning
movements. The advantage of Global Turns is that you do not need to create individual turn features for rules that apply to every turn in the network. Use the defaults,
unless otherwise specified.
Can only enable turns at the time the network dataset is created
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
217 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
"These expressions determine the permitted direction(s) of travel based on the text value in the Oneway field:
FT or F = Travel is only permitted in the digitized direction of the line feature (the from-to direction).
TF or T = Travel is only permitted against the digitized direction of the line feature (the to-from direction).
N = Travel is not permitted in either direction
Any other value = Travel is permitted in both directions."
see ArcGIS 10 - Types of Evaluators Used by a Network
Step 7: decide if you want to use driving directions
Step 8: wait as the Network Dataset is built. Will take around 2 minutes for even datasets the size of a large city. Will have two new features the Network Dataset
(sclrouting_ND) and the Network Dataset Junctions (sclrouting_ND_Junctions)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
218 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
check the Network Analyst Extension is enabled (Tools -> Extensions -> click Network Analyst)
Turn on the Network Analyst Window by clicking on the Network Analyst Window button on the Network Analyst toolbar.
Used to identify the which features to create or select (i.e. Stops, Routes or Barriers) using the Create Network Location Tool button
This should open a docked window next to the ArcMap table of contents window.
Step 1: create a new route. On the Network Analyst drop-down menu, click New Route. This should add a Route layer in the Table of Contents window and empty list of
Stops, Routes and Barriers categories in the Network Analyst Window.
Step 2: turn on Location Snapping. Different from snapping when in a edit session, Location Snapping is found on the Network Analyst toolbar, drop down menu
Options..., then click on the Location Snap Options tab to turn snapping on. This is helpful when attempting to place a barrier on an existing route.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
219 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: using the Create Network Location Tool, select Stops from the Network Analyst Window button, then click two points in the Map Display that you want to
calculate the shortest path between.
Step 4: Add a barrier, just click Barriers(0) on the Network Analyst Window. Use the Create Network Location Tool to create barriers.
Step 5: find the path. Click the Solve button on the Network Analyst toolbar.
Network Analyst and Closest Facility
Using Network Analyst in ArcMap to find the Closest Facility:
Background
Consider that an accident occured at an intersection. Emergency response vehicles would have to arrive as soon as possible. There are many emergency response
facilities in Las Vegas, but which ones are the closest? Using Network Analyst, you can find the closest facilities.
Step 0: Basic Setup
check the Network Analyst Extension is enabled (Tools -> Extensions -> click Network Analyst)
ensure you already have a Network Dataset
ensure you have the Network Analyst Toolbar on. To add the network analyst toolbar, right click in the toolbar area.
Add the network dataset in ArcMap
Turn on the Network Analyst Window by clicking on the Network Analyst Window button on the Network Analyst toolbar
Used to identify the which features to create or select (i.e. Stops, Routes or Barriers) using the Create Network Location Tool button
This should open a docked window next to the ArcMap table of contents window.
Step 1: Create New Closest Facility.
On the Network Analyst toolbar, click the Network Analyst drop-down menu and click New Closest Facility. The Network Analyst Window now contains an
empty list of Facilities, Incidents, Routes and Barriers categories. The Table of Contents window should have a new Closest Facility analysis layer.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
220 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: Right-click on "facilities" in the Network Analyst Window -> Load Locations. Select the facility data you added in Step 2.
Step 4: Using the Create Network Location Tool, select Incidents from the Network Analyst Window button, then click a point in the Map Display that you want to find
out where the closest facility is.
Step 5: You can add a barrier. Click Barriers(0) on the Network Analyst Window. Then use the Create Network Location Tool.
Step 6: If you want to find more than one location (or edit other options), Click the Layer Properties button in the Network Analyst Window, and under the analysis
settings tab, change the "facilities to find" to however many you would like.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
221 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 7: Find the closest Facility. Click the Solve button on the Network Analyst toolbar.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
222 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 3: solve the route again by clicking the Solve button. Now both the stop order and route between each stop is optimized
References
Make Route Layer (Network Analyst)
Step 2: click Options tab and select a routing service. This can be a file-based network dataset (SDC from StreetMap, shapefile, personal geodatabase, file geodatabase, or
SDE), an ArcGIS Online routing service, or an ArcGIS Server routing service. Recommend selecting North American Routing Service (ArcGIS Online)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
223 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Note, can limited to only 20 points when calculating the optimal service
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
224 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - What you can do with ArcGIS Online
"As an ArcGIS user, you can set up an account at ArcGIS Online. This allows you to publish geodatabases, maps, layers, and ArcGIS services at the ArcGIS
Online website. Each user is provided with a 1 GB workspace for storing and managing their information sets at this web site."
ArcGIS Online Quick Tour Video Series
Questions
How do you view the streets from the Network Analysis Route? It appears to line up with the ESRI_StreetMap_World_2D layer from ArcGIS Online.
Step 1: Add the street basemap layer
Note, ArcGIS Online will automatically reproject the online data into the assigned data frame coordinate system.
ArcMap Add Data and under the Look in drop down box, select GIS Servers
provide the ArcGIS Desktop URL: http://services.arcgisonline.com/arcgis/services and a password/login is NOT required. Click Ok.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
225 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
At the Add Data dialog box, double click the arcgis on services.arcgisonline.com. Then click ESRI_StreetMap_World_2D and finally click the Add button
Might get the Geographic Coordinate Systems Warning dialog box if your data frame already has coordinate system defined that is not GCS_WGS_1984. This
states the ESRI_StreetMap_World_2D data is in the world geographic coordinate system (Lat/Long - GCS_WGS_1984). Just click close to accept this warning
message.
Should get a map similar to this, just zoom into the UNLV campus
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
226 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
227 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
228 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
229 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
How to Trace Vehicle Route Using GPS Data Based on Shortest Path
Global Positioning System (GPS) is a constellation of U.S. Government satellites providing the most advanced and accurate positioning and navigation service. GPS
applications include navigation, surveying, mapping, tracking/routing, monitoring, and precise time. It is widely used in Transportation, Industry, Science, and Recreation
& Sports.
GPS is also widely used in traffic study, such as vehicle tracking, vehicle navigation, data collection, travel time/speed study, and Vehicle Miles of Travel (VMT) study.
Example 1: Plot vehicle realtime GPS data on GIS map; Create street network feature, Trace the vehicle route by GPS data using ArcGIS Network Analysis Tool, and
Show the detailed vehicle route. After deriving the route, you could perform vehicle mileage study based on the route distance; and you could also perform travel
time/speed study based on the distance and time.
Step 1: Plot vehicle realtime GPS data. (Demo AVI)
Add vehicle realtime GPS data table "VehicleGPSDataDemo.dbf" into ArcMap.
Plot GPS data on the map. Please refer to Add x,y coordinate data to ArcMap.
Step 2: Create Las Vegas Street Network based on major streets. (Demo AVI)
Launch ArcCatalog.
Enable Network Analyst Extension. Tools->Extensions..., Open Extensions select box and select Network Analyst. (Demo AVI)
Select a folder and create a new Personal Geodatabase.
Double click to open the Geodatabase, Create a new Feature Class.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
230 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
231 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
References
Google Maps - Driving Directions: Customize every step of your next trip
ESRI ArcGlobe
Questions
How do you display the lat/long graticule lines on the earth?
How do you replace the existing surface in ArcGlobe with a new TIN surface? For example, I'm designing a road through a mountain and want to show the amount of
material being cut.
Cannot be done. The ArcGlobe surface is read-only and cannot be clipped or merged with another surface. Even if you could locally edit the ArcGlobe surface, the
problem is then how to share this with others. Would they have to download this new ArcGlobe surface.
Note, Google Earth has the same problem and cannot display data below the Earth surface.
Spin Toolbar: What is the spin/rotate speed units?
Spin Toolbar: What do the stars rotate with the earth, shouldn't they stay fixed?
Spin Toolbar: Why does the spin direction change when I look at the south pole?
ArcGlobe Layer Types
Floating Type
Display independently of the globe surface and can be draped on discrete surfaces or derive their elevation from attributes or a constant value
Draped Type
draped layers use the globe surface as the source of their base heights
Elevation Type
show relief to the earth surface
Can move a layer from Floating Type to Draped Type by just dragging and dropping in the Table of Contents. Alternatively, right click on feature layer in the Table of
Contents and select from the Redefine Layer options
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
232 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcGlobe Navigation
Pan
Pan = hold mouse wheel down and move the mouse
Google Earth Pan = hold left mouse button down and move the mouse
Zoom In/Out
Zoom In = right click with the mouse and move the mouse up/away from you. Alternative, roll the mouse wheel forward/away from you
Google Earth Zoom In = roll the mouse wheel forward
Zoom Out = right click with the mouse and move the mouse down/towards you. Alternative, roll the mouse wheel backward/towards you
Google Earth Zoom Out = roll the mouse wheel backward
Note, using Tools -> Options, General Tab, have the option to change the default zoom to one that follows Google Earth by clicking Zooms In radio button
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
233 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
tab. Adjust the label properties to show the appropriate information and symbology." ESRI ArcGIS Help - Displaying Annotation Features in ArcGlobe
Steps to display billboard text
need geodatabase annotation layer, recommend using the ArcMap conversion of labels to annotation, see ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10:
add the annotation layer in ArcGlobe
open the Layer Properties, then click the Globe Display tab. Uncheck the Rasterize feature layer option.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
234 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
235 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Google Maps
Google Maps Table of Contents
Routing in Google Maps
Google Web Elements - Maps Element
Google API Key
How to publish GIS features on Google Maps and Google Earth
Example websites using Google Maps
Google Map KML Code Examples
Google Developer Mapplet
Google Maps - My Maps
Google Static Maps
AdSense for Maps
Google Maps API version 3
Google Maps API
Using Google Maps API with JavaScript
Using Google Maps API with CSS and XHTML
Google Maps and Google Search Bar with the Scale Bar relocated
Google Maps with a logo using Screen Overlay
Google Maps with KML overlay
Zoom to Extent of KML overlay
Google Maps Developers
Google Maps API References
Google Contacts
Google Map/Earth Support
Google Maps Data API is part of the Google Data Protocol
Geo Site Map - see Publishing on the GeoWeb by Keith Golden. Also see Submit Your Geo Content to Google
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
236 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Note, each feature will have a record entry in the maps panel to the right of the map display. So if you have more than 10 features, it will start to get
cumbersome.
How do I display several kml files in a single Map?
Step 1: login to your google account, such as gmail and select Maps from the more menu
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
237 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 4: click on the Import link to open the Import KML window. Click the Browse... button to upload a kml file stored locally or enter the URL of a kml file which is
available on the internet or a web server. The benefit of uploading the kml file is it is now on the Google Servers and thus should result in better performance.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
238 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
click the Customize and preview embedded map link to open the Google maps customize window
copy the code in the Paste HTML to embed in website box to the Windows clipboard. This will then be pasted into the Google Sites webpage.
Step 7 Option B: insert Google Map gadget into Google Sites
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
239 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 9: save the site and share with the world, see http://sites.google.com/site/cee668/
Editing My Maps
Title and Description for each element can be edited
Polygons - can edit border/line color, width and opacity as well as the fill color/shading and opacity
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
240 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Upon testing in Firefox and IE, the Map Element is supported in Google Sites, that is the iframe HTML tag is NOT removed.
Disadvantages of Maps Element
very limited customization, will have to use the Google Maps API for almost all customization and abandon the use of the Maps Element
Appears it will not work with Facebook or MySpace Facebook and IFrames and Facebook IFrame Application
Maps Element work with facebook or myspace? in the Google Web Elements Discussions Group
Example of Maps Element for UNLV
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
241 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
242 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
FME : FME is a very powerful tool for data transformation and conversion. It also can convert GIS features to KML files. There are two ways to do the
conversion.
(1) FME Universal Viewer. In FME Universal Viewer. open GIS shape file, Save Data as Google Earth KML file. The screenshot is below:
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
243 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
(2) FME Workbench. This software provides batch conversion which can easily convert a set of files using the same setup. In
FME Workbench, Add Source Dataset, Add Destination Dataset, Connect them, and do the conversion. Below is the screenshot of
using this tool.
"Export_to_KML" extension
Usage:
(1) Download and extract to a folder
(2) Install: Double-click the batch file ExporttoKML_INSTALL.bat?to register exporttokml.dll and to add the appropriate registry keys. Open ArcMap,
then browse to Tools - Extensions and click on the checkbox next to the Export to KML?extension. Then browse to View - Toolbars and click the
Export to KML?toolbar to make it visible.
(3) Click on the Export to KML?on the Export to KML?toolbar, in the "Export to Google Earth KML" dialog, select the layers you want to export and
other export options.
(4) Google Earth will be opened to show the exported features.
Other third party tools.
Manifold Tools for Google Earth
Publish KML files : Let Google Maps know where your KML file is.
Create your own website using UNLV Computer Lab resourses: Create a directory public_html on the H: then create a file called index.html under this
directory. Reference the homepage with your login name, example http://complabs.nevada.edu/~jeff jensen/
Copy your KML file to the folders under your website.
Publish your KML file on http://maps.google.com/ : (1) Paster your KML file link into the "Search Maps" input box on the http://maps.google.com/ and click
"Search Maps". or (2) Publish your KML file link following with Google Maps link. Example, http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&hl=en&q=http:
//complabs.nevada.edu/%7Echeny17/unlv.kml
Viewing KML files in Google Earth . (1) Double click your KML file; or (2) In Google Earth, File->Open, open your KML file.
Create your own map webpage. Get rid of Google Maps webpage, use your own customized webpage.
Step 1: Obtain the Google Maps API Key for your domain if you don't have one.
Step 2: Create your own map webpage follow the map webpage template, replace the Google Map API key with your own key, replace with your KML file link in
the source file string. This webpage using Javascript and Google Map API to load your features data in KML file.
Step 3: Enhance your map webpage. To add more functions and speedup the webpage loading, there are several ways to optimize your webpage script. Please refer
to a enhanced map webpage and Beginning Google Maps Applications with PHP and Ajax (From Novice to Professional) .
Google Map - Mapplets
Step 1: Create a Google Mapplet file (.xml) follow the format specification (sample file);
Step 2: Add your Google Mapplet from here;
Step 3: On that page, click on the "Add by URL", then inut your Mapplet file URL;
Step 4: Then go to maps.google.com, click on "My Maps" tab, you will see your Mapplet. Click on that, you will see the map showing on the right pane.
References: Google Map Mashups 2.0, and Google Mapplets Concepts and Examples
GeoSearch: How to Submit KML files to Google
Google Code: Submit Your Content to Google. Also discusses atom attribution tags such as atom:author, atom:name and atom:link elements using an example of Harry
Potter. Google indexing of XML post
Drive More Search Traffic to Your Maps API Site by Including KML Files in a Sitemap
Example websites using Google Map
Georgia Tech Stinger and Stop Locations by Russ.Clark@gatech.edu
OneMillionRevolutions.org - website showing triathlon races, course layout, animation of the route, profile view the course.
Hard copy maps - Musselman Triathlon
Browse kml icons: Google Earth icons
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
244 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
245 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
How to add a URL/hyperlink to the Descriptior Ballon (download ExampleURL.kml or view in ExampleURL.kml in Google Map). Note this hyperlink will only show
up in the Balloon help, not in the Search Results/Places Panel on the left side of the map. Also, Google Map and Earth have a built in feature which will convert a URL
into a hyperlink. This is ok if you want the end user to see the link but need to use the <A ...> anchor tag if you want to use a friendly name. Also, appears Google Map
will not convert a URL to a hyperlink if its contained in a HTML table.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<kml xmlns="http://earth.google.com/kml/2.2">
<Placemark>
<name>GIS Applications in Civil Engineering</name>
<description>
<![CDATA[
<A HREF="http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/" target=new">CEE 468/668 Homepage<A>
]]>
</description>
<Point>
<coordinates>-115.141306,36.110272,0</coordinates>
</Point>
</Placemark>
</kml>
How to change the Placemark symbol (download ExampleChangePlacemarks.kml or view in ExampleChangePlacemarks.kml in Google Map). Note, need to use a
Document tag, Style tag, and StyleUrl tag.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<kml xmlns="http://earth.google.com/kml/2.2">
<Document id="doc1">
<Style id="paddle1">
<IconStyle>
<scale>1.1</scale>
<Icon>
<href>http://maps.google.com/mapfiles/kml/paddle/1.png</href>
</Icon>
</IconStyle>
</Style>
<Placemark>
<name>GIS Applications in Civil Engineering</name>
<description><![CDATA[
<A HREF="http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/" target=new>CEE 468/668 Homepage</A>
]]>
</description>
<styleUrl>#paddle1</styleUrl>
<Point>
<coordinates>-115.141306,36.110272,0</coordinates>
</Point>
</Placemark>
</Document>
</kml>
Use Google Earth to browse for icons which can be displayed in Google Maps. Step 1: click the Add Placemark button, Step 2: click the push-pin icon to bring up
the icon window, and Step 3: select an icon and will see the URL for the png image. This URL is what you add in the <styleUrl> tag
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
246 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
247 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Full example
Full example
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
248 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
"As frequently happens in web design, Internet Explorer presents certain challenges for laying out pages with Google Maps. In particular, IE requires additional
'help' for determining the height of page elements; it doesn't automatically pick up on the size of Google Maps' dynamic XHTML. This is why the html and body
tags in Listing 2-2 need height:100% in their CSS; without those rules IE wouldn't know how tall to render elements. In general, your map container always needs
to have an explicit height supplied to it. If you have a map that works fine in other browsers but doesn't display at all in IE, this is the first thing to look for."
(Beginning Google Maps Mapshups with Mapplets, KML, and GeoRSS by Sterling Udell, p. 13)
I'm having luck using position fixed or absolute with the Google Map API and the XHTML Division tags <div>. When I use static or relative positioning, then the
Google Map element will disappear.
/* tag selector ID for Google Map API */ #contentMap {
position: absolute;
/* these offset properties can left: 1px;
top: 1px;
right: 1px;
bottom: 1px;
}
Solution
uses CSS position:absolute
see comment by russell.paul in the Google Maps API Discussion Group - Percentage Size of Maps? and Google Maps CSS
Google Map and Google Search Bar with the Scale Bar relocated
Changes to the GoogleBar by Daniel Nadasi, Maps API Team
Updated Local Search Control used in brand new GoogleBar
Introducing... the GoogleBar! by Mike Perrow with Maps API Team
Setting Up the GoogleBar
Google Maps Samples - googlebaroptions by Pamela Fox
Maps API Documentation - GGoogleBarOptions
It appears Google Earth doesn't support the Google Search Bar as of June 2009 and it is an enhancement requestion Google Search Bar for Earth API
Example
Example showing the older Google Search Bar with the scale bar relocated, a custom logo using the screen overlay and a resizable <div> element. Tested with
FireFox 3, IE 6, IE 8. divGoogleBarScreenOverlayLogoFullPageMaps.html
Google Bar with logo, Header division and left navigation division: divGoogleBarLogoHeaderLeftNavFullPageMaps.html
Problem, when I resize the web browser window, the scale bar is written on top of the Google Search Bar.
Beginning Google Maps Mashups with Mapplets, KML and GeoRss, p. 73
To add a scale bar, see Pamela Fox's Tutorial: Creating Your First Map
map.addControl(new GScaleControl());
see Google Maps API Group - How to position the GScaleControl() control
GControlAnchor
G_ANCHOR_TOP_RIGHT
G_ANCHOR_TOP_LEFT
G_ANCHOR_BOTTOM_RIGHT
G_ANCHOR_BOTTOM_LEFT
GSize
GSize(width:Number, height:Number)
Pamela Fox recommends adding all custom controls after map.setCenter, see http://code.google.com/apis/maps/articles/yourfirstmap.html
Google Map and logos using Screen Overlay
GScreenOverlay displays a rectangular image overlay on the map whose position remains fixed as the viewport changes
Beginning Google Maps Mashups with Mapplets, KML, and GeoRSS p. 166 // create a screen overlay var imgLogo = new GScreenOverlay( 'http://faculty.unlv.edu
/jensen/html/GoogleEarth/img/GISEngineeringLogo.png', // image URL new GScreenPoint(0.5, 0.5, 'fraction', 'fraction'), // screen offset new GScreenPoint(11, 12,
'pixel', 'pixel'), // overlay offset new GScreenSize(24, 24, 'pixel', 'pixel') // overlay size ); map.addOverlay(imgLogo);
Google Maps with KML overlay
Problems
How do I add a KML file to Google Maps? I have a list of HOAs in Southern Nevada. I would like to have a button, hyperlink or checkbox next to the name of the
HOA in the list of HOAs. Once the button is clicked, then a KML of that HOA boundary is added to Google Maps and the map is zoomed to the extent of the HOA
boundary. I still want to be able to see other KML files as well. I would like the ability to toggle on/off the HOA boundaries.
Zoom and Center the map to fit the KML bounds
It appears GGeoXml will not automatically zoom to the extent of the KML. Will need to use 3rd party parsers or pre-compute the location and zoom level manually
and then hard code it on your map. (see Google Groups Maps API - Viewport Center)
map.setCenter(bounds.getCenter(),map.getBoundsZoomLevel(bounds));
Google Maps API Tutorial by Mike Williams - Fitting the map to the data
Google Maps API Group - How to set map zoom level based on GGeoXml or GPolygon
References
Google Maps API - Services - KML/GeoRSS Overlays
Google Maps API Examples - Accessing and Displaying KML Data
Santa Barbara Fires
Mike William's Tutorial on GgeoXml - Map of USA with clickable polygons
Google Maps API Demo Gallery GGeoXml Loader example by Pamela Fox
Zoom to Extent of KML overlay
gotoDefaultViewport(map:GMap2) - sets the map's viewport to the default viewport of the XML file.
Example - http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/kml/examples/geoxml-kml-gotodefaultviewport.htm
Google Maps API Issue - setcenter based on kml loaded with GGeoXml
var kml = 'http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/websites/hoamaps.com/kml/test01.kmz'; var geokml = new GGeoXml(kml); map.addOverlay(geokml);
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
249 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Quick & Dirty KML Creation by Mano Marks and Pamela Fox
Google Developer Days in Japan - Mano shows web browser running 4 instances of Google Earth Plugin, Tokyo Population Animation as polygon heights
(http://services.google.com/earth/kmz/tokyo_population_n.kmz)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
250 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Lior Ron, Geo Search. Wants to expand Geo Search to read header tags in GeoTIFF images. Info on Geosite maps see Google Webmaster Central to help increase traffic
to your site.
Google Maps API Team
David Day from Sydney Austraila
Marcelo Camelo, camelo@google.com
Bent Hagemark
Google Developers Day US - KML on Earth
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
251 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3. Create a webpage which loads/fetches and zooms to the extent of a KML file. (Solution)
function initCB(object) {
// this function sets the initial view of Google Earth Plugin
ge = object;
ge.getWindow().setVisibility(true);
//
// display navigation control tool in the upper right corner of Earth Plugin
// how to use, see http://earth.google.com/userguide/v4/#navcontrols
// ge.getNavigationControl().setVisibility(true); // doesn't work in MSIE
var navControl = ge.getNavigationControl();
// workaround by Mickey Mellen, see
navControl.setVisibility(ge.VISIBILITY_SHOW);
// http://groups.google.com/group/Google-Maps-API/browse_thread/thread/1c5b3cc2f6cf1
//
// fetch/load kml file into Google Earth plugin
// copied from Barry Hunter, see
// http://groups.google.com/group/Google-Maps-API/browse_thread/thread/1c5b3cc2f6cf187c
var networkLink = ge.createNetworkLink("");
networkLink.setDescription("NetworkLink open to fetched content");
networkLink.setName("Open NetworkLink");
//
// zoom to the extents of the KML file
networkLink.setFlyToView(true);
var link = ge.createLink("");
link.setHref("http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/kml/ExampleURL.kml");
networkLink.setLink(link);
ge.getGlobe().getFeatures().appendChild(networkLink);
//
// to remove a networkLink, see post by sylehc
// http://groups.google.com/group/google-earth-browser-plugin/browse_thread/thread/dda0b1e1c0e24258?hl=en
// ge.getGlobe().getFeatures().removeChild(networkLink);
}
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
252 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
4. How load multiple KML files in Google Earth Plugin, see loadmultiplekml.html
MapTP Topics
MapTP Background
MapTP AJAX API
MapTP Java Applet
MapTP AJAX API Examples
Setting the Inital Zoom Extent of MapTP
MapTP and Adding a Company Logo as a Screen Overlay
MapTP and loading KML
MapTP and Setting Map Types - Tiles
MapTP Layers
MapTP and Searching for a Point of Interest (POI)
MapTP and Geocoding
MapTP and Routing
MapTP and Apache
MapTP WMS
MapTP WMS in ESRI ArcMap
MapTP WMS in Google Earth
MapTP WMS in Civil3D 2009
MapTP and PHP
MapTP and PostgreSQL
Learning Modules
Module02 - Hello Earth in MapTP
NAVTEQ Contacts
NAVTEQ
NAVTEQ Developers Web Log - http://nn4d.blogspot.com
As of March 2009, Google Earth/Map no longer uses the NAVTEQ data but exclusively uses TeleAtlas data. According to Adam Grabowski, the TeleAtlas data isn't as
accurate as the NAVTEQ data.
NavTeq Network for Developers - username: jjensen password: normal tech support contact developersupport@navteq.com
NAVTEQ Data Downloads: navteq.subscribenet.com
login ID: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com
password: normal
ESRI ELA Program with NAVTEQ
NAVTEQ Las Vegas Employees
Benee Robinson, benee.robinson@navteq.com
Joey Hanson, joey.hanson@navteq.com
david.scibor@navteq.com
chris.ferrara@navteq.com
david.stearns@navteq.com
Jeff Wagner, email: jeff.wagner@navteq.com - incharge of the NAVTEQ Webinar Topics
GIS People at NAVTEQ
Greg Rose, GIS Technical Consultant for NAVTEQ (email: gregory.rose@navteq.com). Knows web mapping "mash-ups" and creating 3D buildings for Google
Earth. Teaches the Google Earth Workshop at City College of San Francisco.
Dong Sun, dong.sun@navteq.com
Steve Si, steven.si@navteq.com. Works with developers to build LBS applications for mobile devices. Blog by Steven Si. Voice: 312-330-1476
Ejaz Iqbal, NAVTEQ Technical Consultant. Voice: 312-894-3902 Blog by Ejaz Iqbal NAVSTREETS developer, ejaz.iqbal@navteq.com,
Working_with_NAVSTREETS.wmv
Michael Moore, NAVTEQ Technical Consultant. Specializes in the mobile development
Skip Parker, skip.parker@navteq.com, 3508 Dartmouth, Plano TX 75075, office: (972) 964-9454. NATEQ Sales Contacts
Andrew Calkins, Senior Software Engineer with NAVTEQ. Email: andrew.calkins@navteq.com, voice: 312-894-7541, fax: 312-894-8667.
NAVTEQ North America, LLC
425 W Randolph Str
Chicago, Illinois 60606 USA
works in Customer Program Management (CPM) and provides tech support with MapTP Zone
Marc Naddell, Vice President - Partner and Developer Programs. Email: focusgroup@navteq.com
Catherine Ford, Program Manager - Partner and Developer Program. Email: catherind.ford@navteq.com, Work: 408-617-5023, Mobile: 312-206-7139, organized the
NAVTEQ Traffic Focus Group meeting
Adam Grabowski, Manager - Resources and Community Services, Email: adam.grabowski@navteq.com, voice: 312-894-7417, mobile: 847-208-3843, NAVTEQ
Corporation, 425 W Randolph, Chicago Illinois 60606 Working on developing a University Program for the NAVTEQ data
Discuss developing some curriculum based on NavTeq Data. Request a copy the Premium NAVTEQ Data (has Points of Interest - POI), will develop the product
over the summer. Any potential funding available? NAVTEQ Product catalog request for what would be interesting for new curriculum
Discuss having Adam as a guest speaker at UNLV. Yes, would also like to bring a technical lead.
Demo of field collection
opportunities for students
Request the NAVTEQ Premium Data. Desire to have the data in a File Geodatabase with the Network Dataset already created.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
253 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Dong Sun is looking into this, lives in San Francisco, formerly lived in Las Vegas, GIS expert.
Desire to have all the ArcMap map document symbols and styles
Discuss the option for a University competition, similar to the Global LBS Challenge available on the commercial end.
Evaluating the idea for University track
Getting NavTEQ certification
Employment opportunities
Discuss adding KML files to MapTP
Greg Rose is looking into this, lives in San Francisco
Discuss adding 3D Buildings to NAVTEQ data
3D City Models and Landmarks
available for NN4D.com website
Discuss adding your own imagery to NAVTEQ data
How to access data from Traffic.com
Traffic Zone, has XML data to download
Sean and Andrew from the demo
Assistance on developing NAVTEQ Map Data API mobile application on Android
Proposal to create NAVTEQ Map Data with Android API, proposal by end of the week, Independent Study project, create demo application, pedistratian
routing, demo application for all the NAVTEQ data, then developers can see the demo working
Support NAVTEQ for Developers
NAVTEQ Forums
Email: developersupport@navteq.com
username: jjensen password: normal
MapTP Background
MapTP uses the word logo to represent a point symbol (GIS) and placemarker (Google Earth). It does not mean a branding image for your company.
Stephanie.bhesania@navteq.com is part of the German MapTP team.
MapTP Web Services
NAVTEQ purchased Mapsolute, a company based in Germany
MapTP Web Map Server 1.0 is Mapsolute's implementation of the WMS standard.
Uses WGS84 coordinate system (EPSG:4326) or GCS_WGS_1984 in ESRI ArcMap.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
254 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
MapTP AJAX API 2.3 contains support for KML. This is part of the GeoFormatsService which makes use of a correspondent Webservice which transfers the KML
syntax into MRC commands.
Map24.GeoFormatsService Demo
Web Service interface description (WSDL) for the MapTP GeoFormats Service that is used for reading KML content and displaying it on MapTP http://maptp26.map24.com/map24/webservices1.5?wsdl=GeoformatsService
Checking with Stephanie to determine (22 June 2009) if MapTP supports GeoXML and KML
4 Sept 2009 - Stephanie is working on creating a simple example with JavaScript to read KML files and display the content on MapTP
MapTP and Setting Map Types - Tiles
"The tiles component is a map component for enabling the satelitte view of the map. If the satellite view is enabled, instead of a map an aerial or satellite image of
the geographic area is shown. The tiles component also offers a hybrid view that shows the streets and cities of the normal map view on top of the aerial or satellite
image. Note: If you want to use the tiles component in your mapping application you need a license for using the Map24 Tiles Service." MapTP - The Tiles
Component
"If you have a license for using the Map24 Tiles Service, you can enable the satellite view with a ControlComponent command. The Control field must be set to
SHOW and the Component field must be set to TILES.
Additional Map Types/Modes - Map, Hybrid and Satellite (either aerial photo or satellite image)
Requires
MapTP - The Tiles Component
Examples
MapTP AJAX API 2.3 - Set Different Tile Modes for the Static Map
Tutorials - Location shows 3 map types (Map, Hybrid, and Satellite)
Map TP Demo Page
MapTP Layers
MapTP AJAX API 2.3 - Control Map Layer
Example of Map Layer
It appears these layers (Car Service, Parking, Smaller Roads, Transportations, and Restaurants) are not available for Las Vegas NV
MapTP and Searching for a Point of Interest (POI)
How do you search for a point of interest (POI)?
Stephanie is checking with the developers on a built-in search bar (3 Sept 2009)
MapTP and Geocoding
Questions
How do you add a placemarker showing the address you geocoded?
MapTP AJAX API 2.3 - Geocoding Basics
Geocoding Example
MapTP and Routing
Routing - Auto vs. Pedistrian
MapTP AJAX API 2.3 - Routing Basics
Example - calculate route between two points
How do you add a placemarker showing the address you geocoded?
Draggable Routing
Examples
Routing Basics on UNLV web server. Copied code from NN4D MapTP AJAX API 2.3 - Routing Basics
Wishlist
Emailed Stephanie on 1 Sept 2009, requested example using the Map24.Coordinate by selecting two points on the map and have MapTP return the route
between them.
Fleet Management
Use MapTP to track the GPS enabled phone. This is a much better system than @Road where a GPS device had to be installed in the vehicle.
Would like to push work orders to the phone
Would like the phone to be able to send pictures showing the results of the work order
Mobile Phone
don't recommend the MapTP Mobile Client API, since this is highly complex and developing with this API requires a lot of support from MapTP
Almost all customers use the MapTP Component Interface (CI)
MapTP WMS
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
255 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
requests to MapTP WMS 1.0 must be authenticated using the Map24 ID. The Map24 ID is a customer identification and provided to you by Mapsolute when registering
as a customer
Registration for free 30-day MapTP ID
To get a new 30-day registration, visit admin.map24.com
username: gisengin
password: normal
Application Key: WSE000222200 WSE000221793
Directory URL: http://maptp.gisengineering.com
Server URL: http://maptp27.map24.com/map24/webservices1.5?mid=WSE000222200&SERVICE=WMS&REQUEST=GetCapabilities&VERSION=1.1.1
Server URL: http://maptp27.map24.com/map24/webservices1.5?mid=WSE000221793&SERVICE=WMS&REQUEST=GetCapabilities&VERSION=1.1.1
http://maptp12.map24.com/map24/webservices1.5?mid=WSE000221793&SERVICE=WMS&REQUEST=GetCapabilities&VERSION=1.1.1
MapTP Web Map Server 1.0 User's Guide
NAVTEQ MapTP WMS in ESRI ArcMap
As of 23 April 2009, when Add WMS Server using the Default version, I get a Connection Error - Unspecified error message. If I change the Version to 1.1.1 (only
works for this version) and click the Get Layers button, it appears to work. Note, I don't see any features from the WMS Server in the ArcMap Display window.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
256 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
257 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
"NAVTEQ provides a fleet mapping demo application that simulates the vehicle tracking features described under Detailed Location Information and
Advanced Routing Features. Please contact sales (sales@maptp.com) for further information and access options."
Traffic Message Channel (TMC) is a digital service for sending traffic information to MapTP
Mobile Client is based on the MapTP Component Interface (MapTP CI) for Symbian S60 or a .NET component
Web Designers and Programmers - MapTP
GIS - NAVSTREETS, Showcase Cities
Computer Science - mobile applications,
Semester Courses
Fleet Management
Augment Existing Courses
Google Earth
Google Earth Table of Contents
How to get Google Earth Pro
Introduction to Google Earth
Benefits of Google Earth
Google Earth Versions
3D Viewer Window
Navigation Controls
Google Earth Options
Status Bar
Google Earth Overview Map
Side Bar Panels
Search Panel
Fly To Tab
Find Businesses Tab
Directions Tab
Routing in Google Earth
Places Panel
Add Content
Google Earth 3D Warehouse
Layers Panel
Toolbar Buttons
Display Side Bar Button
Add Placemark Button
How to Create a Point (Placemark)
How to Edit a Point (Placemark)
How to Create a 3D Point (Placemark)
How to change the Point Symbol
How to Create a Point from a Coordinate
Add Polygon Button
How to Create a Polygon
How to Edit a Polygon
Add Line Button
How to Create a Line
Add Image Overlay Button
WMS Image Overlays
Add Model
Record a Tour Button
Show Historical Imagery Button
Display Sunlight Button
View Heavenly Objects Button (Sky, Moon, Mars)
Measure Button (Measure Tool - Ruler)
Email Button
Print Button
Google Maps Button
Desired Google Earth Features
Google Earth Style Templates
Thematic Maps in Google Earth
Import Data into Google Earth Pro
Import .csv files
Geocoding with Google Earth
Import ESRI shapefiles, .shp
Import GeoTIFF images, .tif/.tfw
Export Data out of Google Earth Export/Save As
KML
How to use KML/KMZ files
How to create a simple web page under your UNLV account
Tables Window
Google Earth Grid
Google Earth Support
Google Earth Pro Support
Google Earth Help Center
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
258 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Rotate
Button is made up of 2 tools - rotate and tilt (look joystick)
Click the North-up button (N) reset the 3D view so that north is at the top of the screen
Click and drag on the rotate ring to rotate your 3D view.
Hold the wheel mouse down and move it left or right to rotate
Shift + left arrow will rotate the 3D view clockwise
Shift + right arrow will rotate the 3D view counter-clockwise
shift-arrow keys to rotate
n rotates view so that north is up
r restore tilt and compass view to default
Tilt (Look joystick)
click the upper (north) arrow to tilt up to the sky
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
259 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
click the lower (south) arrow to tilt down towards the ground
will tilt 180 degrees from straight up into the sky to looking straight down at the ground
Click and Hold the wheel mouse down, then move the mouse backward/towards you or forward/away from from you to tilt
u reset tilt to top-down (a.k.a. up) mode
r restore tilt and compass view to default
Pan
Click the direction arrows to pan the 3D view in that direction
Hold the left mouse button down and drag to pan
arrow keys on the keyboard to pan (see Google Earth Keyboard Controls)
Zoom
Double click a location on the Earth with the mouse to zoom into it
Micro-Zoom: to zoom in smaller increments, hold the Alt key down while rotating the wheel mouse
Drift Continuously across the Earth
Hold the left mouse button down, move the mouse then release
To stop the drifting, just click once on the 3D view with the mouse
Zoom to Feature - double click the placemark found under the Places panel to zoom to that feature/placemark.
Ctrl+Left Mouse Click - will bring up the Balloon Descriptor for a polygon feature in Google Earth and Google Earth Plugin. Otherwise you need a
<MultiGeometry> element which has both a polygon and the information point icon.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
260 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Fly To Tab
Search Format
City, State such as Las Vegas, NV
Number Street City State such as 4505 Maryland Las Vegas NV
Location such as North Las Vegas Airport
Latitude and Longitude
Latitude, Longitude in Decimal Degrees: 36.11, -115.14
Latitude, Longitude in Degrees Minutes Seconds: 36 6 36, -115 08 30
Similar to ESRI's ArcGIS - ArcMap Go To XY
Reference, see Google Earth User Guide Finding Places and Directions
To clear search history: Edit -> Clear Search History
To remove search results, click the X button to clear searches
Find Businesses Tab
zoom into an area of interest
type in what your looking for, such as indian food
type in where (mostly just use current view)
click the magnifying glass button to start the search
Directions Tab
Fill out from and to then click search, should see a route between the two points
Tip: to quickly fill out the from or to, right click on a placemark and choose Directions from here or Directions to here
To do a fly through of the route, just click play
Routing in Google Earth
Unable to generate a route with more than one destination. Google Maps provides the ability to add more than one destination and determine the best
route to those stops/destinations
Appears you cannot alter a route like you can in Google Maps.
Can do a fly through of the route, which cannot be done in Google Maps.
How to find a path/route between two locations
Step 1: In the Search Panel, click the directions tab and enter the from and to addresses. Then the Begin Search button. Should have a purple route
between the two locations, looks similar to this
Alternative to entering in the address, could enter the business name on the Fly To tab, then once you see the symbol in the Earth Display
window, click the marker symbol to open the Info Window (Balloon Descriptor). At the bottom of this window is the Directions: To here From here. By click one of these links, the address values will be copied into the Directions tab of the Search Panel.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
261 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
262 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Toolbar Buttons
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
263 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
To manually move a point, right click on the point and select Properties. Once the Edit Placemark window is open, place your mouse over the point
again, now have the ability to move it.
Appears you can only edit the location and symbol of the feature. You CANNOT edit the attribute data (what is displayed in the Info
Window/Balloon Descriptor). Appears you can edit the name, description, style view and location only of the point.
To edit the Latitude and Longitude position of the point, right click on the point and select Properties from the context menu. The Edit Placemark
window gives you the ability to edit the Lat/Long values.
Reference: see Google Earth User Guide - Drawing Paths and Polygons
How to change the Point (Placemark) Symbol
Bring up the properties window of the point (placemark). Click the icon button just to the right of the name of the point. This will bring another
window up where you can change the symbol.
How to create a point from a coordinate?
In the Search Panel, click the Fly to tab then enter a coordinate value
A placemark will be created in the 3D view for that location, just right click on it and select Save to My Places
You the same procedure to edit the placemark
References
Google Earth User Guide - Marking Places
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
264 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
1. Decide where to save the polygon (either the Places or Search Panel)
Your polygon appears in the 3D viewer and has an entry in the selected folder (Places Panel or Search Panel)
Places Panel - My Places
Places Panel - Temporary Places
Note - when you close the Google Earth Session, this polygon will be removed. Only polygons saved in the My Places will be saved.
Search Panel
Need to perform a search or have the search results window open
Right click on the folder in the search results window and select Add -> Polygon
Note - when you close the Google Earth Session, this polygon will be removed. Only polygons saved in the My Places will be saved.
2. click a location in the 3D View to start the polygon. To trace a feature, just hold down the left mouse button.
3. enter various attributes about the polygon
How to Edit a Polygon
Appears you can only edit the vertices of the polygon, cannot move the entire polygon. To manually edit a vertice, right click on the polygon and
select Properties. Once the Edit Placemark window is open, you should see the vertices of the polygon. To add a vertice, just left click on the edge
of the polygon where you want it. To delete a vertice, just right click on it. To move a vertice, just place you mouse of it until the vertice becomes
green, then can move it.
Appears you can only edit the location and symbol of the feature. You CANNOT edit the attribute data (what is displayed in the Info
Window/Balloon Descriptor). Appears you can edit the name, description, style view and location only of the point.
How to Create a 3D Polygon
Not a true 3D polygon, more of a flat plane that you can raise (extrude) and extend to the ground. When drawing the polygon, no option to add
elevation of the vertice or have the vertice inherit the elevation from the Terrain layer.
From the Edit Placemark window, click the Altitude tab
Extruding or adding a 3D effect to polygon is only available with Relative to ground, Relative to sea floor or Absolute.
Altitude cannot be edit if using Clamped to ground or Clamped to sea floor
Reference: see Google Earth User Guide - Drawing Paths and Polygons
References
Google Earth User Guide - Drawing Paths and Polygons
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
265 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
266 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Create a Tour manually using the Record a Tour button. Behaves like a video recorder on the 3D View, so any movements will be recorded.
Alternative, can play a tour along a Path
Tours are KML-based
Set tour options using Tools -> Options
Alternative to a Tour is Movie Maker. See Making Movies with Google Earth
Reference
Google Earth User Guide - Using Tours
Google Earth API - Touring
Google Earth API Samples - Playing a Tour
Explore Button (View Heavenly Objects) - Show Earth, Sky, Mars, Moon
Menubar: View -> Explore then check either Earth, Sky, Mars or Moon
default is Earth view
"Position the imagery you want to measure within the 3D viewer and make sure you are viewing the earth from top-down (type U) and with terrain turned
off for best accuracy. Measuring is calculated using the lat/lon coordinates from point to point and does not consider elevation." see Google Earth User
Guide - Measuring Distances and Areas
Red dot indicates the beginning point, yellow line connects the points.
To delete a point, move mouse over the a red dot, cursor will change from a drawing box to a finger-pointing hand, just right click with the mouse or click
delete on the keyboard.
To insert a point. Cannot do this. Must restart the ruler graphic. Can only add a point from the last point enter
To delete all measuring shapes, click the Clear button on the Ruler Window
Reference: Google Earth User Guide - Measuring Distances and Areas
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
267 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Using Google Earth to import a Shapefile, cannot edit any of the shapefile attributes in the KML. Appears can only edit the name, description, style and
altitude
Need ability to edit the Terrain, would like to add a 3D site layout which includes the 3D buildings along with the roads, parking lot, etc. Google Help -> Google
Earth -> Discussions -> Imagery/Data/Layers -> Import high resolution terrain model or DEM or TIN
Google Earth could label features such as lines and polygons
Currently can only label points
Need Google Earth would support Raster Image Catalogs. If I have more updated aerial photos, I have to manually add each one instead of adding a single raster
image catalog to view all of them.
Need ability to turn on/off point labels
using Tools -> Options... I have the option to change the Icon Size to Small, Medium or Large and under Fonts, I have the option to change the Primary 3D
font point size, font name (Arial, Times Roman, ...) and font style (Normal, Italic, Bold)
Unable to Google Earth to accept a font point size of 0
To turn off point labels, just set the label opacity to 0%, tip by Earth Ranger Adam
Step 1: Places Panel, right click the layer and select Properties
Step 2: click the Style, Color tab and change the Label opacity to 0% to make it invisible
Ability to use Google Earth/Map as an Internet Map Server which has the following abilities
Ability to turn on/off layers/groups
Ability to display GIS tabular attribute data (fields) in Google Earth/Map
Ability to display multiple features in a Google Map kml file (e.g. drainage study points, traffic study points, drainage easement polygons and so on)
Will need to use the NetworkLinks. Network link simply points to another KML file.
Using Network Links Effectively
Network Link tutorial on Frank Taylor's gearthblog
Ability to display large amounts of data
Often get the error message: could not be displayed because it is too large
Need to use a combination of NetworkLinks and Regions
Ability to symbolize the features
Ability to add hyperlinks
Lastly automate this for easy updates
The KML reader and writer are designed to simultaneously handle multiple KML files in the same translation. By default, the KML writer assumes that each
feature sent to the writer should be written to the root file/document. To write a feature to an alternate document, the feature must have a kml_document attribute
that contains the filename of the destination file/document.
KML Document Specification, p. 20
The kml_document and kml_parent format attributes are designed to be used in conjunction with each other. That is, to add a Placemark feature to the folder "A" in
document "other.kml", the feature needs to have the following attribute values: kml_document="other.kml" and kml_parent="A"
KML Document Specification, p. 21
How to workaround this error message: could not be displayed because it is too large
Google Earth Places and Style Templates
Google Earth User Guide - Using Style Templates
To modify an existing style template
Step 1: select the layer in the Places Panel
Step 2: from the GE Menu: Edit -> Apply Style Template...
Step 3: click Use existing template then check edit selected template
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
268 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 4: make any changes to the Name, Color, Icon, or Height in the Style Template Settings
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
269 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3.
Google Earth Import .csv files with Lat/Long
Google Earth User Guide - Importing Your Data Into Google Earth
Problem: unable to assign any projection information about the coordinates stored in the .csv file, that is, a .csv file doesn't have the concept of a shapefile .prj which tells
Google Earth the projection of the file. So, can only import .csv files which use LAT/LONG or addresses.
Problem: it appears Google Earth Pro cannot recognize Lat/Long values in Degrees, Minutes and Seconds so the data must be converted to Decimal Degrees.
Issue: unclear how to assign which fields in the .csv contain Lat/Long values. It appears Google Earth Pro automatically does this on import.
It appears you cannot import 3D values, see Google Earth Discussion Group - Import 3D (x,y,z) point data using Google Earth Pro
Sample text file of PLSS Initial Points (PLSSInitialPoints.csv)
Geocoding with Google Earth
Google Earth with create a placemark on the earth for each address it is able to successfully geocode.
Problems with Google Earth Geocoding
Cannot place any addresses that contain PO Boxes
Google Earth Plus can only import 100 addresses at a time
Failed Matches
Google Earth doesn't have the ability to interactively score or match address canidates
unable to edit the failed matches, but have to open the source .csv address file and edit that
Google Earth will display a window of address it could NOT match. Unknown how to save this information.
"A dialog box appears indicating that Google Earth could not geocode one of your addresses. This is the last address in the sample file and it is
intentionally formatted incorrectly. This dialog box allows you to view exactly which addresses did not import correctly so that you can edit the data or
refine how you import your data in Google Earth." (Importing Address Data from the Sample File into Google Earth Plus, Pro and EC)
Only available for United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Italy, Germany, and Spain
Unclear how to extract the Lat/Long coordinates back into the .csv address file
From the Google Earth Help Forum - How do I export data to Excel or Comma Delimited CSV file? the answer appears to be you cannot. Can only export
data to KML/KMZ file format.
Google Earth Pro cannot import Excel Spreadsheets (.xls)
Workaround: save the excel spreadsheet as .csv file
Google Earth Help Forum - Can you import excel files containing lat/long data into Google Earth Pro?
Google Earth Tutorials: Importing Addresses in Google Earth Plus, Pro and EC
Google Earth Import Shapefiles
If the shapefile has the projection file (.prj) then Google Earth will automatically re-project the GIS layer to Lat/Long on import.
Appears Google Earth Pro does NOT recognize a 3D shapefile when importing.
Reference - see Google Earth User Guide Importing Vector Data
Example Shapefiles of Polygons and Lines - Meridians and Base Lines ( MeridiansBaseLines.zip is a zip of shapefile files .shp) from www.geocommunicator.gov
ArcIMS server
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
270 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Steps to reproject image file from Stateplane to Geographic Coordinates, see Raster Projection - NAD83 datum to WGS84
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
271 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
2013
2013 Nokia
Nokia
2013
2013 Microsoft
Microsoft Corporation
Corporation
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
272 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Cannot export a georeferenced image from Google Earth, that is have the image and the world file.
1. Install the Bing Maps/Virtual Earth Extension in ESRI ArcMap. This only applies to ArcGIS Desktop 9.3.1. The Bing Maps license isn't required for ArcGIS Desktop 10
since Bing Maps access is built into the software.
2. Download the Bing Maps Map Document (Bing_Maps.mxd from ESRI). For more information see the ArcGIS Resource Centers - Using Bing Maps
Alternatively download the Bing Maps Layer (.lyr) files Bing_Maps.lyr
3. Open Bing_Maps.mxd in ESRI ArcMap. It takes a moment to load and you must have an internet connection. It should look similar to this:
4. Assign a coordinate system to the data frame, for example State Plane Coordinate System (SPCS) Nevada East, Zone Feet, NAD83.
5. Enable the check box for the clip to shape function in the Data Frame Properties
In the ArcMap Table of Contents, right click on the Data Frame and select Properties
Click the Data Frame tab
check the Enable checkbox under Clip to Shape
6. Click the Other: radio button under "Extend Used By Full Extend Command" then click the Specify Extent... button
Click the Current Visible Extent radio button
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
273 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
7. Zoom to your area of interest in ArcMap, that is find the Bing Map location you want to export to GeoTIFF
8. Zoom to Nearest Cache Resolution
This will ensure the best quality image available, that is the image hasn't been resampled.
Change the resolution to 300dpi or higher if you plan to print/plot the GeoTIFF image. This is done on the General tab and check the
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
274 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
275 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Bing Community
username: jjensen and login using my Windows Live ID
Bing Maps Extension registration code is UNK238146969
Bing To Do and Questions
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
276 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcGIS Server
What is ArcGIS Server
ArcGIS Server offers three server software products: ArcGIS Server, ArcIMS, and ArcGIS Image Server
ArcGIS Server Editions: Basic, Standard (includes Visualization), and Advanced (includes Analysis)
ArcGIS Explorer - lightweight client to access GIS content and capabilities
ArcGIS Server Manager - publish GIS services, create web-mapping applications, and manage GIS services
Can ArcMap (Consume ArcGIS Server services) be used as a viewer of ArcGIS Server Service? Yes, use the Add Data icon and navigate to the ArcGIS Server node.
Can ArcGIS Server publish onto Google Earth? Can I embed Google Earth data in ArcGIS Server?
Internet Mapping
Autodesk MapGuide
It appears in Site Admin, you can modify the configuration MapGuide to run as Web Map Service (WMS) or Web Feature Service (WFS). Both of these can be consumed
by AutoCAD Map 3D data source connection.
A diection connection between AutoCAD Map3D 2009 and MapGuide Enterprise 2009 is NOT possible at this point according to Peter Rieks with Autodesk. ESRI's
ArcMap and ArcIMS Server already have the the ability to connect. So all the styles and symbology setup in ArcIMS Server can be viewed in ArcMap.
Map3D can consume a WMS or WFS service. MapGuide Enterprise can be configured to produce both WMS and WFS services. This is helpful but not as robust as the
ArcMap/ArcIMS connection which allows one to turn on and off layers. WMS you can only turn on/off the entire collection/view of layers.
Both MapGuide and Map3D can access the same GIS layers using FDO Data Access Technology. Problem is you need to configure the styles/symbology seperately.
MapGuide Enterprise 2009
Server: Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux Version 4 or Windows: Microsoft Windows 2000 Server (SP4) or Windows Server 2003 (SP1 or SP2).
MapGuide 60-day download FAQ
MapGuide Support
Autodesk MapGuide Discussion Group
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
277 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcGIS.com
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
278 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Supported content - KML, ArcMap document (.mxd), layer file (.lyr), etc.
ArcGIS Online
http://www.esri.com/software/arcgis/arcgisonline/index.html
Internet services which provides base maps and reference layers to be viewed in ArcGIS Desktop- ArcMap and ArcCatalog
Supported Types of Content - ArcMap Document (.mxd) and ArcGIS Layer File (.lyr). Doesn't support Shapefiles (.shp) and Geodatabases (.mdb) because this files do
not contain any symbology, that is information on how to display the data
ArcGIS Online Services only supports WGS 1984 geographic coordinates
How to Connect to ArcGIS Online Services from ArcMap
Step 1: From the Add Data dialog, choose GIS Servers
Step 2: choose Add ArcGIS Server, then Next on Use GIS Services
Step 3: Internet Server URL is http://services.arcgisonline.com/arcgis/services (see ArcGIS - World Imagery for more information)
ArcGIS version 9.2 used the following:
Internet Server URL: http://services.arcgisonline.com/v92
User Name: arcgis_beta
Password: beta
Step 4: double-click the v92 on services.arcgisonline.com and choose a service, e.g. Specialty folder and click ESRI_StreetMap_NA_2D
Using ArcGIS Online services in ArcGIS Desktop
Recommend adding the USGS DRG layer, NGS_Topo_US_2D appears to be a complete mosaic of all the DRGs in USA.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
279 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcIMS Servics
(see ESRI Virtual Campus - Learning ArcIMS)
ArcIMS consists of three applications: Author, Administrator and Designer
ArcIMS Author - final output is a map configuration file, ArcXML (AXL)
ArcIMS Administrator - creating and staring ArcIMS services, publishing content of the AXL file onto the Internet.
ArcIMS Designer - application you use to construct a Web site, create the look and feel of the site as well as determine functionality by adding tools for
zooming, panning, querying, and map layer treatment
HTML Client Viewer - only image files
Java-based Client Viewer - allows both image and feature data transfer
Steps to Add an ArcIMS Server Connection to ArcMap
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
280 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Background: having problems when adding an ArcIMS Server connection to an existing Data Frame which contains data. When I add a shapefile, they do not overlay
correctly. Workaround, add ArcIMS Server to a blank data frame then add the shapefile, it appears to then overlay correctly. Also having problems when overlay to
ArcIMS Server connections.
Step 1: click the Add Data button on ArcMap
Step 2 and 3: select GIS Servers from the Look in drop down box. Then click Add ArcIMS Server
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
281 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
NAIP Imagery (color photos 2006 Nevada), Land Use and misc layers.
http://sdmws.nrcs.usda.gov - Information Technology Center (ITC) in Fort Collins, CO. Datasets includ soils, common resource areas and USDA Offices.
http://wms.ftw.nrcs.usda.gov - National Cartography and Geospatial Center (NCGC) in Fort Worth, TX. Datasets include contour lines, quad boundaries,
hillshades, 30 meter USGS NEDs, Census Bureau TIGER datasets, hydrography and water features, and USGS DRGs
ESRI Internet Solutions - http://www.esri.com/imssites
If the website is down, might get the following error message:
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
282 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap will re-project the Terra Server images into the coordinate system assigned to the data frame.
http://mapserver.hondalab.star.ait.ac.th/cgi-bin/thaiwms?
http://gisdata.usgs.gov/wmsconnector/com.esri.Esrimap/USGS_EDC_Ortho_NYSDOP?
USGS Reference Maps
http://gisdata.usgs.net:80/servlet/com.esri.wms.Esrimap?servicename=USGS_WMS_REF& (see WMS layers: My Top Ten)
http://gisdata.usgs.gov/wmsconnector/com.esri.wms.Esrimap/USGS_EDC_Ortho_NYSDOP? (see Autodesk University 2007 - Taking Advantage of the
Explosion in Online Imagery with Autodesk Raster Design and Autodesk Map3D ( GS300-3) by Gary Stephenson with Autodesk Inc.
http://wms.jpl.nasa.gov/wms.cgi?
OnEarth Web Map Server by JPL. WMS NASA DTED and SRTM data. Digital elevation data, use Feature Class = OnEarth Web Map
Server.worldwind_dem
DigitalGlobe WMS - http://image.globexplorer.com/gexservlets/wms
WFS Virginia - http://regis.integraph.com/wfs/dcmetro/request.asp? (see Autodesk University 2006 - Map for Civil 3D user (GS22-3) by Mark Christian Autodesk, Inc., mark.christian@autodesk.com
Will get the following error if your data frame is set to a coordinate system which is not supported by the WMS Server
"WMS servers may only support a limited set of coordinate systems, depending on how the service has been configured by its author."
"Like with other layers, if a WMS service layer is the first layer added to a new, empty data frame, the date frame will take on the WMS service's default coordinate
sytem."
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
283 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ESRI Virtual Campus - Working with CAD Data in ArcGIS 9.2 and pdf Transcript (download from UNLV ws_workingCADSlides.pdf)
Improving CAD-GIS Interoperability (Winter 2002/2003)
ArcGIS for AutoCAD ArcNews Article. Download application. Introducing ArcGIS for AutoCAD ArcNews Winter 2006/2007
Don Kuehne, ESRI CAD Specialist (email: dkuehne@esri.com)
Viewing CAD files in ArcMap
Step 0: obtain a CAD .dwg version 2008 or earlier
Step 1: ArcMap add data. It appears ArcMap cannot read any projection info from the dwg so you will have to know this. Also, CAD data typically uses a local
coordinate system, that this the origin (0,0) can be anywhere in the world where as Lat/Long use an origin (0,0) at the equator and the prime meridian (Greenwich
Meridian).
Step 2: adjust the display by turning on/off CAD layers
By default, ArcGIS reads CAD entities as collections of homogeneous geometry types and creates feature classes on-the-fly as the following: Annotation, Point,
Polyline, Polygon, and MultiPatch (see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help CAD data organization
right click on one of these features and select Properties from the context menu
see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help Drawing layer and level management
Notes
ArcGIS 9.3.1 cannot read AutoCAD 2010 DWG files. Need to use AutoCAD and save to a 2007 .dwg format. "ArcGIS for AutoCAD requires AutoCAD products
that support the AutoCAD .NET 2.0 APIs, including AutoCAD 2007 through 2009, as well as Autodesk 3D Map and Civil versions 2007 through 2009. AutoCAD
versions prior to 2007 and AutoCAD LT do not support the necessary APIs required by ArcGIS for AutoCAD. Support for AutoCAD 2010-based products is not
currently available." ArcGIS for AutoCAD Common Questions
Supported CAD file formats and versions - latest is AutoCAD 2008
2 articles in the January-March 2002 edition of ArcUser. Modeling CAD Data in ArcGIS and Uncovering CAD Data Issues in ArcMap
Viewing GIS files in CAD
ArcGIS for AutoCAD - Interoperability between AutoCAD and ArcGIS
CAD Data Translation to GIS
Similar to Excel files, ArcMap can only view CAD data, not edit. To edit, need to do a data translation or conversion from dwg to geodatabase.
Method 1 - using ArcMap Table of Contents, just right click on the read-only CAD layer and choose Export to convert the layer into a Geodatabase.
Method 2 - using ArcMap Edit Session, copy and paste
Method 3 - ArcToolbox - Copy Features tool
Method 4 - ArcToolbox - Import from CAD
ArcGIS 9.2 can NOT import Civil 3D object data. ArcMap can view the Civil 3D geometry but cannot view the attribute information.
ArcGIS does NOT support 3D features, so an AutoCAD 3D polyline is converted to a 2D line with the same Z coordinate value (see ESRI Article 24712)
GIS Data Translation to CAD
ArcToolbox - Export to CAD (only available at the ArcInfo license level)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
284 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
2D transformation - move, rotate and scale CAD layers and Raster Images
Only needed if CAD drawing is in a local coordinate system. If it is in a projected coordinate system, then just need to identify that projection by using a projection file
(.prj)
The World file modifies, Project file identifies
Residual or Root Mean Square (RMS). "When the error is particularly large, you may want to remove and add control points to adjust the error. Although the RMS error
is a good assessment of the accuracy of the transformation, don't confuse a low RMS error with an accurate registration." (see ESRI ArcGIS 9.3 Desktop Help Georeferencing a Raster Dataset
Need only 2 control points (xy coordinates in both the CAD local coordinate system and the GIS projected coordinate system)
Procedure
Within ArcMap, add the GIS (Reference Layer) and the CAD layer or image.
Zoom to the GIS (Reference Layer)
Turn on the Georeferencing Toolbar. Then from the Georeferencing drop down menu, choose Fit to Display. This will align the CAD drawing or image into the
current view/map display extents. Basically puts both layers in the same ballpark.
"Add control points by clicking on the Control Points button on the Georeferencing Toolbar. Then click a point on CAD layer and its corresponding point on the
GIS (reference layer). Recommend looking for road intersections, land features, building corners, or other objects that you can identify and match in your raster
dataset and aligned datasets." ( Georeferencing a Raster Dataset)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
285 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
NAD_1983_StatePlane_Nevada_East
Step 2: add a new dataframe. Using Add Data, open the raster image which is in ground coordinates. Notice the x,y coordinates in the status bar, e.g. 5000.000 5000.000
Step 3: within ArcMap table of contents, drag the local coordinate raster image into the first data frame which has the shapefile in stateplane coordinates
Step 4: turn on the Georeferencing Toolbar
Step 5: under the Georeferencing Menu, click Fit to Display. This is really just an optional step.
Step 6: click the View Link Button. New window opens, then click load. Navigate to the world file (.wld)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
286 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 7: if Auto Adjust is turned on, then the image will be rectified.
Step 8: to save the changes click Georeferencing -> Rectify.... If you choose the TIFF option, will create a GeoTIFF image that is in SPCS. Will also create an auxiliary
file (.aux or .aux.xml) and a pyramid file (.rrd).
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
287 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Info on auxiliary files (.aux) see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - About auxiliary files
Info on pyramid files (.rrd) see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - About reduced resolution dataset files
"Note: CAD transformations can never have more than two control points in the Link Table." (see ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Transforming CAD datasets)
ArcMap Transformation with a World File (.wld)
Often used to convert Survey surface/local/project coordinates to Stateplane grid coordinates.
World file (.wld)
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - World Files
Format of World file, see ESRI Article ID 20837
1st Coordinate pair format: CAD-X,CAD-Y REF-X,REF-Y
2nd Coordinate pair format: CAD-X,CAD-Y REF-X,REF-Y
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
288 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
(filename.prj)
CAD
Staging
GDB Table
Field
Type
Field
Length
CAD
Applications(s)
Short Description
EntID
Attrib
Long
Both
Not Used
OwnerID
Attrib
Long
Both
Not Used
AttrFlag
Attrib
Long
Both
SetName
Attrib
String
255
Both
AutoCAD Blockname,
Microstation Set Name
Not Used
AttrTag
Attrib
String
64
Both
AttrHndl
Attrib
String
17
Both
Not Used
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
289 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
AttrType
Attrib
Long
Both
AttrStr
Attrib
String
255
Both
AttrLong
Attrib
Long
Both
AttrDbl
Attrib
Double 8
Both
DocID
CADLayer
Long
Both
LyrName
CADLayer
String
255
Both
LyrNum
CADLayer
Long
Both
The Microstation V7 or
previous level number
Not Used
LvlDesc
CADLayer
String
255
Both
The Microstation V7 or
previous level description
Not Used
LyrColor
CADLayer
Short
Both
Not Used
LyrLineWt
CADLayer
Short
Both
LyrLnType
CADLayer
String
255
Both
LyrFrzn
CADLayer
Short
AutoCAD Only
LyrLock
CADLayer
Short
AutoCAD Only
LyrOn
CADLayer
Short
Both
LyrVPFrzn
CADLayer
Short
AutoCAD Only
Not Used
LvlPlot
CADLayer
Short
Both
LyrHandle
CADLayer
String
16
Both
Not Used
EntID
Entity
Long
Both
Not Used
DocID
Entity
Long
Both
Not Used
OwnerID
Entity
Long
Both
Not Used
String
32
Both
NumLevel
Entity
Long
MicroStation
Only
Not Used
Entity
Short
Both
Entity
Short
Both
Entity
String
255
Both
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
290 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Entity
String
16
Both
String
255
Both
Class
Entity
String
255
MicroStation
Only
String
255
Both
Entity
Double 8
Both
Width
Entity
Double 8
Both
Double 8
Both
Rotation
Entity
Double 8
Both
CadModel
Entity
String
MicroStation
Only
ExtX
Entity
Double 8
AutoCAD Only
ExtY
Entity
Double 8
AutoCAD Only
ExtZ
Entity
Double 8
AutoCAD Only
ScaleX
Entity
Double 8
AutoCAD Only
ScaleY
Entity
Double 8
AutoCAD Only
ScaleZ
Entity
Double 8
AutoCAD Only
QrotX
Entity
Double 8
MicroStation
Only
QrotY
Entity
Double 8
MicroStation
Only
QrotZ
Entity
Double 8
MicroStation
Only
EntID
Mslink
Long
MicroStation
Only
Not Used
Linktype
Mslink
Long
MicroStation
Only
Not Used
DBType
Mslink
String
128
MicroStation
Only
Not Used
MSCatID
Mslink
Long
MicroStation
Only
MSLink
Mslink
Long
MicroStation
Only
Handle
255
Not Used
MSLink2
Mslink
Long
MicroStation
Only
MSValue
Mslink
String
255
MicroStation
Only
EntID
CADText
Long
Both
Not Used
TxtValue
CADText
String
255
Both
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
291 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
String
TxtHt
CADText
Double 8
Both
TxtRotate
CADText
Double 8
Both
TxtWidth
CADText
Double 8
Both
Not Used
TxtOblique
CADText
Double 8
Both
Not Used
TxtGenType
CADText
String
Both
Not Used
Not Used
2147483647 Both
32
TxtJust
CADText
String
32
Both
VertAlign
CADText
String
32
Both
Not Used
TxtStyle
CADText
String
255
Both
TxtFont
CADText
String
255
Both
Not Used
Not Used
TxtBoxHt
CADText
Double 8
Both
TxtBoxWd
CADText
Double 8
Both
Not Used
TxtRefWd
CADText
Double 8
Both
Not Used
Not Used
TxtAttach
CADText
Long
Both
TxtDir
CADText
Long
Both
Not Used
LnSpace
CADText
Long
Both
Not Used
SpaceFact
CADText
Double 8
Both
EntID
XTRProps
Long
AutoCAD Only
Not Used
XDList
XTRProps
String
DocName
CADDoc
String
255
Not Used
DocPath
CADDoc
String
2147483647 Both
DocType
CADDoc
String
255
DocVer
CADDoc
String
16
Both
Both
Both
Using the Set CAD Alias Tool: When converting annotation feature classes to CAD set the alias for TEXTSTRING to RefName. This converts the annotation to TEXT
entities in the output CAD file. Set the Alias for the field containing suitable layer names to "Layer"
Create 3D Contours
1. (Optional) unit conversion from meters to feet
Spatial Analyst - Raster Calculator
ArcToolbox Spatial Analyst Tools Map Algebra Raster Calculator
Map Algebra
1 meter = 3.2808 feet
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
292 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
3. Feature To 3D By Attribute (3D Analyst). ArcToolbox 3D Analyst Tools 3D Features Feature to 3D By Attribute
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
293 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
294 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Provides detailed counts and information of people by age, sex, households, families, race, etc. down to the block level. For more detail see the Census 2000 Summary
File 1 webpage.
All Census 2000 Data for the State of Nevada can be downloaded from here.
ESRI has processed the raw SF 1 to one that can easily be joined in ArcMap to the Block shapefile. Select the Census Block Demographics (SF1) for Clark County. Once
you unzip the sf1blk32000.zip file, will get the dBase IV dataset, tgr32000sf1blk.dbf. This is the complete dataset for Nevada, so its rather large.
Use the fieldname STFID has the relate item (i.e. Primary Key) to join the SF 1 file (tgr32000sf1blk.dbf) to the block polygons (tgr32003blk00.shp)
SF1 Quick Reference Guide
Summary File 1 Technical Documentation
Hierarchical sequence from largest area to smallest area: State, County, County Subdivision, Place, Census Tract, Block Group, Block.
Summary File 2 only goes down to the census tract level.
Download "Census Blocks 2000 data layer" for "Clark County" from esri website.
Import Census 2000 Redistricting Files
Use the Logical Record Number (LOGRECNO) to relate 3 three tables together (i.e. nvgeo.upl, nv00001.upl, and nv00002.upl)
Unforunately the nvgeo.upl dataset is in columnar format, whereas the nv00001.upl and nv00002.upl are in comma delimited format. Must either write an awk script to
convert reformat nvgeo.upl into comma delimited or using Microsoft Excel/Access to import the file. Reason is ArcView 3.2a can only read ASCII comma/tab delimited,
INFO, or dbf tables.
Will need to create a new field, STFID in the nvgeo.upl table. Calculate STFID as the concatenation of the following fields: STATE, COUNTY, TRACT, and BLOCK. In
ArcView, open the nvgeo.upl table, start editing, add a new field (Edit -> Add Field...), name is stfid with size 16 and type string, with that field highlighted in the table
select Field->Calculate.... with the following [State] + [County] + [Tract] + [Block]. This newly populated field will then be used to relate/join the Census 2000
Redistricting Files to the ESRI TIGER/Line shapefiles. Reason we had to make a new field is ArcView 3.2a can't do a join on multiple common fields.
How to join TIGER/Line with Census 2000 Redistricting Files
Using ESRI convert TIGER/Line files, add the TGR32003BLK00.shp to ArcView. The relate field is STFID, which is just a concatenation the STATE, COUNTY,
TRACT, and BLOCK fields
With both tables open (attribute table of tgr32003blk00.shp and nvgeo.upl) highlight the STFID fields, have the attribute table of tgr32003blk00.shp active, then Table ->
Join
Population Density
Ratio of population to census block size. For example, if you want the number of people per acre (43,560 ft^2 = 1 acre)
to manually calculate the area using Field -> Calculate: [Shape].ReturnArea (see HowTo: Create an area field for a polygon shapefile Note when adding a field use
decimal places, e.g. Type=Number, Width=16, Decimal Places=5.
Normalize by using Classification Field: P0010001 (total population) and the Normalize Field is area
This is useful in determine bus route services and other social programs
Using SBC.e00, population density = HHTOTAL / AREA
Open the SBG attribute table in the TOC. Click the Options button, select Add Field...
Field name: SQMile
Use a field type Double, Precision 10 (number of digits that can be stored in the field) and Scale 4 (number of decimal places for float and double fields, more
commonly known has the mantissa). Scale of 0 is the same has an integer. Rule of thumb, precision greater than 6, use a Double type, otherwise use a Float type.
(See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcGIS -> Geodatabase items: Field properties)bid=20880">ESRI Article Number 20880, How to set default layer symbology in
ArcMap.
1 Acre = 43560 square feet
640 acres = 1 square mile
1 square mile = 27878400 square feet
Add a new field to the SBG coverage.
Paper Size
Standard Paper Size Descriptions
ISO 216 (Metric) Engineering
Based on ratio 1:v 2 (1:1.4142)
Basic size of metric paper is one square meter, which is the area of an AO sheet of metric paper. See Stock Solution
AO size folded once is A1 size, folded twice is A2 size, folded thrice is A3 size, and so on until A8 size. International Standard Paper Sizes
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
295 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
D size rolls have to special ordered. Standard plotter paper rolls come in 24", 30", and 36" widths
Cleanly reduce a D size to B size. Sometimes referred as half-size plots.
Architectural/ARCH
E size (36"x48") folded once is D size (24"x36"), folded twice is C size (18"x24"), folded thrice is B size (12"x18") and lastly folded 4 times is A size (9"x12")
Tend to use ARCH D size in engineering offices
Paper Size Requirements
"The Contractor shall furnish five (5) blueline and one (1) mylar reproducible set of cabinet schematic wiring diagrams 24 inches x 36 inches in size, multiple
sheets may be used." (RTC Section 623). Mylar is the DuPont Product name for polyester film white matte.
"All drainage plan submittals must be on sheet size 24"x36"." (Clark County Development Services)
Plan sheet size is 24"x36" with 0.5" margins except 1.5" on left edge. (see City of Las Vegas Standard Plan Guidelines and Design Layout for Land Development
Projects, Nov 1998 p. 7)
"A record of survey must be ... 24 by 32 inches. A marginal line must be drawn completely around each sheet, leaving an entirely blank margin of 1 inch at the top,
bottom and right edges, and 2 inches at the left edge along the 24-inch dimension." (NRS 625.350)
"The size of each sheet of the final map must be 24 by 32 inches." (NRS 278.372 Final map: Requirements and contracts)
"Each sheet of the originals shall be twenty-four (24) inches by thirty-two (32) inches..." (Title 30 Clark County Unified Development Code, p. 30.28-19)
"Each sheet of paper...used for the map shall be 18 by 26 inches in size..." (California Codes Streets and Highways Codes Section 3110 (b))
Miscellaneous Topics
Creating Point Features from Polygon Centroid Features
ArcToolBox -> Data Management Tools -> Features -> Feature to Point
Creating Reports
ArcMap built-in reporting tool
ArcGIS Desktop 9.3 Help - Running a map layout report
Recommend using the Report Properties window -> Show Settings to customize the report
Can create a report based on select records (select some features then Tools -> Reports -> Create Report... Fields tab, check Use Selected Set)
Can change the Field name displayed in the Report (Tools -> Reports -> Create Report... Display tab, Settings: Fields: select a field: enter name to display in Text
property)
Can change the width of a field in the Report (Tools -> Reports -> Create Report... Display tab, Settings: Fields: select a field: enter a numeric value in the Width
property)
Can change report in Landscape or Portrait mode (Tools -> Reports -> Create Report... Display tab, Settings: Report: Page Setup)
stored with map
Cannot be used to report any fields that have embedded photos/images. Will need to use the Microsoft Access reporting tool instead.
can be added to map layout only. Copy the report to the clipboard, then Edit -> Paste.
Reports are divided into a series of sections. Each section represents a particular area of the report.
Shade the records in the report by: Report Properties -> Display tab. Under the Settings section of the window, click the + box next to Report -> Records -> Shade
Records -> Every Other. For more details see (ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap -> Creating reports -> Controlling the presentation of a report -> How to control
the presentation of a report -> Shading records in the report)
Can add an image to the top of a report. Report Properties -> Display tab -> Elements -> Image, click Picture button. See ArcGIS Desktop Help -> ArcMap ->
Creating reports -> Adding report elements for more details.
Add title of report under the Elements section, Title -> Text
Saving a report creates a static copy that can be inserted into another map document.
Biggest Limitation - Cannot edit a report after you close it. Even saving the report doesn't allow you to edit.
Biggest Advantage - Quick, can add to a map layout, easy to create alternating record colors
"If you create a report that you will want to use more than once or include on multiple maps, save it to a file on disk. You can then load the report into another map
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
296 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
when you need to. When you save a report to a file, you're creating a static copy that isn't linked to the actual data from which the report was created. Therefore,
you won't be able to modify the report." (See ESRI Virtual Campus Learning ArcGIS 9, Module 6: Getting Started with GIS Analysis)
Seagate's Crystal Reports 8: creates report in a separate window that cannot be added to your map layout. Can also be used to create mailing labels, see Article Number
18911
Microsoft Access
Reports are broken into Sections. Also the report prints in this order.
Report Header - text appearing on the top of the 1st page
Page Header - text appearing on top of each page in a report, e.g. reports column heading
Group Header - text appearing at the beginning of each group in a report
Detail - actual text from the table/query in the database
Group Footer - place text or summaries at end of each group in a report
Page Footer - text appearing at the bottom of each page in a report, e.g. page number
Report Footer - text appearing on the last page of the report, e.g. grand total
Calculate Controls: within the footer sections, select the Text Box control properties. On the Data tab, Control Source box, type the following: =Count([Total]). You
can use Sum([fieldname]), Max([fieldname]), Min([fieldname]), Avg([fieldname]), and Count([fieldname]).
To add a meaningful label: copy a Text Box control, in the properties, type the following in the
The format of a field is inherited from the underlying table or query. To change the format of a field in a query, select the field in the Query Design Model, select
properties, General tab, Format.
In a query, can create a new field, use the following format- FieldLabel: [Fieldname] * 0.5 (best to do this in the expression builder)
Reports can display pictures (e.g. OLE Object fields) for each record. Need to ensure the field data type is OLE Object. I experienced trouble view TIFF and EMF
images, successful on BMP and JPEG images. Remember you cannot see actual OLE objects in Datasheet View of a table or query, need to use Forms or Reports
to view.
Reports with pictures/images stored in the records of the table. Have the option to Stretch or Clip the image when resizing the control in Report Design View (Size
Mode - Clip, Stretch, or Zoom). Zoom Size Mode will maintain the aspect ratio of the image.
References, see [CustomGuide 01, Level 2, Chapter 3, p. 83-110, p. 162 discusses OLE Object fields]. How to Display Images from a Folder in a Form, a Report,
or a Data Access Page (see Microsoft Knowledge Base Article - 285820). Explanation of Data Types and Field Properties in a Microsoft Access Database (see
Microsoft Knowledge Base Article 304269)
Review - Reports and Joins
Download Assessor Parcel 16222 geodatabase with remap images - pl16222remap.zip
Reports
Within Microsoft Access - open the pl16222.mdb geodatabase, then open the remap table. Add a new field with the name IMAGES and the data type OLE Object.
Save the table.
In datasheet view, right mouse click on the IMAGE field and select Insert Object..., Create from File, then Browse to the images directory where you downloaded
the pl16222.zip file. If you select link checkbox, then the path and filename of the image is stored in the table, not the actual image file.
The name of the program that has the file type associated with it will be displayed in the IMAGE field.
Create a report in Microsoft Access from the remap table, include the IMAGES field in the report
Joins
Add the pl16222 polygon feature class and remap table within the pl16222.mdb geodatabase to ArcMap.
Join them together. From the ArcMap TOC, select the pl16222 polygon feature, right mouse click to bring up the context menu, select Joins and Relates -> Join...
The relate fields, also known as Primary Key, is PARCEL
Open the attribute table to ensure the join was successful.
Hyperlinks
Save the map document (.mxd) with relative paths (File -> Map Properties -> Data Source Options...) Setup Field Based Hyperlinks (Layer Properties on the
pl16222 feature class -> Display tab -> check Support Hyperlinks using field, drop down list box select remap.PHOTO, document radio button.
Select parcels in ArcMap using the hyperlink tool, see if PHOTOED.EXE opens with correct photo.
Compare Aerial Photo Images
Using the ER Mapper compressed aerial photos taken in Fall 2000 (f0016222.ecw) and Fall 2001 (f0116222.ecw) compare the two. Might need to download the ecw
plugin under the software section. ArcGISwithCompressor_v1.1.3_20Nov02.exe
from ArcMap Menubar: View -> Toolbars -> Effects, use Transparency option (100% invisible, 0% full visibility)
also available from TOC Layer Properties - Display tab: Transparent box
Example applications: pavement management and Dr. K's students are using it for air quality, relate development activities to air quality monitor readings.
ER Mapper can change tranparency without a refresh, much better.
Transparency only works in true color mode, see Article Number 14606
Symbol sets, 'No Color' acts like 100% transparent, see Article Number 14807
ArcMap Images
Display Raster Images
Using the ArcMap Add Data command to add raster images to the map display. Same process as adding shapefiles or geodatabases.
Pyramids
Use to improve redisplay of image when zooming/panning around.
will create a Reduced Resolution Dataset (same filename as image but with .rrd extension) in the same directory as the image.
If directory is write-protected (e.g. CDROM) then its written to c:\temp\rasterproxies. (see ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Contents -> ArcCatalog -> Working with
rasters -> about proxy files)
.rrd file size approximately 8% of the original raster dataset
Auxillary File (.aux) created by ArcGIS, has information about the raster such as statistics, histograms, and pyramids. Sometimes this information is stored within
the raster image itself. ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Contents tab -> ArcCatalog -> Working with rasters -> Calculating statistics for your raster dataset
ArcObjects Online, Create Raster Catalog From A Directory
Personel Geodatabase doesn't support raster image catalogs, the IMAGE field is a reserved key word.
Can include universal naming convention (UNC) paths in the IMAGE field. For example, \\ccgis1\aerialphotos\someimage.tif
Can use ArcObjects to Project Raster images, see c:\arcgis\arcexe83\ArcObjects Developer Kit\Samples\Raster\ProjectRaster\ProjectRaster.exe This program will output
3 different file image formats (Image, Tif-think GeoTiff, Grid) and .rrd file. All necessary projection information is included in the image header file, no need for a
separate world file.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
297 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ArcMap does on-the-fly project of images as long as the image projection is defined. This will also work with images stored in a raster catalog.
Raster Catalogs
also known as Raster Image Catalogs
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 - Raster Catalogs
Table-based raster catalogs
Raster Image Catalog: a dbf table that must have the following fields: IMAGE, XMIN, YMIN, XMAX, YMAX.
ArcGIS Desktop 10 - Table-based raster catalogs
Adding a raster catalog to a map
Creating raster catalogs in a geodatabase. A raster catalog is a table that points to the stored raster datasets it contains.
Example Raster Catalogs
IMAGE using full path: s08-5fullpath.dbf
IMAGE using relative path: s08-5relpath.dbf
Supported Raster Dataset File Formats
ArcGIS Resource Center - Desktop 10 - Supported Raster Dataset File Formats
USGS DEMs
List of supported raster formats, see ArcGIS Desktop Help -> Contents tab -> ArcCatalog -> Working with rasters -> Supported raster formats. List includes the
following formats: Bitmap (.bmp), Graphics Interchange Format (.gif), JPEG and TIFF
References
[ArcGIS White Paper] - ArcGIS 8.1 An ESRI White Paper. January 2001.
[Bagui 02] - Learning SQL A Step-by-Step Guide Using Access by Sikha Bagui & Richard Earp. ISBN: 0-321-11904-5. Access the latest information about AddisonWesley titles
[Flynn 97] - INSIDE ArcInfo, 2nd Edition by Jay Flynn & Teresa Pitts. ISBN: 1-56690-194-4
[Madsen 95] - Civil Drafting Technology, 4th Edition by David A. Madsen and Terence M. Shumaker. ISBN: 0-13-087155-9
[MapGuide R5] - Autodesk MapGuide Release 5 User's Guide
[Ormsby 01] - Getting to Know ArcGIS desktop by Tim Ormsby, Eileen Napoleon, Robert Burke, Carolyn Groess, and Laura Feaster. ISBN 1-879102-89-7
[Shaner 00] - Editing in ArcMap by Jeff Shaner and Jennifer Wrightsell. ISBN 1-879102-97-8
[Vance 00] - INSIDE AutoCAD Map 2000, 3rd Edition by Dylan Vance, Ray Eisenberg and David Walsh. ISBN: 1-56690-193-6
[Frerichs 98] - Roadway Design: Using GIS to streamline and improve highway planning and design. Wade N. Frerichs and James R. West.
[Cuomo 99] - A Topography Review: Surveying Principles for Civil Engineers by Paul A. Cuomo, P.L.S. February 1999 issue of CE News
[Dewberry 98] - The practice of land development: Planning, engineering, surveying, and more by Sidney O. Dewberry, P.E., L.L.S., and John Hummel, P.E.
[TCRP Report #60] - Using Geographic Information Systems for Welfare to Work Transportation Planning and Service Delivery: A Handbook (TCRP Report #60)
(2000) Part A, Part B,Case Studies
[Quickzone] - Quick Zone - A New Work Zone Delay Estimation Tool. Contact Deborah Curtis, FHWA Office of Operations Research & Development, (202) 493-3267,
Deborah.Curtis@fhwa.dot.gov
[Crook 92] - How to Remember Names by Dr. Thomas Crook. ISBN 0-06-016628-2. First Edition, 1992.
[MUTCD] - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)
[ESRI GDB Lecture 01] - Creating and Managing Geodatabases (for ArcEditor 8 and ArcInfo 8), Course Lectures. GIS Education Solutions from ESRI. June 2001.
[ESRI GDB Exercises 01] - Creating and Managing Geodatabases (for ArcEditor 8 and ArcInfo 8), Course Exercises. GIS Education Solutions from ESRI. June 2001.
[ESRI Edit ArcMap 02] - Editing in ArcMap. ArcGIS 8.3 Version Documentation. Contributing Writers: Bob Booth, Jeff Shaner, Scott Crosier, Phil Sanchez, and Andy
MacDonald. ISBN 1-58948-062-7
[ESRI 3D Analyst] - Using ArcGIS 3D Analyst. Contributing Writers: Bob Booth. ISBN 1-58948-004-X
[Musciano 00] - HTML & XHTML The Definitive Guide, 4th Edition by Chuck Musciano & Bill Kennedy
[Hutchinson 04] - Inside ArcView GIS 8.3 by Scott Hutchinson. ISBN: 0-7668-3475-1
[CustomGuide 01] - Microsoft Access 2002: Level 1 and Level 2. CustomGuide.com, 2001. 1502 Nicollet Ave. Minneapolis MN 55403. 888-903-2432.
[CCPW Survey] - Clark County Surveyor's Benchmark Book. Provides Elevation Data in the Las Vegas Valley, units meters, North American Vertical Datum 1988
(NAVD88). Can download the complete Benchmark Book in PDF. Summary "Because of localized subsidence in the Las Vegas Valley, the benchmark elevations from the 1992
County Vertical Control Network, together with elevations published by the cities of Las Vegas, North Las Vegas, and Henderson are no longer completely reliable.
Accordingly, the County Surveyor sought to standarize and coordinate the upgrading of this critical design criteria. The County Surveyor's work involved re-running the
primary Clark County Vertical Control Circuits from the latest National Geodetic Survey (NGS) control, adjusting the remaining circuits and tying them to each of the cities'
data, which was also adjusted based on the North American Vertical Datum of 1998." (Clark County General Information Report, GIR No. 0380)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
298 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
299 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
300 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
If the images are stored in C:\gisdata\crimage\s08-5\D001\... and C:\gisdata\crimage\s08-5\S08-5.dbf then to use relative paths in the IMAGE name, use Field
Calculator in ArcMap and
Dim s, s1 as string
s1 = "../" & right( (IMAGE], 23)
s = replace(s1, "/", "\")
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
301 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Adrian E. Brown, EIT, Environmental Health Engineer, Southern Nevada Health District - Environmental Health Division, 625 Shadow Lane, PO box 3902, Las Vegas
NV 89127, voice: 702-759-0657, fax: 702-383-1445, email: browna@snhdmail.org
Percolation Tests are performed by a Soils/Geotechnical Engineer and submitted to SNHD for review
SNHD Requirements (more conservative than the State)
detail_aeration_riser.pdf
sample_perc_test.pdf
sample_perc_test_1.pdf
PercTestRegulationsPage1.jpg
PercTestRegulationsPage2.jpg
State of Nevada Percolation Test Procedures
NAC 444.796
UNLV
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
302 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
303 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5857 E Flamingo Rd
Las Vegas NV 89122-5598
Anders Sorensen, retired employee of CCWRD, email: asorensen@anders-sorensen-photo.com said they did not collect the sewer lateral information because they
did not have enough staff.
Procedure to Create Sewer Easements from Legal Descriptions
Step 0: obtain necessary GIS layers
Easement Layer
download Easements.zip
Unzip Easements.zip (into D:\ccwrd directory) to create Easements.gdb File Geodatabase
add CCWRDEasements polygons feature class and CCWRDLegalDescPts point feature class of the Legal Description Points to ArcMap
download symbology in the ArcMap layer file (.lyr). Note, if the layer file was saved with relative paths to the data source, then you should be able to easily
open it with ArcMap without having issues with broken links. For more info on ArcMap Relative Paths
ptsLegalDesc
linPOC2POB (linTraverseEasement)
polySewerEasement
Notes: the layer files will contain the layer expressions need to label the bearing, distance and curves on the linPOC2POB line feature class.
Assessor Parcels
TBE-B367 Computer Lab: C:\gisdata\CrGeoDb\Source\Parcel.mdb geodatabase -> Parcel Dataset -> parcel_p polygon feature class
Parcel.mdb personal geodatabase
Assessor Subdivisions with PlatURL
download the pclsubd.mdb personal geodatabase -> pclsubd polygon feature class.
For your information, notes on how to create this layer in case you obtain a newer copy of the Assessor Parcel Layer, see How to create a subdivision
map from Assessor Parcels
Street Centerline
TBE-B367 Computer Lab: C:\gisdata\CrGeoDb\Source\StreetCenterline.mdb geodatabase -> StreetCenterLine dataset -> streets_l line feature class
use streets_l to label street names, which helps when trying to find the commencing point from the plat
StreetCenterline.mdb personal geodatabase
USGS Township Range Section layer
TBE-B367 Computer Lab: C:\gisdata\CrGeoDb\Source\IndexGrids.mdb geodatabase -> IndexGrids dataset -> clarktrs_p
IndexGrids.mdb personal geodatabase
Assessor Township Range Section layer
AOINDEX is created by dissolving the parcel layer based on the Assessor's map boundary. It does NOT follow the USGS Public Land Survey System
(PLSS) section lines. See Assessor Map Page Boundaries - index
TBE-B367 Computer Lab: C:\gisdata\CrGeoDb\Source\IndexGrids.mdb geodatabase -> IndexGrids dataset -> aoindex_p
AOSECINDEX_P is created by dissolving the AOINDEX layer based on the Section number. Recommend joining this layer with clarktrs_p using the
Book_Sec numbers to obtain the Township and Range numbers. Also recommend using this layer if your features need to snap to the Assessor parcels.
TBE-B367 Computer Lab: C:\gisdata\CrGeoDb\Source\IndexGrids.mdb geodatabase -> IndexGrids dataset -> AOSECINDEX_P
IndexGrids.mdb personal geodatabase
Step 1: Create Commencing and POB Points in CCWRDLegalDescPts point feature class
1.1a - If given the Book and Page numbers in the Legal Description
using PCLSUBD layer, select by attributes [ADFILE] LIKE '0045' AND [ADPAGE] LIKE '0035'
[ADFILE] field is the Book Number
[ADPAGE] field is the Page Number
Remember to pad the [ADFILE] and [ADPAGE] fields with 0 if the value is 4 characters long
1.1b - If the Subdivision Plat Name is given in the Legal Description
using PCLSUBD layer, select by attributes [SUBNAME1] LIKE ''
use get unique values to easily find the correct subdivision name
1.1c - If given the Township, Range, Section and Quarter Section
using clarktrs_p layer, select by attributes [TOWNSHIP] LIKE '20' AND [RANGE] LIKE '62' AND [SECTNO] LIKE '4'
zoom to selected features.
Then visualize where the quarter section is and zoom to this area. Remember, typically will not have boundaries for the quarter sections and smaller.
Then visualize where the quarter-quater section is and zoom to this area. This should put you in the neighborhood of the legal description
1.2 - open plat pdf
using PCLSUBD layer, activate the Hyperlink field to open the plat pdf file
find the COMMENCING point on the plat
find the COMMENCING point on parcel_p layer
1.3 - create COMMENCING point in CCWRDLegalDescPts
Start an edit session in ArcMap for the Easements.gdb file geodatabase
Turn Snapping on for parcel_p
set Target = CCWRDLegalDescPts
If COMMENCING point is based on Section Corner
set Tool = Sketch Tool (button looks like a pencil)
click on the map the location of the POC (typically a section corner)
click the attribute button from the Editor Toolbar
Add Attribute Values TYPE = POC
POC = Point of Commencing
Add Attribute Values DOCNO = obtain this from the legal description file name
If COMMENCING point is based on a center section/quarter-section/ quarter-quarter-section/... which is not on clarktrs_p layer
set Tool = Midpoint tool
help on Midpoint tool, see ArcGIS Destop 9.3 Help - About creating point features and vertices - section heading Creating a point or vertex
using the Midpoint tool
How to Snap to the Midpoint of a Feature
to find the Center section, need the connect the midpoint of the Western section line with the midpoint of the Eastern section line and connecting these
two points. Then need a line between the midpoint of the Northern section line and the midpoint of the Southern section line. Where these two lines
intersect is the Center section.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
304 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Aerial Photos
Clark County Aerial Photos
TIFF/TFW images, 5ft Pixel Fall 2003: f0316222.tif, f0316222.tfw
ECW images, Fall 2000: f0016222.ecw
ECW images, Fall 2001: f0016222.ecw
ECW images, Fall 2002: f0016222.ecw
TIFF/TFW images, 5ft Pixel Fall 2004: f0417932.TIF, f0417932.tfw, f0417932.aux,
Nye County
Nye County Public Works
David Fanning, Interim Director of Public Works, dfanning@co.nye.nv.us
Samson Yao, PE
Nye County Public Works
250 N Hwy 160 #2
Pahrump NV 89060
Email: syao@nyecounty.net
Staff Directory - Public Works/Road Department
Nye County Purchasing
Advertise projects in Pahrump, Tonopah and Las Vegas newspapers
Bid Packages, contact Judy Dyer 775-482-7256, email: jdyer@co.nye.nv.us
Nye County Human Resources
Danelle Shamrell, email: dshamrell@co.nye.nv.us
Amy 775-751-6300
Roadway and Airport Design done by PBS&J
Drainage and Traffic Study Reviews by Martin & Martin
GIS Competitive Bid Project was awarded to Somas and the project is almost complete as of Feb 2009.
Guidelines for Design and Review of Development Engineering Submissions
Nye County GIS Web Browser - http://12.70.88.84/nyegwb/viewer.htm
Parcel Data Searches - example search for Parcel# 039-211-03 http://asdb.co.nye.nv.us:1401/cgi-bin/asw102?Parcel=03921103 alternative URL http://12.70.88.84
/nyegwb/parcel_recdoc.asp?apn=039-211-03
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
305 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
306 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Impval, Prcd1, Prval1, Prcd2, Prval2, Prcd3, Prval3, Exmpcd, Exmpval, Lyacres, Lylndval, Lyimpval, Lyppval, Lyexcd, Lyexval, Ly2acres, Ly2lndval, Ly2impval,
Ly2ppval, Ly2excd, Ly2exval, Ownernum, Ownerden, Etalflag, Upddate, Lastupdate, Lotsqft, Oldparcel, Inactpcl, Inactref, Filler2, Firemapno, Fdphantom,
Assembly, Senate, Congress, Commission, Centract, Ward, Precinct, Taz, Zip, Pclbook3, Pcl5, Pcl6, Pcl8, Oldbook, Oldpcl, Oldpage, Pclsec, Pclpage, Oldlot,
Pclsubd, Pclno, Oldfill, Zipmain, Ziplus4, Location, Str, Adbook, Adpage, Addr_own, Address, Inactnewpcl, Lucode
Contacts
500 S Grand Central Pkwy, 2nd Floor Las Vegas NV 89155
Ken Masden, Deputy Assessor - Senior GIS Analyst, Parcel Data Systems. Email: ksm@co.clark.nv.us, voice: 702-455-5586, fax: 455-5553
Bob Kelley, rdk@co.clark.nv.us, voice: 702-455-4990. Maintains the aoccroll database, which is a superset of the aoextract. Bob Agnew uses this at \\ccgis1
\gisdata-ftp\sngis\weekly\data\20070903\*.zip (includes crpcl-dat.zip, crpcl-db.zip, crpcl-dbf.zip, crpcl-shp.zip and crpcl-src.zip) (unknown which zip file contains
aoccroll)
How to relate ADTYPE field to Map Type on the web
Plats - Subdivision
PM
Parcel Map
PM
Parcel Maps
SF
Survey Files
SV
Survey Files
LD
Land Division
LD
Land Division
LG
Local Government
MF
Miscellaneous File
MI
Misc Maps
MS
Mineral Survey
MM
Mining Map
When finished, the PlatURL field should look something like this
http://gisgate.co.clark.nv.us/assessor/webimages/default.asp?appID=3&lstMapType=PL&txtMapFile=25&txtMapPage=0022
Step 3: index the PARCEL field in both the AOEXTRACT table and the parcel_p polygon feature class. Then join together.
Step 4: in ArcMap table of contents, bring up the parcel_p properties. Under the Display tab, turn on hyperlinks using the PlatURL field
Step 5: Using the Hyperlink tool on the Tools Toolbar, click a parcel and it should open a web browser showing the Plat or Parcel Map in Adobe Acrobat (pdf)
Assessor Parcel Subdivision Personal Geodatabase: (L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\CrGeoDb\Source\PclSubd.mdb)
Setup hyperlink to Parcel Owner
Goal is to create a field which will have values similar to this link
http://redrock.co.clark.nv.us/assrrealprop/pcldetail.aspx?hdninstance=pcl7&hdnparcel=164-13-410-001
Step 1: using the OFFSITES point layer as an example from CCDS, add a field called
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
307 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
OwnCurURL
type Text, Length 500
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
308 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
AOCHANGE
A=Add, C=Change, D=Delete
How to create a subdivision map from Assessor Parcels
Procedure on how to create Assessor Subdivision/Final Map Layer with the option to add Common Interest Community (CIC) and HOA map info
Solution: pclsubd.mdb personal geodatabase (current as of April 2009)
Step 0: obtain Assessor data - Parcel geodatabase
Step 1: add a new field (PCL8, Text, length 8) to parcel_p polygon feature class. Calculate PCL8 to equal the first 8 numbers of the full parcel number. Recommend using
VBA Statements Left([Parcel],8)
Step 2: Dissolve the parcel polygon layer by the PCL8 field. Name it pclsubdis.
ArcToolbox -> Data Management Tools -> Generalization -> Dissolve
Uncheck create multipart features, will cause ArcMap 9.3 to crash
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
309 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
If you want to remove non-taxed parcels such as the right of way, check Keep only matching records under the Join Options
Step 4: export joined feature class to pclsubd.
Using ArcMap -> Table of Contents: right click on the pclsubdis and choose Data -> Export Data. Name the new polygon feature class pclsubd within the
PclSubd.mdb personal geodatabase (this will have to be created using ArcCatalog). Alternative is to export the polygon feature class into the Parcel.mdb
geodatabase. This will make the join permanent.
Just remove the duplicate PCL8_1 and OBJECTID fields in the pclsubd attribute table
Step 5: Add new field - platurl
Create a new field called platurl, text, length 255. This will be populated with a hyperlink to the plat (ADFILE and ADPAGE fields) which created the parcels.
Field calculator: "http://gisgate.co.clark.nv.us/assessor/webimages/default.asp?appID=3&lstMapType=PL" & "&txtMapFile=" & right([ADFILE], 3) &
"&txtMapPage=" & [ADPAGE]
To reference a map, need the Map Type, File# and Page#. ADTYPE = Map Type, ADFILE = File# and ADPAGE = Page#. Note, to find the exact URL for the
Map, just do a parcel or owner name search.
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
310 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Ideally just open up this subdivision parcel layer, then using the hyperlink tool, do all your research on Final Maps. Example URLs
Document Number: http://gisgate.co.clark.nv.us/assessor/webimages/default.asp?appID=1&txtdocNum=20070110:01305
Map Type is Parcel Map: http://gisgate.co.clark.nv.us/assessor/webimages/default.asp?appID=3&lstMapType=PM&txtMapFile=071&txtMapPage=0042
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
311 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Problem - the aosubd table from the Assessor's Office, doesn't contain the Map Type, only has the Map File and Map Page. Also the ADFILE field is 4
characters, but the web search only allows 3 characters, so this needs to be resized.
Solution: According to Zane Burgeson, the AOSUBD table will not contain the ADTYPE field due to the fact that all the AOSUBD records are
Subdivision Plats (also known as Plat Books - PB or just Plats - PL).
Field calculator: "http://gisgate.co.clark.nv.us/assessor/webimages/default.asp?appID=3&lstMapType=PL" & "&txtMapFile=" & right([ADFILE], 3)
& "&txtMapPage=" & [ADPAGE]
Problem - only the coverage annotation layer (e.g. LL16302, annotation feature class) has the reference to the subdivision map (e.g. PM101-0100) and the
subdivision outline is a thick red line. The subdivision is NOT maintained as a polygon layer, but as annotation and lines. This makes it difficult to assign the
PM100-0100 attribute to a subdivision polygon (create using the dissolve on the parcel polygon layer using the first 8 digits of the parcel number).
Step 6 (optional) - Add book and sect fields
BOOK = Left( {PCL8], 2)
SECT = Mid( [PCL8], 4, 2)
if going to display in Google Earth and use Region Based Network Links, then create 2 additional fields, BOOK (length 3) and SECT (length 2). Using the field
calculator:
Step 7 (optional) - Add a new field cicyn
(name cicyn, type is text, length 1). CICYN = Common Interest Community Yes or No. Have about 46,000 subdivision in Clark County NV.
Link Sleuth - checks web sites for broken links
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
312 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
URL_DSNET = web link to the offsite plan images. Example: http://dsnet.co.clark.nv.us/webimage/dsimageview.asp?gHTENum=06-21293. Note, if
the offsite plans are still under review then the plans will not be imaged. Only become official records once the permit is issued and therefore are
imaged into the County KoVIS system.
Mapping Team/Survey
Contacts
Erik Denman, PLS, WRS, Deput County Surveyor, Clark County Development Services - Mapping Team Voice: 702-455-2103, Fax: 702-380-7296, Email:
edenman@co.clark.nv.us
Traffic Studies
Contacts: Denise Lemoine - Principal Civil Engineer, Voice: 702-455-6146, Email: denisel@co.clark.nv.us
Peter Sekioka - Senior Civil Engineer, Voice: 702-455-4791, Email: psekioka@co.clark.nv.us
Rose Berkihiser - Associate, Voice: 702-455-2024, Email: rmb@co.clark.nv.us
Geotech/Soils Reports
KoVIS Permit Type = SOIL
GeoTechnical Reports are stored with the building permit instead of seperately like drainage studies, traffic studies and offsite improvements.
Types of Reports
GDR - SUBDIVISION OFFSITE & GRADING, 2% of submittals
GR - Grading, 2% of submittals
GRCM - GRADING-COMMERCIAL, 36% of submittals
GRRE - GRADING-RESIDENTIAL, 59% of submittals
Click2Gov, Select Permit, Enter HTE#/PAC#, Plan Tracking Status, Civil Division, Approved, should see Offsite HTE#
Contacts
Werner Hellmer - Senior Civil Engineer, Voice: 702-455-8095, email: wkh@co.clark.nv.us
Ayalew Birhane - Associate Engineer, Voice:, 702-455-8830, email: ayalew@co.clark.nv.us
Barricade Locations - Shapefile barricade.zip
CCDS Universal Naming Convention (UNC) Path: \\ccgis1\gisdata\prds\crupdate\barricade
HTE Civil Application Type Codes
Clark County Civil Application Type Codes for HTE
Type Field Abbreviation
Number of Submittals
BDF
Bond - Default
47
BLM
295
CMF
3731
CMG
Commercial - Gravel
29
CMP
Commercial Paving
200
CON
Contract - Testing
15
DS
Drainage Study
7833
EP
Encroachment Permit
23699
GEO
Geotechnical Report
421
GP
72
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
313 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
IMP
IND
Indefinite Bond
INS
Inspections - No Permit
LDF
LDG
14
LDP
20
MA
Maintenance Agreement
19
MIT
966
MPC
189
MPD
816
MPG
MPM
MPS
738
MPT
182
MS
Miscellaneous
314
PMB
101
PMF
657
PMG
166
PMP
341
PMS
90
RB
Repair Bond
72
SDF
3320
SDG
Subdivision - Gravel
SDP
Subdivision - Paving
65
TCP
14885
TS
Traffic Study
2031
UP
Utility Plans
355
UPC
786
UPG
960
UPN
4993
UPT
4083
UPV
366
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
314 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
R-T Manufactured Home Residential ( Title 30.40.100 Purpose of R-T, Both subdivided lots and parks, Up to 5 units per acre - subdivision, Up to 8 units per
acre - parks.
R-2 Medium Density Residential ( Title 30.40.110 Purpose of R-2, Up to 8 units per acre
RUD Residential Urban Density ( Title 30.40.120 Purpose of RUD, Up to 14 units per acre (single family only)
Multiple Family Residential
R-3 Multiple Density Residential ( Title 30.40.140 Purpose of R-3, Up to 18 units per acre
R-4 Multiple Density Residential ( Title 30.40.150 Purpose of R-4, Up to 25 units per acre
R-5 Apartment Residential ( Title 30.40.160 Purpose of R-5, Up to 50 units per acre
Residential Districts - Other
RE-UUF Rural Estates Undeveloped Undetermined Future, RE zoning - master planned for more intense use
ROI/ZC Resolution of Intent/Zone Change - identifies parcels which are in the process of getting a zone change
Non-Residential Districts
Commercial
CRT - Commercial Residential Transition ( Title 30.40.180 Purpose of CRT) - residential conversions, no retail (accessory OK)
C-P Office and Professional ( Title 30.40.190 Purpose of C-P) - very limited retail
C-1 Local Business - neighborhood convenience uses, auto maintenance OK ( Title 30.40.200 Purpose of CRT)
C-C Shopping Center (Title 29)
C-2 General Business ( Title 30.40.180 Purpose of C-2) - Regional Commercial allows taverns, auto maintenance OK, auto repair with special use
C-3 General Commercial (Title 29)
Manufacturing
M-D Designed Manufacturing - warehouse, wholesale, outside storage OK with principle indoor use and screening ( Title 30.40.230 Purpose of M-D)
M-1 Light Manufacturing - M-D plus adult use, stand alone outside storage facilities, auto paint and body ( Title 30.40.240 Purpose of M-1)
M-2 Industrial without Dwelling - most intense - hazmat ( Title 30.40.250 Purpose of M-2)
M-3 Heavy Industrial (Title 29)
Special
O-S Open Space ( Title 30.40.270 Purpose of O-S)
H-2 General Highway Frontage - antiquated district, trying to eliminate most uses require a use permit ( Title 30.40.280 Purpose of H-2)
P-F Public Facility - Airport, school, park, etc. ( Title 30.40.290 Purpose of P-F)
RVP Recreational Vehicle Park ( Title 30.40.300 Purpose of P-F)
U-V Urban Village - mixed use (residential, commercial, and recreation) ( Title 30.40.310 Purpose of U-V)
H-1 Limited Resort and Apt - resorts, live gaming, commercial with use permit ( Title 30.40.320 Purpose of H-1)
T-C Mobile Home Park (Title 29)
Overlay Zone
P-C Planned Community - usually major projects
Multi layer Zoning - different zoning on various floors of one building
RNP - Rural Neighborhood Preservation
RNP-I Masterplan - 2 units per acre
RNP-II State - 2 units per acre
RNP-III - 4 units per acre
Grading Plan Requirements
Southern Nevada Amendments to the 2006 International Building Code Appendix J - Grading Plan Requirements
Southern Nevada Amendments to the 2000 International Building Code, Published Feb 11, 2003. Appendix K - Grading.
Planning Codes
Qrep2007CCPlanningPermits.xls
How to Fix HTE numbers
Problem, when using the HTE (Permit Application Number) as a relate/join item, could have HTE#= 06-123 or HTE#= 06-00123. To resolve this issue, following Field
Calculator will pad the HTE# sequence number with zeros.
Dim s As String
If Len( [HTE] ) = 7 Then
s = LEFT( [HTE],3) & "0" & RIGHT([HTE],4)
ElseIf Len( [HTE] ) = 6 Then
s = LEFT( [HTE],3) & "00" & RIGHT([HTE],3)
ElseIf Len( [HTE] ) = 5 Then
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
315 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
316 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Misc Layers
Lone Mountain Overlay Planned Land Use - shapefiles ( lmpluoverlay_p.dbf, lmpluoverlay_p.prj, lmpluoverlay_p.shp, lmpluoverlay_p.shp.xml,
lmpluoverlay_p.shx )
Planned Land Use Details - shapefiles ( pludetails_p.dbf, pludetails_p.prj, pludetails_p.shp, pludetails_p.shp.xml, pludetails_p.shx )
Rural Planned Land Use - shapefiles ( rural_plu_p.dbf, rural_plu_p.prj, rural_plu_p.shp, rural_plu_p.shp.xml, rural_plu_p.shx )
Summerlin South Concept Planned Land Use - shapefiles ( sumconceptplu_p.dbf, sumconceptplu_p.prj, sumconceptplu_p.shp, sumconceptplu_p.shp.xml,
sumconceptplu_p.shx )
500 S Grand Central Pkwy
PO Box 551741
Las Vegas NV 89155-1741
Anthony "Tony" Azua, Senior GIS Analyst, Clark County Comprehensive Planning, Voice: 702-455-2027, Email: aaz@co.clark.nv.us - Maintains the County Future
Land Use GIS layer.
Cherie Garrity, Planner, email: czg@co.clark.nv.us, voice: 455-5766
Ron Gregory, Federal Lands Coordinator, email: rgy@co.clark.nv.us, voice: 455-3121, fax: 385-8940
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
317 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
318 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
PW Eng Serv Docs & Plans - contains the Capital Improvement Projects
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
319 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
320 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
321 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
s = "Neighborhood Watch"
ElseIf [NTYPE] LIKE "RC" Then
s = "Resident Council"
Else
s = [NTYPE]
End If
Department of Public Works - Engineering and Planning Division, Right of Way Section
James Padgett, GIS Analyst, voice: 702-229-2138, Email: jpadgett@lasvegasnevada.gov
maintains the Easement GIS layer
easement layer only consists of public easements granted to the city, does NOT contain utility easements granted to other entities such as Nevada Power, Cox
Cable, Southwest Gas, Embarq, etc.
easement layer is missing most easements granted by plats, parcel maps and separate documents prior to 2003.
easements in CLV's GIS are predominantly from separate documents (Grant Deeds, etc.) and not from Parcel Maps or Plats
Type of Easement: Drainage, Pedestrian, Roadway, and Sewer
Department of Public Works - Flood Control
Oh Sang Kwon, PE, voice: 702-229-1815, Email: okwon@lasvegasnevada.gov does the drainage study reviews for the City
Traffic Studies
Rick Schroder, voice: 702-229-6371
Department of Public Works - Survey Division, voice: 229-6217
Alan Riekki, City Surveyor, email: ariekki@lasvegasnevada.gov
Survey Benchmarks
Took pictures of the benchmarks and have GPS coordinates based on the digital camera position, as of June 2007, working on a project to create a GIS layer of the
benchmarks.
Fire and Rescue Communications Division
500 N Casino Center
Las Vegas NV 89101
Ervin Kral, GIS Analyst, email: ekral@lasvegasnevada.gov, voice: 229-0062, fax: 383-6956
Troy Plocus, email: tplocus@lasvegasnevada.gov, voice: 229-0234. Maintains the building footprint layer for major structures outside the City of Las Vegas. Mark
House (229-4737, mhouse@lasvegasnevada.gov) with Las Vegas Current Planning maintains the building footprints for the City of Las Vegas. Also, Jorge works
with Mark House on maintaining the layer.
Building Footprints
CLVBuildingFootprints.zip
Obtained from Bob Agnew via ftp.lasvegasnevada.gov/Outbound/CLVBuildingFootprints/
According to Bob Agnew "CAPACITY is the number of living units in residential buildings, either single-family homes, apartment complexes or
condo/town home complexes."
Building Footprints contained in the LANDUSE shapefile for the entire City of Las Vegas.
C:\gisdata\crclv\shapefil\landuse.shp - footprint with the LUCODE
C:\gisdata\crclv\shapefil\plu.shp - is basically the parcel layer with the PLUCODE
Zip of landuse and plu shapefiles
CLV_Landuse_04032009.zip (download CLV_Landuse_04032009.zip from gisengineering.com)
Smaller Building Footprint shapefile of just the Strip
Troy Plocus Footprint data are based on the 'as submitted', which may have some discrepancy from what is actually build in the field.
example ArcInfo coverage which has some building footprints (C:\gisdata\crfire\source\fire-lib\landuse-178\lu3228)
the LandUse polygon layer which contains the Building Footprints does NOT contain elevation data
CC_BLDG_FOOTPRINTS.ZIP
Google Earth display of the Building Footprints with height of building representing the CAPACITY field
City of Las Vegas Captial Improvements - Project Listing Report for ACEC
download from ftp.lasvegasnevada.gov/Outbound/ACEC
ProjectListing-ACEC_April09.pdf
ProjectListing-ACEC_March09.pdf
ProjectListing-ACEC_Feb09.pdf
Utility Collection System - Sewer
John Day, Engineering Project Manager. Voice: 702-229-4864, Email: jday@lasvegasnevada.gov Purchased the 2006 5 foot topo layer created by Leo with
AeroTech. Layer name is CLV_CONTOURS - 2006. As of 29 Sept 2007 - Bob Agnew is still waiting on the approval from John Day to release the contours to the
County.
GIS
Bob Agnew, Senior GIS Analyst - Administrator. Voice: 702-229-6049, Email: rmagnew@lasvegasnevada.gov
Easement Layer
EasementLV.mdb
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
322 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
CLV_Sewer_Easements_03052009.zip - includes sewer lines but there is a problem with the export of the easement layer, missing some time stamp .dll
Shapefile
rw_easements.zip
rw_rightofway.zip
rw_vacations.zip
Metadata for lookup tables/attribute domains RW_METADATAorg.xls, this revised spreadsheet has cleaned up the format to make it easier to import as a table in
the EasementLV.mdb personal geodatabase RW_METADATArev.xls
#-Doc_type1
Code
Description
ABAND
ABANDONMENT
AGRE
AGREEMENT
ANNEX
ANNEXATION ORDINANCE
BILL
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDENT
DEED
DEDICATION DEED
DU
EASE
EASEMENT
EXEC
EXECUTOR'S DEED
FOC
GBSD
GRANT,BARGAIN,SALE,DEED
GD
GRANT DEED
JUDG
LD
LAND DIVISION
LEASE
LEASE
LP
MISC
MISCELLANEOUS
ORD
ORDINANCE
PATN
LAND PATENT
PB
PM
PARCEL MAP
QC
REL
RES
RESOLUTION
REV
REVERSIONARY
RS
RWG
TTD
TRUSTEE'S DEED
VAC
ORDER OF VACATION
WD
WARRANTY DEED
#-DOC_TYPE
Code
10
Description
Annexation
349
311
352
83
68
Decision
63
Declaration
55
Deed
107
Dismissal
76
Easement
14
Interest
109
Judgment
123
Lease
144
Letter
132
Lien
142
Lis Pendens
150
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
323 of 378
191
Miscellaneous
183
Miscellaneous Map
187
Order
189
Ordinance
149
Parcel Map
64
Patent Deed
190
Permit
151
Plat
205
Quiet Title
211
Resolution
148
179
Reversionary Plat
152
Survey
57
Tax Deed
58
Trustee Deed
280
Vacation
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
#-EASETYPE
Code
Description:
Access
Drainage
Traffic Facility
Pedestrian access
Railroad
Power line
Gas line
Other utility
10
Vacation
11
Sewer
12
Trail
13
Patent
14
Road
15
Ingress / Egress
16
Multuple
99
Other
#-ENTITTY
Code: Description:
0
Public
Private
BLM
NDOT
BuRec
Railroad
99
Other
#-PRI_USE
Code:
Description
DRAINAGE
Drainage
MISC
Misc. easement
ROAD
Road easement
ROW
SEWER
Sewer easement
TRAFFIC
Traffic easement
TRAIL
Trail easement
VACATION
#1-PCLQA
Spatial Digit
Definition
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
324 of 378
Reserved
Control points
Plats
.875
1.708333333
3.375
6.708333333
1:24000
1:50000
>1:100000
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
#-PCLQA
PEQA Quality Assurance Quality Rating System
Spatial Digit
Definition
Source Digit
Definition
NA
Reserved
Control Point
Design Drawing 2
0.875
1.708333333
3.375
6.708333333
1:24000
1:50000
Reserved
.1:50000
#-SEC_USE
Code:
Description:
98
97
96
95
Private roads
90
Other areas
#-MAINT
Code: Description:
0
Public
Private
#-ACQTYPE
Code: Description:
0
Dedicated
Purchased
Granted
Reserved
99
Other
R,G,B
Shade
255,239,214
R-E
0,130,0
R-D
194,252,255
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
325 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
255,255,0
R-MH
255,199,173
R-CL
255,251,194
R-2
255,249,166
R-3
255,174,0
R-4
161,102,50
R-5
186,164,0
R-MHP
255,191,0
P-R
255,194,194
N-S
166,166,166
99,0,96
C-D
119,0,130
C-1
255,166,166
C-2
255,0,0
C-M
200,194,255
0,0,255
C-V
209,209,209
C-PB
250,194,255
P-C
146,173,47
PD
255,0,255
T-D T-C
255,251,194
110,110,110
Boulder City
Survey
Bench Marks - NAVD 88 Datum, City of Boulder City, January 1997 BCbenchmarks.pdf
Radig E G Inc Benchmark Database (electronic version of the Boulder City Benchmarks): BENCHES.DBF
Contacts
Scott Hansen, voice: 702-293-9282, Fax: 702-293-9392, Email: shansen@bcnv.org shansenbcnv@earthlink.net
Marti Corderman, voice: 702-293-9276 with Boulder City Public Works - incharge of the Benchmark Book
Gary Zupanic, general voice: 702-293-9200, email: gzupanic@bcnv.org - works with Marti
Richard Arroit with Radig E G Inc, 1577 Foothill Dr, Boulder City, 293-3330 is the primary surveyor in Boulder City, email: radig@embarqmail.com or
radig@earthlink.net
City of Mesquite
Tim Spear, GIS Coordinator, email: tspear@mesquitenv.gov
Aaron Baker, GIS Analyst, email: abaker@ci.mesquite.nv.us
Allen Bell, City Engineer, email: abell@ci.mesquite.nv.us, Voice: 702-346-5295, Fax: 702-346-2795
Survey
Allen Bell started to compile a benchmark lish with his summer intern but is not finalized yet (as of June 2007)
City uses Sire Technologies out of Salt Lake City for document management and imaging.
City of Henderson
Henderson Geographic Information Services
Digital Data Sets - City Boundary, Land Use Plan, Master Streets and Highways Plan, Neighborhood Planning Areas, Streets, Zoning and City Council Wards
Traffic Study Reviewers
Gena Kendall and John Peneulas, Voice: 702-267-3099, Fax: 702-267-3091
Public Works Traffic Services Engineering
240 Water Street MS 112
PO Box 95050
Henderson NV 89009-5050
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
326 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
327 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
US Census
Official US Census data
Census Cartographic Boundary Files has county boundaries (i.e. County and County Equivalent Areas) for 2000 and 1990. Metadata for "County and County
Equivalent Areas" projection is geographic (lat/long) and datum is NAD83.
County and County Equivalent Areas - geodatabase
Census Cartographic Boundary Files
2000 USA County Areas, in Coverage and Shapefile format
All 50 States, D.C., and Puerto Rice (locally stored co99_d00_shp.zip)
USA Census Metadata, Summary: Projection - Geographic (Lat/Long), Datum NAD83
ESRI conversion of Census Data
Locally stored version of 2000 TIGER/Line data for Clark County (cctigerline.mdb all shapefiles available for Clark County from www.esri.com have been
imported into this geodatabase)
SF1 Quick Reference Guide
ESRI converted all Census 2000 TIGER/Line data to shapefiles, can be downloaded for free from under the Preview and Download link under Free Download.
Clark County conversion of Census Data
Street Centerline Based Block Groups (SBG) coverage sbg.e00
Metadata Browse for Census Data
Reference Materials
A Break from the Past - Understanding ESRI's 2006 Demographic Updates by Lynn Wombold and Edmond Ting
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
328 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Goals
1. Provide ability to easily view and search the TIFF images over the Internet. Proposed solution is to convert the TIFF images into PDF files
Option 1: use verypdf.com img2pdf.exe, use the Microsoft PowerShell to batch convert the TIFF images as well as adding the metadata and keywords
Option 2: use Acrobat Professional to convert TIFF to PDF. Unknown how to get the metadata and keywords embedded in the PDF file
The Recorder's office will index some of the data, such as party names and document number. Currently the whole document is not indexed, that is OCR of
TIFF image will have to be done.
Need to manage the Recorder's Index. Current solution is to import the tab seperated textfile into MySQL. Also need to discuss how to update the database.
Documents are constantly being added to the Recorder's database.
Benefits
Expand the search capabilities
have the recorded document at your fingertips. Just provide a link, then if you have any questions on the easement, can click the feature to open the
recorded document as PDF
2. Provide ability to track the progress of converting the legal description easements into GIS polygons. This will be a spatial index to the data, can easily see from a
map if an easement exists on a given property.
Procedure
Step 1: Obtain DVD from the Recorder of the TIFF images and database Index
Step 2: Upload the TIFF images to Bluehost (ftp://ftp.gisengineering.com/public_ftp/gisdata/crrecorder/tif)
Step 3: Import the database index into MySQL
Monthly Database Updates
Install MySQL on local computer
Download the MySQL Scripts to create the ccrec database, create the tables and import the data
ccrecInstrument.sql (recommend D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecInstrument.sql)
ccrecLandUse.sql (recommend D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecLandUse.sql)
ccrecNames.sql (recommend D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecNames.sql)
Download the Recorder's Index data
CCOR_Easements_88thru200903_Instruments.zip (recommend D:\crrecorder\database\CCOR_Easements_88thru200903_Instruments.txt)
CCOR_Easements_88thru200903_LandUse.zip (recommend D:\crrecorder\database\CCOR_Easements_88thru200903_LandUse.txt)
CCOR_Easements_88thru08_Names.zip (recommend D:\crrecorder\database\CCOR_Easements_88thru200903_Names.txt)
Modify the path or any settings in the .sql scripts
Run the sql scripts
Option 1: from mysql command prompt
mysql> SOURCE D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecInstrument.sql
mysql> SOURCE D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecLandUse.sql
mysql> SOURCE D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecNames.sql
Option 2: from windows command prompt
C:\> "C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server 5.1\bin\mysql" --user=root --password=normal <D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecInstrument.sql
C:\> "C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server 5.1\bin\mysql" --user=root --password=normal <D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecLandUse.sql
C:\> "C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server 5.1\bin\mysql" --user=root --password=normal <D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecNames.sql
Export the local windows database to sql
"C:\Program Files\MySQL\MySQL Server 5.1\bin\mysqldump.exe" --user=root --password=normal --database=ccrec >D:\crrecorder\sql\ccrecall.sql
Zip the ccrecall.sql file and upload to bluehost (ftp.gisengineering.com)
Step 4: Create a Flat file of the Index
Step 5: Create PDF with Index data
Create PDF from TIFF using VeryPDF.com
Step 6: OCR the PDF
Step 7: Upload the PDF images to Bluehost (ftp://ftp.gisengineering.com/public_ftp/gisdata/crrecorder/tif) and Burn to DVD
MySQL Joins
SET SQL_BIG_SELECTS=1
SELECT a.instrno, b.instrno, b.partylastname
FROM gisengin_ccrec.instrument a, gisengin_ccrec.names b
WHERE a.instrno = b.instrno;
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
329 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
To Do Items
Create a PHP script to query the MySQL database on Bluehost account
Create a 4th table with instrument number and URL to the pdf/tiff images of the Recorder's easements
export the MySQL database as a flat .csv file with all the data joined. This will be used by the application which converts TIFF images to PDF and store the data as
searchable metadata in the PDF
possibly create a 5th table which links the Easement GIS layers created by CCDS, LV, NLV, etc. Then we will know how many easements do not have a GIS layer
another option is to store the traverse text file in a BLOB field in the MySQL database
Need a method to update the database, when an easement is created in the GIS layer, will need to track this in the database, so always know how many are converted and
how many remain.
Using the MySQL GUI tools, just right click on the results of a query using Export Resultset -> Export as CSV file..., then save as ccrecInstrumentFlatNames.csv
References:
MySQL 5.1 Reference Manual - SELECT ... INTO OUTFILE 'file name'
"The FILE privilege gives you permission to read and write files on the server host using the LOAD DATA INFILE and SELECT ... INTO OUTFILE statements. A
user who has the FILE privilege can read any file on the server host that is either world-readable or readable by the MySQL server. (This implies the user can read
any file in any database directory, because the server can access any of those files.) The FILE privilege also enables the user to create new files in any directory
where the MySQL server has write access. As a security measure, the server will not overwrite existing files." (MySQL 5.1 Reference Manual - Privileges Provided
by MySQL)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
330 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Recorders
MySQL Field
Data Type
Name
and Length
One record for each recorded document (excludes marriages & voided numbers)
Notes
instrid
instrno
varchar(15)
YYYYMMDDnnnnnnn (document number), NOT UNIQUE, will have duplicate values if the
recorded easement crosses different parcels. So each parcel affected will have a record in the table
with the same Instrument number
doctypecode
int(3)
Doc Type
Description
char 40
doctypedesc
varchar(40)
Original
Document
Modifier
char 50
orgdocmod
varchar(50)
Number of
Pages
num
nopages
int(3)
Recorded Date
datetime
Time
daterecorded
datetime
Recording
Requested By
recrequestby
varchar(50)
rerecorded
char(1)
Instrument
Char 15
char 50
Re-Recording
bit
Flag
1 = true, it is a re-recording
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
331 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
As of March 2009, the recorders policy is to index the first parcel number listed on the recorded
document. Now this policy wasn't consistent over time. It appears in the 2000 time frame, the
recorder would index all the parcel numbers. So for example, document# 200006220001653 is
stored in the database index 70 times because it has 70 unique parcel numbers. I guess it would have
been helpful if the recorder just create another table with document number and parcel number, but
this solution wasn't implemented. Other problems, mulitiple parcel numbers enter in a single field,
no dashes or spaces, example bad values 16412212016PT, 16330201004THRU007,
17603501001002003&008
pclno
varchar(25)
Assessor Tag
Code
char 1
pcltagcode
char(1)
Assessor Tag
Description
char 40
pcltagdesc
varchar(40)
rpttamount
decimal(10,2)
Transfer Tax
Percent
transtaxper
decimal(8,5)
decimal 8,5
Tax Exemption
char 2
Code
taxexemptcode varchar(3)
declareval
decimal(10,2)
taxval
decimal(10,2)
char 11
Will only have a record if the Instrument record has a parcel number
and the parcel number is in the Assessor's parcel master file
Notes
pclno
varchar(11)
billadd1
varchar(32)
billadd2
varchar(32)
billadd3
varchar(32)
billadd4
varchar(32)
billadd5
varchar(32)
billzipcode
varchar(32)
saleprice
varchar(10)
saledate
date
yyyymmdd
Assessor Land
Use Code
landusecode
varchar(6)
landusecode3
varchar(3)
Land Use
Category
char 20
landusecat
varchar(30)
Land Use
char 30
landuse
varchar(50)
Acreage
decimal 16,8
acreage
decimal(16,8)
Subdivision
char 150
subdname
varchar(150)
Plat number
char 18
platno
varchar(18)
Town
char 20
township
varchar(20)
char 10
char 6
Range
char 20
range
varchar(20)
Section
char 20
sectno
varchar(20)
Qtr
char 10
qtr
varchar(10)
QtrQtr
char 10
qtrqtr
varchar(10)
Portion
char 10
portion
varchar(10)
no dashes or spaces
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
332 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
MySQL Field
Name
Notes
namesid
Instrument ID
Char 15
instrno
varchar(15)
Party Code
num
partycode
int
Party Code
Description
char 40
partycodedesc
varchar(40)
char 100
partylastname
varchar(100)
Party First-Middle
char 50
Name
partymidname
varchar(50)
partyfullname
varchar(50)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
333 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
'SOUTHWEST GAS',
'SOUTHWEST GAS COMPANY',
'SOUTHWEST GAS CORP',
'SOUTHWEST GAS CORPORAION',
'SOUTHWEST GAS CORPORAITON',
'SOUTHWEST GAS CORPORATION',
'SOUTHWEST GASCORPORATION',
'SOUTHWEST GASE CORPORATION',
'SOUTHWEST GAST CORPORATION',
'SOUTHWEST6 GAS CORPORATION',
'SOUTWEST GAS CORPORATION'
)
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE 'SOU%T GAS%' OR partylastname LIKE 'SOU%T6 GAS%'
GROUP BY instrno;
Power
Basic Power Company
BASIC POWER COMPANY
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%BASIC POWER CO%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Idaho Power
IDAHO POWER COMPANY
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%IDAHO POWER%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
334 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Overton Power
OVERTON POWER COMPANY, OVERTON POWER DIST 5, OVERTON POWER DISTRICE NO 05, OVERTON POWER DISTRICT, OVERTON
POWER DISTRICT 5, OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 05, OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 5, OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 5 DISTRICT,
OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 5 MESQUITE, OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO. 5, OVERTON POWER DISTRIT NO 5, OVERTONO POWER
DISTRICT NO 02
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname IN (
'OVERTON POWER COMPANY',
'OVERTON POWER DIST 5',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICE NO 05',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT 5',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 05',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 5',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 5 DISTRICT',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO 5 MESQUITE',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRICT NO. 5',
'OVERTON POWER DISTRIT NO 5',
'OVERTONO POWER DISTRICT NO 02'
)
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%OVERTON%POWER%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Telephone
American Telephone
AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CO
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%AMERICAN%TELE%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Bell Telephone
BELL TELEPHONE CO, BELL TELEPHONE CO OF NV, BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA, BELL TELEPHONE OF NEVADA
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%BELL%TELE%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Central Telephone/Sprint/Embarq
CENTAL TELEPHONE COMPANY, CENTERAL TELEPHONE COMPANY, CENTERAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA D, CENTR4AL
TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL TELELPHONE COMPANY, CENTRAL TELEPHONE BUILDING COMPANY, CENTRAL
TELEPHONE CMPANY NEVADA DIV, CENTRAL TELEPHONE CMPANY NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO, CENTRAL
TELEPHONE CO NV DIV, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMANY, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMANY NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL TELEPHONE
COMAPNY, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMAPNY NEVADA DI, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPAN NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL TELEPHONE
COMPANY, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY DIVISION, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY EMBARQ, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY
NEVAD DIV, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA DI, CENTRAL TELEPHONE
COMPANY NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY-NEVADA, CENTRAL
TELEPHONE COMPANY-NV, CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPNAY NEVADA DI, CENTRAL TELEPHONE NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL
TELEPHONE OF NEVADA, CENTRAL TELOPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA, CENTRAL TELPHONE COMPANY, CENTRAL TELPHONE
COMPANY NEVADA DIVISION, CENTRAL TELPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA, CENTRAL TRELPHONE COMPANY, CENTRUAL
TELEPHONE COMPANY, CNETRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY, NEVADA DEVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE C, NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
335 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
TELEPHONE, NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE C, NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE D, NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL
TELPHONE CO, NEVADA DIVISON CENTRAL TELEPHONE C, NEVADA DIVISON CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO, NEVADA HOUSING
CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO, NEVADDA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname IN (
'CENTAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'CENTERAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'CENTERAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA D',
'CENTR4AL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELELPHONE COMPANY',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE BUILDING COMPANY',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE CMPANY NEVADA DIV',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE CMPANY NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO NV DIV',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMANY',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMANY NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMAPNY',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMAPNY NEVADA DI',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPAN NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY EMBARQ',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVAD DIV',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA DI',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY-NEVADA',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY-NV',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPNAY NEVADA DI',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELEPHONE OF NEVADA',
'CENTRAL TELOPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA',
'CENTRAL TELPHONE COMPANY',
'CENTRAL TELPHONE COMPANY NEVADA DIVISION',
'CENTRAL TELPHONE COMPANY OF NEVADA',
'CENTRAL TRELPHONE COMPANY',
'CENTRUAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'CNETRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY' ,
'NEVADA DEVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE C',
'NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE',
'NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE C',
'NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE D',
'NEVADA DIVISION CENTRAL TELPHONE CO',
'NEVADA DIVISION OF CENTRAL TELEPHON',
'NEVADA DIVISON CENTRAL TELEPHONE C',
'NEVADA DIVISON CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO',
'NEVADA HOUSING CENTRAL TELEPHONE CO',
'NEVADDA DIVISION CENTRAL TELEPHONE',
'SPRING CENTRAL TELEPHONE-NEVADA',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY NE',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY-NE',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE NEVADA',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE OCMPANY',
'SPRINT CENTRAL TELEPHONE-NEVADA',
'SPRINT CENTRAL-TELEPHONE NEVADA',
'SPRINT TELEPHONE',
'SPRINT TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'SPRINT-CENTRAL TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'SPRINT-CENTRAL TELEPHONE-NEVADA',
'EMBARQ'
)
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%CENT%TEL%PHON%' OR
partylastname LIKE '%AL T%PHONE%' OR
partylastname LIKE '%EMBARQ%' OR
partylastname LIKE '%SPRINT TELE%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Continental Telephone
CONTINENTAL TELEPHONE COMPANY OF NE
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%CONT%TELEPHON%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
336 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
RIO VIGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABELVISION, RIO VIRGIN
TELEPHONE AND CABLE, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLE VISI, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLE VISION, RIO VIRGIN
TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISIO, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE CO, RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE
COMPANY, RIO VIRGINA TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname IN (
'RIO VIGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHOEN AND CABLEVISIO',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABELVISION',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABELVISION',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLE',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLE VISI',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLE VISION',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISIO',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE CO',
'RIO VIRGIN TELEPHONE COMPANY',
'RIO VIRGINA TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION',
'VIRGIN TELEPHONE AND CABLEVISION' )
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%VI%GIN%TELEPHON%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Cable
Laughin Cablevision
LAUGHLIN CABLEVISION INC, LAUGHLIN CABLEVISION LP
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%LAUGHLIN CABLE%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Cablevision
CABLEVISION
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE 'CABLEVISION'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Cable Plus
CABLE PLUS, CABLE PLUS COMPANY LP, CABLE PLUS OF MICHIGAN INC
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%CABLE PLUS%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Pace Cable
PACE CABLE CORP, PACE CABLE CORPORATION
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%PACE CABLE%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
337 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Water
Big Bend Water District
BIG BEND WATER DISTRICT, BIGN BEND WATER DISTRICT
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%BIG%WATER%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
338 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Government Agencies - Clark County, City of Las Vegas, City of North Las Vegas
Clark County McCarran Airport
CLARK COUNTY MCCARRAN, CLARK COUNTY MCCARRAN AIRPORT, AIRPORT CLARK COUNTY, MCCARRAN AIRPORT CLARK
COUNTY, MCCARRAN CLARK COUNTY, AVIATION CLARK COUNTY, CLARK COUNTY AVIAITION, CLARK COUNTY AVIATION, CLARK
COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF AVIATION
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname IN (
'AIRPORT CLARK COUNTY',
'AVIATION CLARK CO9UNTY',
'AVIATION CLARK COUNTY',
'AVIATION MCCARREN INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT',
'CLARK COUNTY AVIAITION',
'CLARK COUNTY AVIATION',
'CLARK COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF AVIATION',
'CLARK COUNTY MCCARRAN',
'CLARK COUNTY MCCARRAN AIRPORT',
'MCCARRAN',
'MCCARRAN AIRPORT CLARK COUNTY',
'MCCARRAN CLARK COUNTY',
'MCCARRAN INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT'
)
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%AIRPORT CLARK%' OR
partylastname LIKE '%AVIATION%CLARK%' OR
partylastname LIKE '%AVIATION%AIRPORT%' OR
partylastname LIKE 'CLARK COUNTY%AVIA%' OR
partylastname LIKE 'CLARK COUNTY MCCARR%' OR
partylastname LIKE 'MCCARRAN' OR
partylastname LIKE 'MCCARRAN%CLARK COUNTY' OR
partylastname LIKE 'MCCARRAN INTERNATI%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
339 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
340 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
341 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
City of Mesquite
CITY COUNCIL MESQUITE CITY, CITY MESQUITE, CITY OF MESQUITE, COUNCIL MESQUITE CITY, MESQUITE CITY, MESQUITE CITY
CITY, MESQUITE CITY COUNCIL, MESQUITE CITY NEVADA, MESQUITE CITY OF, MESQUITE/CITY OF, MESQUITY CITY MESQUITE CITY
SANITATION, SANITATION MESQUITE CITY
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname IN (
'CITY COUNCIL MESQUITE CITY',
'CITY MESQUITE',
'CITY OF MESQUITE',
'COUNCIL MESQUITE CITY',
'MESQUITE CITY',
'MESQUITE CITY CITY',
'MESQUITE CITY COUNCIL',
'MESQUITE CITY NEVADA',
'MESQUITE CITY OF',
'MESQUITE/CITY OF',
'MESQUITY CITY',
'MESQUITE CITY SANITATION',
'SANITATION MESQUITE CITY'
)
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
SELECT * FROM gisengin_ccrec.names n
WHERE partylastname LIKE '%MESQUIT%CITY%' OR
partylastname LIKE 'CITY%MESQUITE%'
GROUP BY instrno
ORDER BY partylastname;
Recorder Intranet
Assessor - Internet
http://recorder.co.clark.nv.us/extmap
http://www.accessclarkcounty.com/assessor
/logon.asp UserID: web Password: qwerty http://ccorapps1m /Disclaim.htm or http://gisgate.co.clark.nv.us
or http://recorder.co.clark.nv.us/extmap
/OESRec/
/assessor/webimages/default.asp?appID=1&
/default.asp
textdocNum=20040123:02257
Assessor Intranet
http://ccaodev1m
/AODocViewer/
Adoption
Affid Labor - Affidavit Labor
Patented
Affidavit
AFFIDAVIT TRUSTEE
Agreement
Agreement RP
Annexation
Answer
Application
Appointmen - Appointment
Approval
Appt Oath - Appointment Oath
Articles Incorp - Articles
Incorporation
Asg Trust - Assignment Trust
Deed/Request Notice
Assess Roll - Assessment Roll
Assignment
Assignment RP
Assr Parcel Map - Assessor
Parcel Map
Attachment
Bond
Breach
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
342 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Covenant
Death Grantor Aff - Death of
Grantor Affidavit
Decision
Declaratio - Declaration
Decree
Decree of Distr - Decree of
Distribution
Dedication
Deed
Deed of Recon - Deed of
Reconveyance
Default
Discharge
Disclaimer
Dismissal
Div into Lrge Pcl - Division into Div into Lrge Pcl - Division into Large
Large Parcels
Parcels
Divorce
DOC VOIDED - Doc number
has been voided
Easement
Escrow Instr
Execution
Fee Corr - Fee Correction
Finance Stmnt - Finance
Statement
Finding Fact
Fixture Filing
Guarantee
HLIEN - Hospital Lien
HLien Release - Hospital Lien
Release
Homestead
Indenture
Intent
Intent Hold Mine - Intent to
Hold-Mining
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
343 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Interest
IRS Cert non Atch - IRS
Certificate of Non-Attachment
IRS Dischr - IRS Discharge
Property
IRS Estate - IRS Estate Tax Lien
IRS Lien Ntc - IRS Lien Notice
IRS Lien Release
IRS Refile - IRS Refile Lien
IRS Subord - IRS Subordination
Joint Venture
Judgment
Lease
Letter
License
Lien
Lien Release
Lis Pendens
Local Gov Plat - Local
Government Plat
Minutes
Misc (RP) - Miscellaneous (RP)
Misc Court - Miscellaneous
Court Doc
Misc Daily Receipts
Misc Map - Miscellaneous Map Misc Map - Miscellaneous Map
Misc Map Div - Miscellaneous
Map Division Large Parcel
Miscellane - Miscellaneous
Mortgage
Motion
Name Change
Non-Respons Non-Responsibility
Note
Notice
Notice of Loc - Notice of
Location
Notice RP
Notice Trustee Sale - Notice of
Trustee Sale
Oath
Option
OR-UCC - UCC Finance
Statement
Order
Ordinance
Parcel Map
Parcel Map
Partnership
Patent Deed
Permit
Petition
Placer Mining - Placer Mining
Map
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
344 of 378
Plat
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Plat
RPTT Correction
RPTT Refund
Sale
Sale RP
Security Agreement
Security Tax
Statement
Stipulatio - Stipulation
Sub/Asg of TD Substitution/Assignment of Trust
Deed
Subst/Breach
Subst/Default
Subst/Reco Substitution/Reconveyance
Substituti - Substitution
Survey
Survey
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
345 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Variance
Waiver
Water Approp - Water
Appropriation
Will
Writ
Writ Garnshmnt - Writ
Garnishment
Clark County Title Services
Maintains a database index to all the Clark County Recorders documents. Also has images of the these documents since 1972. 17 Title Companies in Clark County
pooled resources to build this database which can only be used by Title Companies costs around $1,000,000 to buy in.
Betty Waters, President
James Bennett, Executive Vice President of Chicago Title, Email: bennettj@ctt.com Voice: 702-386-8000
and CCTS Board of Directors
820 Rancho Lane, #35
voice: 702-385-2287
LandAmerica LandTitle of Nevada
Steve Dover, Vice President - Title Department Manager
2911 N Tenaya Way #205
Las Vegas NV 89128-0464
Voice: 702-474-3377, Fax: (213) 639-8362
Email: sdover@landtitlenv.com
First American Title Company of Nevada
2490 Paseo Verde Pkwy, Suite 100
Henderson NV 89074
Voice: 702-731-4131
Property Profiles
Assessed Values
Sales Comparables
Location Maps
Demographics
Nearby schools, businesses and churches
Foreclosures
National Default Servicing Corporation - performs foreclosures, bankruptcies, evictions, deeds in lieu and other default related services
2525 E Camelback Rd, Suite 200. Phoenix AZ 85016, Voice: 602-264-6101, Fax: 602-264-6209 Email: info@ndscorp.com
sent email on 25 June 2007 request data in a tabular or database format, then import into internet mapping
Title Companies Internet Mapping Layers
Regional Flood Control District
10 year facilities
Future facilities
Master Plan status from the Agenda, ask Kevin and Andrew if this info can be added to the Stan Clawson facilities layer
Flood Zones
Regional Transportation Commission - Capital Improvement Projects
Ask Fidel and Hui about this
Bus Routes and Stops locations
Stan Anderson and Jerry Duke - TransCAD forecasted volumes
Clark County School District
Existing and Proposed schools
does the school district have a board agenda where they discuss future schools? ask Nevada by Design and/or Dave Betley
Attendence zones
Clark County Public Works
Traffic counts
PM10 roads
5 year no-cut streets
Survey benchmarks
Storm Drains and Drop Inlets
Special Improvement Districts
Clark county Development Services
Links to KoVIS
Traffic and Drainage Studies
Offsite Improvements
Geotechnical Studies
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
346 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Easements
Permit Process - Land use Applications
NDOT
Traffic Counts
Sewer Lines
clark county Water Reclaimation District
Clark County Assessor
Vacant Parcels
Parcel Owners
Existing Right of Way (ROW)
PDF assessor maps
Subdivision Mpas
Reports - acreage, last sales price, building square footage
Zoning
Crime Statistics
US Census - Demographics
Clark County Air Quality
Ron Gregory - BLM parcels to be auctioned
Land use
Master Plans
BLM
Existing BLM Patent Easements
Recorders
Link to Deeds
HUD homes
Foreclosures
Link to Property Line
Link to MLS
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
347 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
other agencies (City of Henderson, USGS), and measurements I record myself in the field. The data is kreiged in surfer and the preliminary contours are produced.
Contours exported as a shapefile Grid produced as a surfer grid The grid is processed with an open source tool called grid convert from Geospatial Designs. This
tool converts from a Surfer grid to an ASCII grid. Arc toolbox is used to convert From ASCII to Raster and the projection is defined. The contours are then edited
in ArcMap to trim and smooth the lines for an improved finished product. The map is then published to pdf for distribution.
Shallow-DTW-map06-a.pdf
Eric Dano (Email: eric.dano@snwa.com, Voice: 702-822-3365) has access to the groundwater wells GIS layer for the Las Vegas Valley
Casey Collins has access to the groundwater wells GIS layer for Lincoln County
Publish a Map to State Engineer showing the Groundwater table as well as the shallow groundwater system.
Dim s As String
If Len([ParcelNo]) = 14 Then
s = LEFT([ParcelNo], 3) & MID([ParcelNo], 5, 2) & MID([ParcelNo], 8, 3) & RIGHT([ParcelNo], 3)
Else
s = [ParcelNo]
End If
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
348 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Step 7: in ArcMap, add a new filed called ASSOCNAMEU, Text, Length 254. Remember when ArcMap does a string query, it is case sensitive, so a "Maryland" query
will not select "MARYLAND". To work around this, convert all the text to uppercase using the UCase() VBA function in the Field Calculator:
UCase([AssocName])
Step 7: in ArcMap, add a new field called MapTipHOA, Text, Length 254. Remember, Shapefile max text field length is 254 characters. Using Field Calculator:
Dim s, s1, s2, s3, s4, s11, s50, s51, s52, s53 as string
If IsNull( [AssocName] ) OR [AssocName] = " " Then
s11 = "none"
Else
s11 = [AssocName]
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocIncl2] ) OR [AssocIncl2] = " " Then
s2 = ""
Else
s2 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocIncl3] ) OR [AssocIncl3] = " " Then
s3 = ""
Else
s3 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocIncl4] ) OR [AssocIncl4] = " " Then
s4 = ""
Else
s4 = ", "
End If
s50 = "HOA Name: " & s11
s51 = "\nHOA Fee: " & [AssocFee2] & " " & [AssocFe2Ty]
s52 = "\nIncludes: " & [AssocIncl1] & s2 & [AssocIncl2] & s3 &
s53 = s4 & [AssocIncl4]
s = s50 & s51 & s52 & s53
[AssocIncl3]
Step 8: in ArcMap, add a new field called MapTipComm (Community), Text, Length 254. Remember, Shapefile max text field length is 254 characters. MapGuide will
intepret the \n as a newline character, thus creating a multiline tooltip (maptip). Using Field Calculator:
Dim s, s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8, s10, s11, s20, s30, s31, s32, s33 as String
If IsNull( [CommName] ) OR [CommName] = " " Then
s11 = "none"
Else
s11 = [CommName]
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat2] ) OR [AssocFeat2] = " " Then
s2 = ""
Else
s2 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat3] ) OR [AssocFeat3] = " " Then
s3 = ""
Else
s3 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat4] ) OR [AssocFeat4] = " " Then
s4 = ""
Else
s4 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat5] ) OR [AssocFeat5] = " " Then
s5 = ""
Else
s5 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat6] ) OR [AssocFeat6] = " " Then
s6 = ""
Else
s6 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat7] ) OR [AssocFeat7] = " " Then
s7 = ""
Else
s7 = ", "
End If
IF IsNull ( [AssocFeat8] ) OR [AssocFeat8] = " " Then
s8 = ""
Else
s8 = ", "
End If
s10 = "Community Name: " & s11
s20 = "\nCommunity Fee: " & [AssocFee1] & " " & [AssocFe1Ty]
s31 = "\nIncludes: " & [AssocFeat1] & s2 & [AssocFeat2] & s3 & [AssocFeat3]
s32 = s4 & [AssocFeat4] & s5 & [AssocFeat5] & s6 & [AssocFeat6]
s33 = s7 & [AssocFeat7] & s8 & [AssocFeat8]
s30 = s31 & s32 & s33
s = s10 & s20 & s30
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
349 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Dim s as String
If [SIDYesNo] = "Y" AND
s = "SID"
ELSEIF [SIDYesNo] = "Y"
s = "SID Comm"
ELSEIF [SIDYesNo] = "Y"
s = "SID Comm HOA"
ELSEIF [SIDYesNo] = "Y"
s = "SID HOA"
ELSEIF [SIDYesNo] = "N"
s = "Comm HOA"
ELSEIF [SIDYesNo] = "N"
s = "Comm"
ELSEIF [SIDYesNo] = "N"
s = "HOA"
ELSE
s = "none"
End If
Step 10: Work In Progress - using Safe Software FME, convert .csv files into MySQL .sql
Step 11: using FME Workbench, convert the MLSHOALL.shp into .kmz to be displayed in Google Earth. Using the Google Earth Plugin, visit http://faculty.unlv.edu
/jensen/kml/civilstudies.html and turn on the MLS layer at the bottom of the page. Download the FME workbench file mls-SHP2KML.zip
Part 1 - convert to KML
Part 2 - make KML folders
Aggregator Transformer: Group by SymbolHOA and Accumulate Attributes Yes
AttributeKeeper Transformer: keep only the SymbolHOA attributes
AttributeRenamer Transformer: copy SymbolHOA old attribute to kml_id new attribute
Step 12: using MapGuide Studio 2009, convert the MLSHOA.shp into .sdf to be displayed in MapGuide
Embarq
William "Bill" A. Peat, voice: 702-244-7325, Email: william.a.peat@embark.com maintains the phoneline infrastructure
Southwest Gas
IMS - Integrated Mapping System
Uses a Sybase database
Hydraulic Modeling using Advantica Software
Stoner Software
SynerGEE Gas
Educational Contact - Heather Eickhoff, Voice: 717-724-1983, Email: Heather.Eickhoff@advanticagroup.com, spoke with on 9 May 2007, she has been assigned
the task to expand Advantica software to Universities.
Brett Beaver with Advantica did a presentation linking ArcView with Advantica. He can be reached at Voice: 717-243-1900, email: brett.beaver@advantica.biz
ESRI Partner with Advantica contact tom.coolidge@advantica.biz
License Agreement between Advantica and UNLV (pdf)
Operations Manual
Contacts
Marti Marek, Director of Engineering and Project Support Staff
5241 Spring Mountain Rd
Las Vegas NV 89150-0002
Voice: 702-364-3262
Fax: 702-876-4238
Email: marti.marek@swgas.com
David W. Read, Supervisor/Engineering/Maps and Records
5241 Spring Mountain Rd
Las Vegas NV 89102
Voice: 702-364-3213
Fax: 702-876-4238
Email: dave.read@swgas.com
Paul McNeff, Specialist/Distributed Computing Systems - Engineering Staff
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
350 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
John Guillory, Supervisor, Professional Engineer, voice: 702-486-2770, Las Vegas Office, 400 Shadow Lane, Suite 201
David Woolridge maintains the MapGuide site
Monitoring Well Site Data
Metadata - water_level_instructions.pdf
Request for a Program or Course Accreditation Approval Form. Contact Thomas K. Gallagher, PE, email: tgallagher@water.nv.gov, voice: 775-684-2800
Well Log and Report Images
http://images.water.nv.gov/images/well_logs/06000/6718.pdf
http://images.water.nv.gov/images/well_logs/43000/43470.pdf is a recharge permit R012 near Jones and Desert Inn.
Water Level Data download site data for 212 - Las Vegas Valley
Points are shown on MapGuide (http://webmap.water.nv.gov/index.cfm)
Sources
CNRWA Water Levels
USGS
Water Level Data
Water Level Database (wldata.xls) Fields
Background Information
need to join with SiteData.xls spreadsheet to get the location
Metadata water_level_instructions.pdf
Site Name
Water Level
Measure Data
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
351 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Status
Method
A - Airline
B - Analog
C - Calibrated Airline
E - Estimated
F - Transducer
G - Pressure Gage
H - Calibrated Pressure Gage
L - Geophysical Logs
M - Manometer
N - Non-Rec. Gage
R - Reported
S - Steel Tape
T - Electric Tape
U - Unknown
V - Calibrated Electrical Tape
Z - Other
Blank
Remark
SiteData.xls Fields
Background
download from http://water.nv.gov/data/waterlevel/. Click the drop downlist and select 212 - Las Vegas Valley, then click the Download button
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
352 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
USGS Site ID
The largest long integer number is from -2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,648 see Geodatabase Field Types so cannot store this field as Long integer. Recommend
storing as text if you don't like the double precision. Also, if this field is to be used has a relate item, then it is better to use text field type then double field
type.
For some reason this field gets imported as a Double/Scientific number instead of as a Long/numeric. At time of importing into the Geodatabase using
ArcCatalog, change the field type of USGSSiteID from Double to Long
" the site id field is a concatenation of latitude and longitude values. The site ID number is formed from the latitude and longitude of a point believed to
represent the location of the site followed by a 2-digit sequence number. Please keep in mind the site id number has no locational significance, beyond
representing the best location available at the time the site ID was assigned (most of these sites were created decades ago before the use of GPS). The latitude
and longitude fields should be used for location." (Desiree Brantley)
Well Name
Status
describes whether or not staff is collecting water levels at the site. Options are A=Active and I=Inactive
Owner
Well Depth: 400
Permit No. 51594
Well Log(s): 29448 47534
The well log number assigned to the Well Driller's report filed with NDWR for the drilling and construction of the well. Scanned images of the reports, also
known as well logs, submitted to NDWR are available from the Division's website http://water.nv.gov through the Well Log Database using the Well Log
database Query Tool.
Perfs From: 200
The top of the perforated interval of the well casing as measured from land surface in feet (taken from Well Driller's Report).
Perfs To: 400
The bottom of the perforated interval of the well casing as measured from land surface in feet (taken from Well Driller's Report).
TWN: S19 = Township 19 South
RNG: E60 = Range 60 East
SEC: 15 = Section 15
QTR SEC: CDA
Lat DD NAD 83: 36.29354315
Long DD NAD83: -115.253069
Elev: 2375.328
Elev Source: D
G = GPS
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
353 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
M = Map
D = DEM
S = Surveyed
Z = Other (explain in remarks)
Basin: 212
Basin Name: Las Vegas Valley
Remarks:
Well Log Database Query Tool
GIS Data - projected using Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) Zone 11, Clarke 1866 Ellipsoid, NAD27.
Desiree Brantley, think she is the GIS person, or at least does the well log data entry
POD's
Commercial/Industrial
Decreed
Environmental
Irrigation
Mining/Dewatering
Municipal/QM
Other
Power
Recreation/Wildlife
Stock
Storage
Wells
Mining/Dewatering
Power
Municipal
Domestic
Industrial/Commercial
Monitor Well
Irrigation/Stock
All Others
Status
A - Atmospheric Pressure
B - Tide Stage
D - Dry
E - Recently Flowing
F - Flowing
G - Nearby Flowing
H - Nearby Recently Flowing
I - Injector Site
J - Injector Site Monitor
M - Plugged
N - Measurement Discontinued
O - Obstruction
P - Pumping
R - Recently Pumped
S - Nearby Pumping
T - Nearby Recently Pumped
V - Foreign Substance
W - Well Destroyed
X - Affected by Surface Water
Z - Other
Questions on Well Data
Charleston & Buffalo (SiteName: 212 S20 E60 34CCCD1)
Appears to be an Injector Site from 10/31/2006 to 1/17/2007 water level between 93.63' and 29.95'
in just one day, the water level changed from 29.95' to 418.8' (1/18/2007) but the Status is Null, so unclear what is going on.
Create GIS layer of Well Data
Step 0. Create a blank personal geodatatbase in ArcCatalog called WellSites.mdb
Step 1. Download Water Level Data
Water Level Data download site data for 212 - Las Vegas Valley
Download Water Level Data: 212 - LAS VEGAS VALLEY
save as wldata.xls
Import into Excel
Insert a new field in column A, call it SiteNameFormula. Enter the following formula =SUBSTITUTE(TRIM(B2)," ","-")
this will remove any extra spaces in the site name and replace a single space with a dash.
Copy and Paste by Values the SiteNameFormula field into a new field called SiteName. Delete fields SiteNameFormula and "Site Name"
Rename fields (make sure there isn't any spaces in the field names): SiteName, WaterLevel, MeasureDate, Status, Method, Remarks
Add a new field MeasureMonthYr. Enter the following formula =TEXT(C2,"MM/YYYY")
this is optional step, it helps when doing the Time Animation in ArcMap
Note, ArcMap wants YYYYMM format
save as wldata.xlsx
Import the spreadsheet into the WellSites.mdb geodatabase
ArcCatalog, right click on the WellSites.mdb and click Import Table (single)...
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
354 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
355 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
sequence_no
well_log
app
notice_of_intent
waiver_no
date_log_rcvd
data_log_rcvd_acc
site_type
work_type
work_type_rmks
proposed_use
drilling_method
sc
ha
twn
legal_twn
rng
legal_rng
sec
sec_quarters
legal_quarters
quarters_seq
ref
latitude = decimal degrees, about 422 records have 0 value
longitude = decimal degrees, values are stored positive, so to correctly position, need to multiply all values by -1. There are about 422 records that have 0 value.
lat_long_src
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
356 of 378
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
lat_long_acc
owner_current
owner_address
owner_no
parcel_no
subdivision_name
lot_no
block_no
well_finish_date
date_cmplt_acc
gravel_packed
depth_seal
depth_drilled
depth_bedrock
aquifer_desc
depth_cased
csng_diameter
csng_reductions
top_perf
bottom_perf
perf_intervals
static_wl
temperature
yield
drawdown
hours_pumped
test_method
qual_const_data
qual_lith_data
remarks
remarks_additional
contractor_lic_no
contractor_name
contractor_address
contractor_drlr_no
driller_lic_no
source_agency
user_id
date_entry
update_user_id
date_update
edit_status
well_start_date
gravel_pack_top
gravel_pack_bot
utm_x
utm_y
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
357 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
358 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
775-684-6142
Safety and Quality Assurance Division
Public Utilities Commission of Nevada
1150 E. William St
Carson City NV 89701-3109
Table Relationships
Step 1: Corporations Table, ensure the CorporationID field is Indexed Yes (No Duplicates)
Step 2: CorporationOfficers Table, ensure the CorporationID field is Indexed Yes (Duplicates OK)
Step 3: Access Relationships -
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
359 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Queries
NV SOS FAQ #7: How can I view the data where these officer names and corporation names are joined together on the same line?
Microsoft Support Article Q304458: How to create a crosstab query with multiple value fields
Oracle SQL: displaying multiple column values per row
Self-Join Queries within a table in Microsoft Access
Subdatasheets
"A subdatasheet is a feature of Access that allows you to view related records in a one-to-many join from the first table's Datasheet view. In other words, when you
have the 'one' table open in the Datasheet view, a subdatasheet displays all the matching records in the 'many' table." (see Access 2007 Guidebook, 6th Edition, by
Maggie Trigg and phyllis Dobson, p. 161)
CSV files
Escape Characters: according to Micah Evans, NVSOS database doesn't have escape characters. If there is a backslash "\" in one of the fields it's is because
someone keyed it in wrong.
Double Quotes: all text strings are enclosed in double quotes and any double quotes within that column value are replaced with 2 consecutive double quotes to
indicate that the double quote is not the end of the column value but an actual value within the column.
Bit Fields: when bit fields are exported to .csv they are convert to T (true) or F (false)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
360 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
MySQL create table and load data batch file: residentagents.sql for vegaswifi.net account (C:\gisdata\crnvsos\sql\residentagents.sql)
Resident Agents
Corporations.RsdnAgn.1..txt
NVSOS Field Name NVSOS Data Type MySQL Field Name MySQL Data Type
RAID (Primary Key) int
raid
Name
varchar(150)
raname
int(4)
varchar(150)
Address 1
varchar(65)
raadd1
varchar(65)
Address 2
varchar(65)
raadd2
varchar(65)
City
varchar(25)
racity
varchar(25)
State
varchar(2)
rastate
varchar(2)
Zip
varchar(10)
razip
varchar(10)
Mailing Address 1
varchar(65)
ramailadd1
varchar(65)
Mailing Address 2
varchar(65)
ramailadd2
varchar(65)
Mailing City
varchar(25)
ramailcity
varchar(25)
Mailing State
char(2)
ramailstate
char(2)
varchar(10)
Mailing Zip
varchar(10)
ramailzip
Mailing County
varchar(3)
ramailcounty
varchar(3)
Mailing Country
varchar(3)
ramailcountry
varchar(3)
varchar(30)
Phone Number
varchar(30)
raphone
Fax Number
varchar(30)
rafax
varchar(30)
Email Address
varchar(100)
raemail
varchar(100)
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
361 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
NVSOS does NOT export the field names as the first record
Import into an existing table CorporationOfficers, recommend using this template
Problems
1. appears the text file includes non-ascii characters. Need to search and replace these. Notified Micah with NVSOS on 17 Jan 2009
2. some strings contain a backslash "\" so don't use this as the escape character. Try using ^ as the escape character or not using an escape character on import.
Asked Micah with NVSOS what escape character is used. see MySQL no_backslash_escapes
3. MySQL uses TERMINATED as a keyword, so cannot name a field that, recommend using terminate instead.
4. BIT data type for Inactive, Terminate and Resigned. CSV file from NVSOS has values of T and F. This cannot be directly imported into BIT field but needs to be
CAST into 1 and 0.
MySQL create table and load data batch file: officers.sql for vegaswifi.net account. (C:\gisdata\crnvsos\sql\officers.sql) officers.sql test
Corporation Officers
Corporations.CrprtOffc.1..txt
NVSOS Field Name
OfficerID (Primary Key)
officerid
corporationid
Officer Type
varchar (50)
officertype
varchar(50)
Last Name
varchar (70)
lastname
varchar(70)
First Name
varchar (40)
firstname
varchar(40)
Middle Initial
varchar(1)
midinitial
varchar(1)
Address 1
varchar (65)
add1
varchar(65)
Address 2
varchar (65)
add2
varchar(65)
City
varchar (25)
city
varchar(25)
State
varchar (2)
state
varchar(2)
Zip
varchar (10)
zip
varchar(10)
County
varchar (3)
county
varchar(3)
Country
varchar (3)
country
varchar(3)
Inactive
bit
inactive
varchar(1)
Email Address
varchar (100)
varchar(100)
Terminated
bit
terminate
varchar(1)
Resigned
bit
resigned
varchar(1)
stockid
corporationid
bigint
sharecount
bigint(8)
numeric
sharevalue
double
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
362 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
ReservationOwnerAddress1, Text, 65
ReservationOwnerAddress2, Text, 65
ReservationOwnerCity, Text, 25
ReservationOwnerState, Text, 2
ReservationOwnerZip, Text, 10
ReservationOwnerCountry, Text, 3
CreationDate, Date/Time
StatusChangedDate, Date/Time
AnnualLODueDate, Date/Time
RAResignedDate, Date/Time
ExpiredDate, Date/Time
Microsoft Access Import Notes
File Name Format: "Corporations.Crprtn.1.<Today's Date>.txt"
change Corporations.Crprtn.1.100708094110.txt to Corporations-Crprtn-1-100708094110.txt
Problems
1. using raid int(4) getting "Incorrect integer value: '' for column 'raid' at row 1". Row 1 has a blank value. I would think getting this error if I setup the field as not
null. Solution is SET SQL_MODE=''; to set no modes for MySQL. Also see MySQL Bug#18551 Incorrect integer value
MySQL create table and load data batch file: corporations.sql for vegaswifi.net account (C:\gisdata\crnvsos\sql\corporations.sql)
Corporations
Corporations.Crprtn.1..txt
NVSOS Field Name
CorporationID (Primary Key)
corpid
raid
Corporation Type
varchar (50)
corptype
varchar(50)
Corporation Category
varchar (50)
corpcategory
varchar(50)
Corporation Status
varchar (50)
corpstatus
varchar(50)
Managed By
varchar (15)
corpmanagedby
varchar(15)
Corporation Name
varchar (250)
corpname
varchar(250)
Qualifying State
varchar (3)
corpqualifystate
varchar(3)
Corporation Number
varchar (50)
corpno
varchar(50)
Capital Amount
money
corpcapitalamount
decimal(10,2)
numeric
corpnoparshare
varchar(20)
varchar (250)
corpforeignname
varchar(250)
Is On Admin Hold
bit
corpisonadminhold
varchar(1) stored as T or F
Classification
varchar (3)
corpclass
varchar(3)
varchar (150)
corpresownername
varchar(150)
varchar (65)
corpresowneradd1
varchar(65)
varchar (65)
corpresowneradd2
varchar(65)
varchar (25)
corpresownercity
varchar(25)
varchar (2)
corpresownerstate
varchar(2)
varchar (10)
corpresownerzip
varchar(10)
varchar (3)
corpresownercountry varchar(3)
Creation Date
datetime
corpcreatedate
datetime
datetime
RA Resigned Date
datetime
corpraresigndate
Expired Date
datetime
corpexpiredate
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
363 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Corporations.CrprtAct.1..txt
NVSOS Field Name
int
actionid
corpid
int(4)
Action Date
datetime
actiondate
Action Type
varchar(50)
actiontype
varchar(50)
Action Notes
varchar(1500)
actionnotes
varchar(1500)
Document Number
varchar(20)
actiondocno
varchar(20)
Effective Date
datetime
actioneffectdate
Has Stock
bit
actionhasstock
varchar(1) stored as T or F
APNOwnerName
HOAOfficerName
JILL MATH
HOAOfficerType HOASOSNo
TREASURER
C30591-2001
PRESIDENT
C30591-2001
BRYAN FLIPPIN
DIRECTOR
C30591-2001
C30591-2001
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
364 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
365 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
email: vfinona@red.state.nv.us
VaNessa will email the HOA mailing list spreadsheet
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
366 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
367 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Traffic Counts
Thompson with Silver State Traffic
Janet Lancaster with Traffic Control Services Inc., Voice: 702-241-0504
contacts
US Department of the Interior - Bureau of Land Managerment
4701 N Torrey Pines
Las Vegas NV 89130
Demetrius O. Purdie-Williams, GIS Technician, Voice: 702-515-5162, Email: dpurdiew@nv.blm.gov, Fax: 702-515-5023
Jeremy Nobles, GIS Technician, Voice: 702-515-5275, Email: jnobles@nv.blm.gov, Fax: 702-515-5023
Robert "Bob" Taylor, GIS Coordinator (also on the GPS Lead team for Las Vegas)
Bureau of Land Management, Las Vegas Field Office
4701 N Torrey Pines Dr
Las Vegas NV 89130
Voice: 702-515-5051
Fax: 702-515-5023
Email: robert_taylor@nv.blm.gov
Rick Zaninovich, PLS - Land Surveyor. US Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
368 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
USGS
The National Map Seamless Server
It appears the 250MB is the largest file size you can download
Seamless Server Tutorial
USGS WMS Server
http://gisdata.usgs.gov/wmsconnector/com.esri.wms.Esrimap/USGS_EDC_Elev_NED_9
works in Google Earth
description of NED 1/9 arc sec layer
Google Earth WMS Layers which are similar but appear to be inactive
http://gisdata.usgs.net/servlet/com.esri.wms.Esrimap
http://edcw2ks51.cr.usgs.gov/servlet/com.esri.wms.Esrimap
No NED 1/9 arc sec data for Nevada. Closest appears to be San Diego CA and Salt Lake City UT
http://gisdata.usgs.gov/wmsconnector/com.esri.wms.Esrimap/USGS_EDC_Elev_NED_3
description of NED 1/3 arc sec layer
National Elevation Dataset
Rita Carmen with State Lands in Carson City, email: rearman@govmail.state.nv.us, voice: 775-687-4364 x227
National Elevation Dataset (NED) FAQ
Tom Sturm, Cartographer, Email: tsturm@usgs.gov, Voice: 650-329-4326, Fax: 650-329-4249
Wester Region National Mapping Division
US Department of the Interior, US geological Survey
345 Middlefield Rd, MS-531
Menlo Park CA 94025
USGS State Geospatial Liaison for the State of Nevada and Arizona
Guide to USGS DEMs
Download individual DEMs in SDTS format for free from GeoCommunity
USGS Digital Raster Graphics homepage and Earth Resources Observation and Science (EROS) DRG homepage
USGS Water Services
David McCulloch, dmccullo@usgs.gov, voice: 703-648-5670, Chief, Water Information Computing Applications Support (WICAS)
U.S. Geological Survey
445 National Center
Reston, VA 20192
National Water Information System (NWIS) Mapper
Lari Knochenmus, lari@usgs.gov, voice: 775-887-7613 is with USGS Carson City office and is an expert on groundwater hydrology and modeling
USGS DEMs
USGS NED 10 meter DEMs for Clark County NV, downloaded from USDS NRCS data gateway elevation_NED10M_678794_01.zip (~ 800 mb, zip file)
Also available at L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISData\usgs\NED\elevation_NED10M_678794_01.zip
Vertical Accuracy of USGS DEMs is 7 to 15 meters
Bulk Data Requests
Specifications for external hard drives
USB 2.0
Capacity range 120 GB to 2 Terabytes
Cache buffer - 8 mb or higher
spin rate-7200 rpm
drives will be reformatted to FAT32
Acquiring bulk data
send email request to bulkdatainfo@usgs.gov with the following info
Address and phone number
product requested
area requested (applies to high resolution orthoimagery)
format
Confirmation Email will have the following
Job ID number
size estimates for requested data
external drive minimum specifications
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
369 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
shipping address
Ship the following
correct number of external drives based on the size estimates
all correspondence emails - highlight the Job ID number
return shipping address
return shipping account number or labels
will take 4 to 8 weeks with no guarantee or priority service available
individual DEMs, so it still needs to be mosaicked together
using StatePlane Coordinate System (SPCS) Nevada East Zone, NAD83, Units Feet
Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
2003 x,y,z points for Las Vegas Valley, Mesquite, and Laughlin ( demFall2003.zip). Uses Stateplane coordinates, units feet and elevation units feet.
Mosaicked DEM for Clark County
Using Network Drive or Netstorage, L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\USGS\DEM\ccdemspcszft.zip
Using the Internet, ccdemspcszft.tif, ccdemspcszft.aux, ccdemspcszft.rrd, ccdemspcszft.tif.xml
in StatePlane Coordinates, Nevada East Zone, Units Feet, Datum NAD83, Elevation Z-Units Feet.
Shaded Relief of Clark County - clarkdem.tif, clarkdem.tfw, clarkdem.aux
Clark County National Elevation Dataset (NED) - NED.zip (4 individual DEMGRIDs, still needs to be mosaicked together and projected from Lat/Long
geographic coordinates)
Online help: Spatial Analyst Functional Reference -> Geometric Transformation -> Mosaic. Example is Using the Raster Calculator: mosaic(Area30/DEMGRID,
Area31/DEMGRID, Area34/DEMGRID, Area35/DEMGRID) to merge all the images into a single image.
To purchase National Elevation Dataset (NED)
National Elevation Dataset Homepage
National Map Seamless Data Distribution System. Click on the "View and Order Data Sets - United States Viewer". Default download format is ArcGrid.
NED Data Dictionary can be found at ftp://edcftp.cr.usgs.gov/pub/data/ned
Seamless National Elevation Dataset (NED)
National Elevation Dataset Fact Sheet 148-99
1/9 arc second NED, 3 meters
1/3 arc second NED, 10 meters
metadata.txt
Coordinate System: Geographic in decimal degrees
Horizontal Datum: NAD83
Vertical Datum: NAVD88 in units of meters
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
370 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
371 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
If you get error messages, see ESRI Article ID 18406, Error: Failed to evaluate the calculator expression
Step 4. Project TIFF image from Lat/Long to Stateplane Coordinate System (SPCS). Define a data frame with SPCS, add the Lat/Long TIFF image, then
export the TIFF using the data frame coordinate system.
USGS NED Shaded Relief is no longer available from ESRI, see ESRI Data. Can download from geodata.gov
Jeff Jensen Color Ramp ( jjensen.style)
National Elevation Dataset (NED)
Minimum Delivery Packages
NED 1 Arc Second (30 meters)
Complete dataset
Format
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
372 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
NAVTEQ
NAVTEQ Developers Web Log - http://nn4d.blogspot.com
As of March 2009, Google Earth/Map no longer uses the NAVTEQ data but exclusively uses TeleAtlas data. According to Adam Grabowski, the TeleAtlas data isn't as
accurate as the NAVTEQ data.
NavTeq Network for Developers - username: jjensen password: normal tech support contact developersupport@navteq.com
NAVTEQ Data Downloads: navteq.subscribenet.com
login ID: jefferyjjensen@gmail.com
password: normal
ESRI ELA Program with NAVTEQ
NAVTEQ Las Vegas Employees
Benee Robinson, benee.robinson@navteq.com
Joey Hanson, joey.hanson@navteq.com
david.scibor@navteq.com
chris.ferrara@navteq.com
david.stearns@navteq.com
Jeff Wagner, email: jeff.wagner@navteq.com - incharge of the NAVTEQ Webinar Topics
GIS People at NAVTEQ
Greg Rose, GIS Technical Consultant for NAVTEQ (email: gregory.rose@navteq.com). Knows web mapping "mash-ups" and creating 3D buildings for Google
Earth. Teaches the Google Earth Workshop at City College of San Francisco.
Dong Sun, dong.sun@navteq.com
Steve Si, steven.si@navteq.com. Works with developers to build LBS applications for mobile devices. Blog by Steven Si. Voice: 312-330-1476
Ejaz Iqbal, NAVTEQ Technical Consultant. Voice: 312-894-3902 Blog by Ejaz Iqbal NAVSTREETS developer, ejaz.iqbal@navteq.com,
Working_with_NAVSTREETS.wmv
Michael Moore, NAVTEQ Technical Consultant. Specializes in the mobile development
Skip Parker, skip.parker@navteq.com, 3508 Dartmouth, Plano TX 75075, office: (972) 964-9454. NATEQ Sales Contacts
Andrew Calkins, Senior Software Engineer with NAVTEQ. Email: andrew.calkins@navteq.com, voice: 312-894-7541, fax: 312-894-8667.
NAVTEQ North America, LLC
425 W Randolph Str
Chicago, Illinois 60606 USA
works in Customer Program Management (CPM) and provides tech support with MapTP Zone
Marc Naddell, Vice President - Partner and Developer Programs. Email: focusgroup@navteq.com
Catherine Ford, Program Manager - Partner and Developer Program. Email: catherind.ford@navteq.com, Work: 408-617-5023, Mobile: 312-206-7139, organized the
NAVTEQ Traffic Focus Group meeting
Adam Grabowski, Manager - Resources and Community Services, Email: adam.grabowski@navteq.com, voice: 312-894-7417, mobile: 847-208-3843, NAVTEQ
Corporation, 425 W Randolph, Chicago Illinois 60606 Working on developing a University Program for the NAVTEQ data
Discuss developing some curriculum based on NavTeq Data. Request a copy the Premium NAVTEQ Data (has Points of Interest - POI), will develop the product
over the summer. Any potential funding available? NAVTEQ Product catalog request for what would be interesting for new curriculum
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
373 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Discuss having Adam as a guest speaker at UNLV. Yes, would also like to bring a technical lead.
Demo of field collection
opportunities for students
Request the NAVTEQ Premium Data. Desire to have the data in a File Geodatabase with the Network Dataset already created.
Dong Sun is looking into this, lives in San Francisco, formerly lived in Las Vegas, GIS expert.
Desire to have all the ArcMap map document symbols and styles
Discuss the option for a University competition, similar to the Global LBS Challenge available on the commercial end.
Evaluating the idea for University track
Getting NavTEQ certification
Employment opportunities
Discuss adding KML files to MapTP
Greg Rose is looking into this, lives in San Francisco
Discuss adding 3D Buildings to NAVTEQ data
3D City Models and Landmarks
available for NN4D.com website
Discuss adding your own imagery to NAVTEQ data
How to access data from Traffic.com
Traffic Zone, has XML data to download
Sean and Andrew from the demo
Assistance on developing NAVTEQ Map Data API mobile application on Android
Proposal to create NAVTEQ Map Data with Android API, proposal by end of the week, Independent Study project, create demo application, pedistratian
routing, demo application for all the NAVTEQ data, then developers can see the demo working
Support NAVTEQ for Developers
NAVTEQ Forums
Email: developersupport@navteq.com
username: jjensen password: normal
NAVTEQ Database Structure
Geometry
Navigation
Includes: arterial classification, dividers, barriers, one-ways, speed limits, road signs, turn restrictions, ramp signs, time of day and flow restrictions
GIS Engineering Proposed: traffic signal timings
Path
Includes: Street names, route number and address ranges
GIS Engineering Proposed: bike paths
Administrative
Includes: Country, State, City, Settlement, Province, Postal Codes, etc.
GIS Engineering Proposed: HOA boundaries
Cartography
Points of Interest (POI)
Traffic Codes
Customer Specific
references
NAVTEQ_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION_DEVELOPMENT_GUIDE_Public_08Q4.pdf
NAVTEQ GIS Layer - NAVSTREETS
NAVSTREETS Street Data Reference Manual Q2 06 or download from UNLV NAVSTREETS_Street_Data_Reference_Manual_Q2-2006.pdf
"The creation of NAVSTREETS sometimes calls fro the extraction of empty layers. Whereby, even though coverage may not exist for a certain feature type in a
given region, the NAVSTREETS product carries an empty layer." (NAVSTREETS Reference Manual v3 - page 4.3)
NAVSTREETS questions
As of May 2009, NAVSTREETS is distributed with ArcView Project file, has a similar ArcGIS map document (.mxd) been created? If yes, why isn't this
distributed with the data?
It appears NAVSTREETS is distributed with the older ArcView 3.2 address locator (Geocode index streets.ixs and streets.mxs). When will these be updated to
ArcGIS 9.3?
Address Matching with the NAVSTREETS - Streets layer
"The Street Layer will contain two extra files (streets.mxs, streets.ixs) in the layer that will allow it to be used as a reference theme in geocoding. The Geocode
index is produced using the ArcView's create geocode index function with the US street adddress with zones format. This speeds up the process of finding
addresses in the reference theme. (This is only applicable for North America.)" (NAVSTREETS Reference Manual v3 - page 5.5)
Using ArcCatalog you should be able to open the Streets.mxs file and view the Address Locator Properties
Streets Layer Fields to use in the US Streets with Zone (ArcView Style) format
LeftFrom: L_REFADDR = Left Side Reference Address
LeftTo: L_NREFADDR = Left Side Non-Reference Address
RightFrom: R_REFADDR = Right Side Reference Address
RightTo: R_NREFADDR = Right Side Non-Reference Address
PreDir: ST_NM_PREF = Street Name Prefix
StreetName: ST_NM_BASE = Street Name Base
StreetType: ST_TYP_AFT = Street Type After
SufDir: ST_NM_SUFF = Street Name Suffix
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
374 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
375 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
POLYGON_NM = name of the lake or river. For example COLORADO RIVER, LAKE MEAD, ECHO BAY, LAKE LAS VEGAS, BOWMAN
RESERVOIR. Note some polygon features do not have a name.
FEAT_TYPE = the type of water body. For example RIVER, LAKE, BAY/HARBOUR
NAVTEQ Data Distributors
American Digital Cartography inc. (ADCi and ADC WorldMap) - Joe Roehl. 338 W College Ave, Suite 201. Appleton WI 54911. Phone 800-236-7973x102, Fax
866-828-5512
NAVTEQ Premium Data distributor. Can be provided in a File Geodatabase but does NOT come with the Network Dataset already build like it is in the sdc format
from ESRI. It does come with a ArcMap map document (.mxd).
Cost: one time perpetual license fee is $120.00 per asset with a minimum of 10 assets. Quarterly updates cost $60 a year per asset. They do not offer an educational
discount.
Annual licensing fee for a county of the NAVTEQ Premium data is $2,400 per year.
Private surveying
Aerotech Mapping
Leo Torres, email: leotorres@atmlv.com, voice: 702-228-6277, mobile: 702-595-6277. Mon-Thurs 8:30-6:00pm
ArcGIS Online Content Sharing Program - Possible project to partner with ESRI geocommunity - share aerial photos
Partners - Aerotech Specialists, Inc
Datasets
UNLV Aerial and Topo
Project Name: UNLV Campus, Flight Date: 19 June 2007, ATM#0607-215
State Plane System Control established by John Wooten, PLS - FinalValuesForUNLVAerialControl.txt
UNLV 2007 - Aerial Photo: TopoImage-215.tif and TopoImage-215.tfw
XREF dwg TopoImage-215.dwg
UNLV 2007 - Topographic (Topo) Map: Plan0607-215-F.dwg or UNLV.dwg
Alternative Download: L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\aerotech\UNLV
Jean Prison
Alternative Download: L:\Jeffery Jensen\GISdata\aerotech\JeanPrison
Review Journal
Mike Johnson, email: mjohnson@reviewjournal.com, voice: 702-383-0378
Francis McCabe - The Road Warrior, email: fmccabe@reviewjournal.com, voice: 702-383-0279
RJ Staff
NOAA
NOAA's National Weather Service
NOAA Atlas 14 Volume 1 (Semiarid Southwest) - Precipitation Frequency Estimates ( GIS)
Average recurrence interval 100 yr, duration 6 hour, format ArcInfo ASCII grid ( NOAA website, locally)
PDF Map of Isopluvials 100 year (NOAA website)
Average recurrence interval 10 yr, duration 6 hour, format ArcInfo ASCII grid ( NOAA website, locally)
how to download via anonymous ftp
PDF Map of Isopluvials 10 year, paper size 15.5in x 21.5in ( NOAA website). Note the nearest standard paper size is ANSI C, which is 17inch x
22inch.
Metadata for NOAA Atlas 14
NOAA Atlas 14 Volume 1 (Semiarid Southwest) - Intensity-Duration-Frequency (IDF)
As discussed in Sections 4.8.4 and 4.8.5, the color cartographic maps and ESRI shapefiles were created to serve as visual aids and, unlike NOAA Atlas 2, are not
recommended for interpolating final point or area precipitation frequency estimates for design criteria. Users are urged to take advantage of the Precipitation
Frequency Data Server user interface or the underlying ArcInfo ASCII grids for accessing estimates. (see NOAA Atlas documentation Vol 1, section 1-3, p. 8)
Importing ASCII grid with ArcCatalog 9
Download zip file
unzip and rename with a .txt or .csv extension (remove the .ver3.copy extension from the filename)
ArcToolBox 9 (Conversion Tools -> To Raster -> ASCII to Raster). Use the Float option (this is helpful when converting the grid from 1000ths of an inch to
inches).
Define Coordinate System (right mouse click on grid, select properties, under Spatial Reference select Edit... button
Define coordinate system interactively, Geographic Projection, Units DD, Datum WGS 1972
Add this ArcInfo GRID to ArcMap with the Spatial Analyst extension on
Convert cell values to inches (Float) instead of 1000ths of inch (Integer).
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
376 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Setup the Spatial Analyst -> Options (set the working directory and Extent to Union of Inputs
Spatial Analyst -> Raster Calculator Enter this sa100yr06hf = sa100yr06h / 1000
Project the grid from Lat/Long to Stateplane Coordinate System. ArcMap -> Define projection of data frame to StatePlane Coordinates, Nevada East Zone,
Datum NAD83, Units feet.
Make the projection permenant and convert from ArcInfo GRID to TIFF format (Data - Export Data. Use the coordinate system of the data frame, check the
raster size option, and output TIFF)
Create Isopluvials (Spatial Analyst -> Surface Analysis -> Contour...). Contour Interval 0.1 inches, set base contour near the Z min, Z factor of 1. Output is a
shapefile.
Each cell value (units inches) represents the point rainfall (precipitation frequency). Overlay this with your drainage basin maps. This data is typically used as
input into HEC-1 model.
Creating NOAA Atlas 14 shaded relief
Download the NA14.style from Tye Parzybok (tye.parzybok@noaa.gov)
Add the style to ArcMap (Tools -> Styles -> Style Manager, Styles Buttons, then select Add on the bottom)
Change the shading of the isopluvials to NA14_color_ramp style
Set the transparency of the isopluvial layer to 60% (layer properties -> Display tab)
Add the USGS Seamless DEM for Nevada, place layer below the isopluvial layer. Should have a shaded relief similar to the PDF Map of Isopluvials from
the NOAA website.
Custom ArcMap Symbols
Color Ramp used in Shaded Reliefs: jjensen.style
Las Vegas Racquetball League
Geodatabase: lvrl.mdb
Bureau of Transportation Statistics - GIS
Can download county boundaries and railway network.
Example Datasets
Select by Location example geodatabaseSelectByLocationExample.mdb
Sample Data
Clark County Assessor Parcel coverage for Book 163 Section 02
cd16302.e00
ll16302.e00
pl16302.e00
re16302.e00
Incorporated Cities in Clark County, sclcity.e00 and metadata
Miscellaneous Materials
Class Objective:
discuss how to create point features from a text file or a table
Handout
Map Projections Used for Large-Scale Quadrangles by the U.S. Geological Survey. U.S. Geological Survey Circular 982. Map Projection Publications
Questions and Answers from last week
Creating Symbols
In the Symbol Property Editor, locking a property on the symbol layer controls whether or not the color option can be modified. A locked layer cannot be
modified
See ArcGIS Desktop Help, ArcMap -> Working with styles and symbols -> Creating new symbols and map elements.
Currently can only create marker symbols one at a time. Would have to use VBA and ArcObjects to write code that would automated this process. [email
response from Derek Weatherbe (dweatherbe@esri.com) and Dave Wilcox]
Multilevel Fill Symbol- under the Symbol Property Editor, have the option to add layers to a symbol. For example, see the Radiation Overlay Fill Symbol in
the ESRI.style
Symbology
Placed an enhancement request (CQ00161288) asking to be able to edit the label heading under "Qunatities" for the Layer Properties Symbology. Currently
can edit the label heading for "Categories". For the time being, can change this in the TOC by selecting the field name twice with your mouse (not a doubleclick), then type in a new label. [email response from Robert Nicholas, rnicholas@esri.com]
On different layers, have been able to change label under the Quantities, so not sure what the problem is we had in class.
In the Layer Properties window, under Symbology tab, if I click Categories in the "Show: " window, I can change the label heading. Problem is when I select
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
377 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
Quantities in the "Show: " window, I cannot find a way to change the label of the field name.
Questions and Answers from last week
Can we get access codes for the Programming with Avenue virtual campus course?
Added virtual campus codes for Programming with Avenue and What's New in ArcInfo 8 (7.x to 8.1)
Create List of Styles
ArcInfo known as SymbolDump, ArcMap is called StyleDump
Print the symbol and palattes that are associated with ArcMap, Article Number 21180.
Beneficial when comparing with required symbols by different agencies. See RTC Uniform Standard Drawings, Symbols or with the US National CAD Standard.
Geographic Names Information System (GNIS)
contains a list of Federally recognized names for features within the United States of America.
Helpful in labeling aerial photos, mountain ranges, lakes, etc.
GNIS database is organized by individual State and Territory files and available via anonymous ftp (geonames.usgs.gov/gnisftp.html)
The quoted and comma delimited format Nevada dataset is called NV_deci.txt note deci stands for Decimal Degrees
Columnar record format of the Nevada GNIS dataset is called nevada.txt
The other data sets (hist_feature.gz, us_concise.gz, and pop_places_deci.gz) are just an extraction from the original nv_deci.gz data set. In other words, you get all
the data when you download nv_deci.gz
Accuracy within +/- 5 seconds
Projection info: Lat/Long with NAD27 datum. According to the GNIS Manager (gnis_manager@usgs.gov) won't be an issue to transform from NAD27 to NAD83
for continental USA.
GNIS Data Users Guide (pdf version)
Roger L. Payne-GNIS Manager, email: gnis_manager@usgs.gov voice: 703-648-4544
Robin D. Worcester, tech support, email: rworces@usgs.gov voice: 703-648-4551
Will notice some point features lie outside of NV. This is not an error. For example, the coordinate for the mouth of the Colorado River is used for the entire line
feature. According to Roger the secondary coordinates will be added to the downloadable data set at the end of summer, 2001. This should solve the issue of points
lying outside the state boundary.
Coordinates are in both Lat/Long Decimal Degrees (DD) and Degrees Minutes Seconds (DMS). Uses NAD27 datum.
Conversion of GNIS text file to ArcView shapefile
1. In the past file was zipped/compressed, so download nv_deci.gz, use WinZip to unzip (gunzip) file, rename file-give .txt extension
2. Open nv_deci.txt in a text editor, add the following as the first record (this will be the field names)
"STATE","FEATURENAME","FEATURETYPE","COUNTY","STATECODE","COUNTYCODE","LATYDMS",
"LONGXDMS","LATYDD","LONGXDD","SRCLATYDMS","SRCLONGXDMS","SRCLATYDD","SRCLONGXDD","ELEV",
"POP","FEDSTATUS","CELLNAME" (see the Readme file for complete names)
Use the FeatureName field as an Auto-Label
Cell Name is the 7.5min quad map name
3. From ArcView Project Menu, select Table icon, then Add button. Browse to the nv_deci.txt
4. In ArcView View window, View -> Add Event Theme... Table=nv_deci.txt X field=longxdd Y field=latydd
5. Query Builder, select County="Clark"
6. Save the selected GNIS points for Clark County as a new shapefile, Theme -> Convert to Shapefile... gniscc.shp, click Yes to add shapefile to the view
7. Project GNIS points from Lat/Long NAD27 to Stateplane Nevada East zone NAD83 feet. Might have to load the File -> Extensions -> Projection Utility Wizard,
then File -> ArcView Projection Utility...
8. All done, just use Theme -> Auto-label... to display the Feature Name attributes, insert an aerial photo or Digital Elevation Model (DEM) and you have
successfully labelled the mountains, rivers, etc.
Misc Data
A Primer on Working with DOQs
National Atlas Map Layers Warehouse
Create a text file that has 5 fields (ID, Easting-x, Northing-y, name, and URL). Using your the aerial photo of UNLV, obtain the coordinate for the location of the
UNLV College of Civil Engineering, Desert Research Institute (DRI), and the Harry Reid Center. Import the text file into ArcMap. Add the aerial photo
f0116222.ecw as a backdrop. Label the 3 locations. Add title, north arrow, scale bar, name, and street network. Add a title and text with your name, homework
assignment number (i.e. #9), class number (i.e. #13), and date assigned.
Create a plot of showing the bus lines & stops around UNLV. Create 3 buffer rings around each bus stop at 50', 100', and 150'. From the bus stop metadata,
symbolize the bus stops using the Stop amenities, SB field, that is a point symbol for Shelter=s, another for Benches=B, another for Pole Only=P, etc. Add another
data frame showing the Inset/Overview/Index/Vicinity/Key map of UNLV. Include graticules every 7.5 minutes. Add title, legend, logo, etc. Legend only needs to
show the type of bus stop, don't add a legend on the multiple ring buffer. Add a title and text with your name, homework assignment number (i.e. #7), class number
(i.e. #11), and date assigned (i.e. 11 April 2002)
Using the Clark County Centerline shapefiles (sclmajor.shp, sclmajor.shx, sclmajor.dbf) identify adjacent parcels along Maryland Pkwy for Assessor Book 162 and
sections 22 & 23 (pl16222.shp, pl16222.shx, pl16222.dbf, ao16222.dbf, pl16223.shp, pl16223.shx, pl16223.dbf, ao16223.dbf). Make a new layer based on these
selected polygons. Make an 8.5" x 11" plot. Data frame will display only adjacent parcels (i.e. polygons which touch) Maryland Pkwy. Add a title and text with
your name, homework assignment number (i.e. #6), class number (i.e. #10), and date assigned (i.e. 4 April 2002). Add map element of north arrow. Add a Legend
map element. Create or copy a company logo, add it to the layout as a picture. Homework due next week.
Parks, Forests and Trails within Clark County, NV
National Park Service U.S. Department of the Interior
Lake Mead National Recreation Area
small-scale base GIS metadata. Projection Info: UTM Zone 12 Zone 11, Units Meters, NAD27. Metadata says Zone 12 but this is wrong. Sent an email to
5/30/2013 10:10 PM
378 of 378
http://faculty.unlv.edu/jensen/CEE_468/cee468latest.htm
5/30/2013 10:10 PM